Home

PDF - Documentation

1. System Wide Wide System Wide Cancel Cancel Apply Save When a search is saved it can be reloaded using File gt Load If a search is loaded then the properties can be edited using the File gt Properties menu option When edited they can be saved In this case Save and Apply do the same thing that is save the changed information and leave edit mode 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 120 Calpendo User Documentation Exporting Search Information A user can export any data they have found through a search to a csv a tab separated file or native Excel file either pre 2007 xls or post 2007 xlsx which can then be loaded into such applications as Excel Using File gt Export the current search data will be exported to a file There are three options 1 How the file will be formatted choose between Comma Separated Values Excel xls Excel xlsx and Tab Separated Values 2 What headings will be used these can be Show labels or Show property names Labels are those names that have been assigned by the administrator to a Biskit Type the property name is the name of the property in the database 3 Whether enumerated types have their names shown Show value labels where defined or the value as stored in the database Show underlying data value File Search for Resource R Fomat Comma Separated Values Headings Show labels CS Content Show undertying data value Cancel Expo
2. New Calpendo user request tor NEW logm ame 5 On the Email Body tab enter the text you want to be the main content of the email Conditions Recipients Email Subject Email Body User Ey New Value Ey Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL DIFF ALL NEW givenName NEW familyName Thank you for registering You will receive another email when the administrator has processed your request Please note that this may take up to 274 hours 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 308 Calpendo User Documentation Example 3 Send Email To A User When New User Request Denied This example shows how to send an email to user who has just registered so the status is set to Requested but had their request denied so the status has changed to Denied 1 Create an Automatic Email that is triggered when a User is Updated 2 Add a condition Old Value is Requested Old value of status sals Specified value Requested 3 Add a condition New Value is Denied New value of status equals Specified value Denied 4 Set Send To Subject Of Action to true Conditions Recipients Email Subpect Email Hody Send To User Performing Action 5 Enter the email s Subject Conditions Recipients Email Subject Email Body User E New Value Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log E URL User account denied 6 Enter the
3. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 371 Biskit Property Type Value Meaning One To Many Indicates the set contains child Biskits that will all reference this Biskit as the parent in a Many To One Biskit property With this value of Biskit Property Type we must also specify the Inverse Property Name that is the name of the child s property that reference the parent Many To Many This Set represents the persisted half of a Many To Many Persisted property See Many To Many Properties Many To Many This Set represents the unpersisted half of a Many To Many Unpersisted property See Many To Many Properties To Many This Set is a collection of Biskits but the Biskits we contain do not reference us in any way Currently Many to Many in all its forms is not implemented for dynamic Set properties Many To Many Properties Suppose a user can be associated with any number of projects P and a project can have any number of users associated with it This means there will be a collection of projects stored in a property on each user and also a collection of users stored in a property on each project Both sides of this relationship are known as Many To Many properties lf a project is a member of a user s projects then that same user would be a member of that same project s users and vice versa This means it is not necessary to save both sides of this relationship to the
4. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 219 Each Time Template can have a number of target groups each group will have a list of the users or projects that the group will apply to with the booking Acceptability that will be applied to that group and a message if an attempted booking has matched the target group lf an attempted booking matches more than one target group within a Time Template then the least restrictive group will apply If a booking matches multiple Time Templates then the most restrictive Time Template will apply For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter The following is a Time Template in edit mode Refresh Open All Close Al Cancel Save Biology Time Physics Time Prohibited Tins Free for al Choose logic Physics Auto Approve i option Far lam Approve for all Building antess warning for all For a target group choose the users to constitute the group If multiple Applies to are set up then any user that complies with all the restrictions is a member of the group For a user that is in multiple target groups in the example above all users will be in the everyone target group and those with a User Type of Biology will be in the Biology target group the Acceptability that is chosen is the one with the least restrictions i e in this order Automatic Approval Warning Automatic Denia
5. Booking iCal Feeds 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 337 6 16 4 Date And Time The Date And Time tab of the Global Preferences page specifies formats to use for dates and times within Calpendo These are used in a number of places 1 In Automatic Emails sent out by the server that contain and dates or times 2 When a new user is registered the date and time formats of their user settings is copied from the global preference P 3 The top of a column of the calendar views Calendar Day Column Date Format merma ides Cd Dateatimeromat Prefer US Date Format faise o 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 338 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 5 Email The Email tab of the Global Preferences page specifies the following Email Sending Enabled mail calpendo com debug calpendo lt calpendo c onaptic gt Exprodo Support lt support exprodo com gt Connection Security STARTTLS Use authentication http xps Calpendo info exprodo com i om ma separated list of ema mm Signature Setting Description Email Sending Set this to true to allow Calpendo to send emails and false to disable all Enabled outgoing emails SMTP Host _ This is the hostname of the SMTP server to be used for sending outgoing email This is the name and possibly email address that outgoing emails should appear to come from For
6. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 137 4 1 1 Booking Properties The most important properties ona poking are shown in this table and these can be seen on the Bookings Request Page Property Description a Resource This is the This is the resource being booked the room or equipment ete being booked the room or equipment This is the resource being booked the room or equipment ete Booker This is the person that made the booking Owner This is the person that owns the booking When a booking is created if the Global Preferences Owner Defaults to Project Owner i is set to True this is automatica 1 a to be the project s owner if there is a project and the booker otherwise Permissions determine whether you can change the owner or indeed any other property of a booking The project t indicates what the resource is being used for Some resources are configured so that their bookings do not require a project some resources can be configured so that the project must have the resource in their Project Resource Settings in order to be able to book that resource This enables Booking Rules to be implemented about the maximum number of bookings as well as get reports on costs Project Project Resource Settings This is a special property whose value cannot be set by the user Each project has a Resource Settings property that is a list of s
7. A g ji 7 a TESE E ESE lt P oi eo e S 3 a Q aila 3 3 Ela i IGU BHE S 5 a S o g 3 8 ois 2 D lt 3 ME g z New attachments Property c Change Biskit Def to Project Attachment d Change Biskit Property Type to One To Man e Change Inverse Property to Project 10 Press the Save button and this should save without an error a Change Type to Set O Gi J b Change eet Label attachments id fase 4 Visible Editable 4 Persistent Null Allowed Required Y Visible In Biskit Detail Visible In Biskit List Visible In Collection Editor I 23 D lt A 2 z E Tooltip Sort Order Y None Y None Y None Dynamic attachments Biskit Def Project Attachment Biskit Property Type One to Many Y 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 401 11 Select the Project Attachment BiskitDef press the Edit button to get back into edit mode Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete Name Type min None Visible Y Editable Y Persistent 12 Select the Project property TENE 4 Null Allowed Required a Change Inverse Prope rty to 4 Visible In Biskit Detail Visible In Biskit List Attach me nts Visible In Collection Editor None Columns 4 None Group None Dynamic Formulaic Column Name project Project Storage Mechanism a a Compone
8. Geta E ca ODDS Tii Cates el Gad Thy hod En 10h ia 1g Suh 08000 7 l 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 3 4 1 2 Display Of The Bookings Calendar There are three methodologies for displaying resources in the calendar changeable in a users Settings or globally in Global Preferences gt Bookings 1 Always present with this option all resources will be shown in separate columns at all times The optimal methodology for using with Calpendo is Always Present This is because both predefined slots and viewing Time Templates work best Predefined slots work best when a resource has its own column as the booking creation pop up can be filled in with the details of the predefined slot available at the time clicked on the calender Time Templates are viewed for all resources easily and accurately Mon 08 05 Tue 08 06 Wed 08 07 Thu 08 08 Fri 08 09 Sat 08 10 Sun 08 11 Seal Wet Tete ion ton if Seal Wet Tete ion lon tf Seal Wet Tete ion lion Seal wet Tele ion Jion tf Seal wet Tele ion ion 1M Seal Wet Tete ion ion oord ar ae m 09 00 08 3 08 3 08 3 10 00 Tea 10 0 5 10 3C 10 31 D A Q oO ET 35 wo men Q i 14 06 rE m EE 16 0 16 00 17 00 18 00 18 0 2 Share when possible with this option resources will be displayed in the same column unless they overlap The examples below also have
9. chapter 1 Click anywhere in the row for the item to edit apart from its check box in the first column The item s details are shown below the list of items Calendar Template Bookings Projects Search Admin Help admin Reset password Settings Sign out ee Eee Sen a roo nobody __ Nothing selected nobody _ Blocked Ro eae Use Foo Gue User 7 admin Guest O User Paul Robinson info calpendo co a Clare 5 Mackay clare calpendo co Gues Edwin E Hubble al ah co Normal Normal Normal Normal me Finish a a id Coal Se a 2 Press the Edit button not the one in the checked button bar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 131 3 The item is now shown with the properties editable Note that depending on how permissions have been set up it is possible that some properties will still show as read only Refresh Delete Save Edit View History Create Create copy References Printable view User 6 paseo C_D e come Please select a Project to add v e vor snen_ owe Jnee__ serfiliein fiee eoor oane eraron oo ET Tn a a He inventions Approved _leonardofinventions 4 Once changing properties has been c
10. Add Remove 3D Grooved Barder fore 3D Inset Border finst 3D Outset Border outst 3D Ridged Border ee 6 17 3 8 String Enum Property Definitions A String Enum property as well as the normal settings required by a PropertyDef must also specify its String Enum This indicates which of the String Enums to be used String Enum Default Value i Department PermissionsAction 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 375 6 17 3 8 1 String Enumerations A String Enumeration is like a Mapped String in which the name and value are always the same A property with a type of StringEnum will be editable with a drop down list box showing all the values in the enumeration String Enumerations are deprecated and Mapped Strings should be used instead In some future release String Enumerations may be removed This is because by tightly coupling the displayed text with the text stored in the database it makes it very difficult to change the text that is displayed Biskit Def Mapped Int Mapped String String Enum Def 0 8 Department Permissions Action E Java Enum Def E Unit Type 6 17 4 Formulae lf the Formulaic check box is ticked then the value of this property will be calculated by a formulae Formutlaic Formula The syntax for the formulae is based on MySQL with one major exception MySQL uses the column name in its formulae most users of Calpendo w
11. Any User Type v User Groups Any User Group vi User Roles Any roles vi Message to show B g 201 Bookings to ignore Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources All 7 of the following apply E Show advanced O O Value of dateRange start equals x now m tothe secona x The following is set up by default defining that the bookings must be for the same resource Section Tab Description Bookings to count Resources Resources set to Matched Resource 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 248 Calpendo User Documentation This could be expanded to resource types ensuring a user could book no more than three times over a number of resources of the same type or removed altogether to restrict a user to a maximum of three bookings over the whole facility To limit the period to the next three weeks set up an additional condition Section Tab Description Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange start no later than now plus 21 count days to the second This Booking Rule could be on a per project basis rather than a per booker basis just use Projects gt Matched Project instead of Bookers gt Matched User To ignore bookings finishing before 9AM starting after 6PM or on a Saturday or Sunday Section Tab Description Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange finish minuteOfDay less than or ignore equal to 540 Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange s
12. Permission User rr Exprodo User User J a aiser accepted AE E This doesn t mean that an email will actually be sent because the Automatic Email may have conditions that need to be checked In this case it has a condition that checks whether the user s status is Requested although you can t tell that without clicking on the Automatic Email to see its details 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 29 Automatic Email Details Click on an Automatic Email in the tree and see its details appear on the right Refresh Open All Close All Edit Create Create copy Delete References Histo Create Button bar for actions relating to the selected Something created email Booking New booking request Permission User Exprodo User Tabs to show other details All of the following apply Value of status equals Requested The conditions for this automatic email User New user request to admin New user request wait Project Select an automatic email to see its details 00 Info about project request to external PI 00 New Project Request System Event Exception to email Delete Something deleted Update Something updated For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Press the Edit button to make the page editable and the button
13. The Bookmark Manager allows users to see their own and system wide bookmarks If they have the permissions the user may edit and delete these bookmarks An Admin user can see all users personal bookmarks as well as all the system wide bookmarks and may edit or delete any of them The exception is no one can delete a bookmark that is currently in use 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 170 Calpendo User Documentation A bookmark has a number of basic properties Property Description S O The name of the bookmark as assigned by the user lf you are in the calendar view which Time Templates will be shown There are two choices Show Show any Time Template information in the Bookings Calendar Hide Hide any Time Template information in the Bookings Calendar system Wide Can everyone see the report or is it a personal one If this is true the report will appear under System Bookmarks rather than Personal Bookmarks Public Ifa system wide bookmark can anyone modify it This is currently not being used Owner The user who created the bookmark and if Public is false the only person who can edit a bookmark if it is also System Wide The page is split into two On the left is a list of the System Bookmarks those that anyone can see and the users Personal Bookmarks On the right is the area where bookmarks can edited created and deleted Where the page splits can be moved to change the space available for e
14. The Intelligent Management System for your Facility User Manual October 2015 Calpendo 7 0 52 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Contents Table of Contents Foreword 0 PartI Getting Started 10 Part Il Version History 12 24 Changes in VETSION A O roine andes E A a E uni tupseunanscendanuteneesomdseylvatienar 12 2 1 1 Changes For Regular Users nnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnn nenen ennenen nennen nenene 12 2 1 2 Changes For Administrators sssnssnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennenen nenne ce ee 13 2 2 Changes In Version 7 0 1 7 0 45 n ansnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne nne 17 2 2 1 Chang s For Regular USCS virinan antes enana ae a aea aa aa aai aa Aaaa a aa aiaa aaa aaa aaa iaai 17 22 2 Changes For Admi O S r e a a a a aaa a E eaaa A R aea AAE E ease 18 2 3 Changes in Version 7 0 46 7 0 55 n nssnssnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne nne 23 2 9 1 Changes For Regular USORS sgrrsperoirn nane E aE E EE E TEEN ne eE EEE 23 2 3 2 Changes For AGIs th Aton siccvscsea se ctcecicencncstic eana eieae aen eaaa Ena aidaa eea EaR Aaaa ieai 23 Part Ill Calpendo User Guide 28 21 GENGA USEF AGCOUNL oradea a sotearinesd a a mace E eE 28 32 Change PaSsw ON caos a E E E A a 31 Dio USOT SENNO Sasra AA a A a aA 32 3 3 1 Calpendo User Settings Isrcimans ea
15. The User record that will be created from this file Name Value Comments userldentity login Timb String Name userldentity auth Local Needs to match enticationMethod available authentication method exactly roles 4 Set by bits 1 Root 2 Admin 4 User 8 Guest See User Roles for more information Login name Timb Tim Bilderbeck fothername J SC d Email address blah conaptic com Fassuers exces ie es familyName Bilderbec String Beya J k E I email blah co String naptic co m userlType name Physics Needs to match name exactly password timbil Depends on system configuration status Normal Requested Normal Blocked Notice the order of the properties does not matter Depending on how the system is configured password may be a compulsory property and may have a minimum number of characters and or a combination of alphanumerics 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 179 Example File For Importing A Resource File Edit Format View Help name location name type name projectRequired col lectUsage bookingBiskitDef representedBiskitType Ion Poo Harvard Room PROJECT_REQUIRED true Booking The Resource record that will be created from this file Name Value Comments Harvard Needs to match name type name Room Needs to match name exactly projectRequired PROJEC PROJECT REQUIRED Project Required Any P
16. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 150 Calpendo User Documentation 4 3 4 3 1 Bakery User Administration When somebody first registers with Calpendo as described by Getting A User Account a new user is created with a status of Requested While a user has this status they are unable to log in An administrator must then approve the user by changing their status to Approved This and other user related administration is described in this section User Properties This chapter describes the gpperties of a user and what they are for but not how to change them See Modifying Users for a description of how to change the properties on a user The licence for Calpendo counts the users with status Normal whose accounts have not expired and Password must be reset at next login Identity Every user has a combination of authentication method and login name which must be unique The login name may contain letters numbers hyphen underscore or full stop A login name may be changed as long as the new name adheres to these constraints Roles There can be up to 32 roles defined in the system including the predefined and special Root and Admin roles A user with the Root role always has permission to do anything in the system A user with the Admin role is allowed to perform administrative tasks However Calpendo can be configured so that the Admin role is not required for administrative tasks The remaining 30 possible roles
17. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 230 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 1 Simple Booking Rule Beyond the standard settings for selecting which bookings it applies to a Simple Booking Rule only specifies three things Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Rejection type Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Message to show Property Description Rejection Type This sets up whether to reject the booking or just post a warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry Retry approved bookings sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued Please note that there is no intelligence here to decide whether or not to reject booking or give the user a warning all the logic supported by a Simple Booking Rule is in the selection of the bookings the Booking Rule applies to While it may seem that this would make a Simple Booking Rule somewhat limited in scope you can achieve quite a lot with it as shown by the following examples 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 231 Example Disallowing Bookings More Than 6 Weeks In Advance Suppose that the resources are very busy and people are responding by booking well into the future ju
18. Set to inherit will text indent inherit Ra inherit from previously white space No Value lz defined CS5 vertical align H text justif No Value vertical align bottom justify z rovided by the editor RIR word spacing No Value P a text wrap No Value text overflow No Value word break No Value B word wrap No Value Font Decoration font family No Value text decoration No Value font size No Value font variant No Value font weight No Value z font style No Value fm km lz Remove All CSS Show AllCSS OK Apply Cancel The possible CSS values are organised into different tabs to help with finding the required CSS value When the drop down button is pressed for a value the user will have a choice of options Some will require the user to input the appropriate CSS string see Colour above The user can also specify inherit which means the CSS will be inherited from previously defined CSS by the user this could be in Global Preferences or elsewhere in Calpendo where CSS can be defined For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter CSS Editor Description Toolbar Item Remove All Removes all CSS that the user has applied using the editor to this CSS particular object Show All CSS _ Shows in a pop up window the CSS that has been defined for this particular object For more information and help on us
19. Weekly v Every 2 z week s ne End on Selected date W Oct 1 2010 oe sy Make changes the booking properties as required including changing the status using the status drop down Requested wt Please select a Status Requested Approved Denied ancelled There is no difference between selecting a status here and using the buttons in the checked button bar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 142 Calpendo User Documentation When finished press the Save button A pop up will appear briefly in the bottom right corner to indicate the booking was saved Please note that although we ve now changed this booking s status it still appears in the table of booking requests However the status shown in the table has changed A booking will remain in the Booking Requests page until the Refresh button is pressed or the user logs out and logs back in again or refresh s the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 4 2 Calpendo Administration Guide 143 Project Administration as described by Creating A New Project the When somebody first creates a a project gt project is created with a status of hh While a project has this status nobody can book against it An administrator must
20. When there are no conditions it looks like this in a writeable context File F Search for Resource Report type List Report F Conditions Columns Reset Go Autorun Conditions x There are no conditions Add condition 3 OK Cancel When editing Conditions add a new Condition by pressing the Add Condition button At any time clicking on the green button will add a new condition after the current one clicking the red button will delete the condition the button is associated with Whenever there are multiple Conditions they will appear in the Conditions Panel each in their own row The Conditions Context A Conditions Panel is subject to the context within which it is used There are two parts to the context that affect the way the Conditions Panel behaves the Biskit Type the condition is being placed upon and whether used for an update so that there are two instances of the data available the Old Value and the New Value or whether there is just one instance available the Value For an Automatic Email the context Biskit Type is the type that triggers the email If the email is triggered by any Bisikit Type then it means the context has no Bisikit Type There s a New Value available when the action that triggered the email is an Update and not when the action is Create or Delete For a Permission _ it s a very similar situation The context Bisikit Type is the
21. hgl select count from Booking where project id projyect getPrimaryKey and status REQUESTED or status APPROVED and resource id rpk if booking getPrimaryKey 0 hagl hgl and id booking getPrimaryKey SessionFactory sf HibernateUtil getSessionFactory Session session null try session sf openSession count session createQuery hql uniqueResult Print Query found a total of count bookings for this project and resource if booking getPrimaryKey 0 counter maxCount prs getNumberOfSessions if count gt maxCount result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT result setMessage 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 262 Calpendo User Documentation There can be a total of maxCount bookings for project project getProjectCode project getName on resource getName Jz But this booking would make a total of count return finally if session null session close Example Enforce 15 Minute Gaps Between Bookings This Booking Rule will ensure that there is always a 15 minute gap between bookings If using this Booking Rule it may be a good idea to use the Rule s Applies To gt Resources tab to make sure that it only applies to the appropriate resources import com springsolutions biskit core Biskit import com springsolutions calpendo domain Booking import com sp
22. Add support for login names with more exotic characters such as Previously only alphanumeric names were allowed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 20 Calpendo User Documentation Resource Manager Group Added a new property to Resource called Resource managerUserGroup to allow an administrator to specify a group of users that can make bookings for any project on that resource and can approve deny cancel bookings on that resource once the appropriate permissions have been set up This allows a group of people to very quickly be set up as administrators for a number of resources Email Address Validation Add validation of any string property that contains an email address to ensure the email address is legal Set Automatic Email Reply Address Add support for setting automatic email reply to address in Global Preferences Recording of Schema Changes search for biskits of type DatabaseUpgrade This records both updates done via the bakery in the regular way with Update DB Schema but also any SQL executed by using the custom SQL tool that you see in the bakery when logging in as root This should correctly record queries that work properly and queries that fail along with the mysql error Services Added support for Services Storing Images to be Accessed by CSS Create an instance of PublicResource with an attachment and make sure user nobody has read and exists on both the PublicResource and the Attachment
23. By default the Time Templates Calendar appears on the Calpendo menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Frajects Search Admin Help grees EEI KE vetoed 34 BEM ELD Todar ertesd L a Aani 210 However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different A Time Template can choose one of four possible states for a booking request I 1 Automatic Approva 2 Acceptable bookings will be given the status Requested 3 Warning bookings will be given the status Requested but a warning message will be issued 4 Automatic Denial 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 58 Calpendo User Documentation noat ao Hovering over the blue Time Template for Thursday Start 8 May 2014 08 00 morning which is named Biology Time shows a tooltip Finish 8 May 2014 13 00 Resource Dry Lab with the details indicating it is acceptable for Biology Resource Type Room Enabled Yes people to make a booking for the dry lab This means that Repeat Repeat every Thursday Abdicated Not abdicated booking requests can be made Status Far term applies now Template Biology Time s wae It Can also be seen that for Physics people and everybody Physics Automatic denial F 7 Near term 2 cays else bookings are automatically denied Near term template Free for All Rolling transition rawmowee All blue items shown in this Time Templates calendar are Far term template Future Rofing ranston for t
24. Calpendo comes with some default outcomes the administrator can add as many additional ones as required as well as configuring the choice of colour and borders for each outcome 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 270 Calpendo User Documentation 6 9 Configuring Resources And Locations Resources and Locations are configured in the Resource Editor which is by default available on the menu as Admin gt Resource Editor Locations Locations have a name and a parent this allows a hierarchy of locations to be created Remove Add Apply Edit Cancel Create Create Copy Printable View Also once a location is created the child locations can be created directly using the Create button in the Children tab 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Resources Calpendo Configuration Guide When you create a resource you get the following pop up 271 es Manager User Group Please select a User Group Require Reason for Cancellations Allocate Calendar Column Collect Actual Usage Enable pre defined time slots Actual Usage Allowing Changes to Old Bookings Time Slots Project Required Booking Subtype Booking Allow Old Changes Sunday Any times allowed Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Resources have the following properties Property Description be used with Permissions and Automatic Emails re This is the na
25. FF visio 5 Riaki Lint Use default I visitis In Collection Editor m Cs oC or Dynamic naaa Storage Mechanism Ey Allows Deletion While Referenced Does not allow desetion unigue o E e Component a E kii Pro i Primary Key Column Name Batt Property Type a Change to Slave 17 Press the Save button 18 If there are no errors the database will need to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 412 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 10 Creating An Inheriting BiskitDef Booking An example of creating a Biskit that inherits from another Biskit In this case Resource Please note that when editing the new Biskit the user cannot see the properties that it inherits from the parent Biskit 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select any Biskit 4 Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode 5 Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this case ExtendedResource b Change Parent to Resource c Change Group to make it easy fo find all the new BisketDefs using the Filter
26. New User Registration Create a local account Local or authenticate using External Imap Smtp Cancel And then complete the New User Registration form to create an account within Calpendo Once this account has been accepted by the administrator of Calpendo then the user will be able to login This enables administrators to control whom has access to Calpendo 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide lf logged in using a local authentication method in the top right corner of every page of Calpendo there is a Change Password link Click on this if the user would like to change their password A pop up will appear that requests the old password and two copies of the new password Press the Apply button to change the password 3 2 Change Password Change Password k Please enter your old password and a new one Old password New password Repeat new password Cancel Apply 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 32 calpendo User Documentation 3 3 User Settings The User Settings page configures various options that control how Calpendo looks Access it by going to the Settings link that is shown in the top right corner of every page in Calpendo This will show a users Settings with several tabs as described below Once the required settings have been changed then press the Save button to save all the changes 3 3 1 Calpendo User Settings Booking Reminder Whena booking is created t
27. 256 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 10 Advanced Booking Rule Advanced Booking Rules provide a means for the implementation of almost anything required They allow the configurer to write a Booking Rule using Java that will be run using BeanShell This means it requires a programmer to create an Advanced Booking Rule This documentation includes some example Booking Rules so that a programmer may be able to produce the effect they want from what s here but this is not a complete reference to the functionality available inside an Advanced Booking Rule A complete programmer s API documentation may be made available at some time but for now to create an Advanced Booking Rule either try to adapt the examples here or contact us for help When creating an Advanced Rule a user needs to define how Advanced Rules will work with repeat bookings Normally rules are run once for each instance of a repeat booking Option Description Run for each repeating instance The Rule is given a copy of the repeat booking Consequently if the rule modifies this copy changes made to it will not be saved to the database nor seen by subsequently run rules Run once The rule is given the original repeat booking and changes the Rule makes to the booking will then be persisted and also available to subsequent Rules Note that for repeat bookings advanced Rules marked as being run once will always be run before all other Rules regardle
28. 422 Calpendo User Documentation Property Table Types There are four different ways to display a list of properties 1 Simple Table i Does the property benefit from any Heading of the following guarantees or Pary Tae Toe A Information in a Simple Table will be displayed with the property label and the property value 2 Radio Button Table Property Grouping Method Captions C Not Appticabiel Yes No Hop PO Hob CeT Fe ites oven ana gril ited micowave_ JoJo CO o_o gt Fragereeze Jo 1 Freee A I E Ze 7 A wasng machine V S Information in a Radio Button Table is displayed showing the property labels and then a choice of values This type of table is limited to the following a All properties must be of the same type b They must be one of the following types Biskit valued li Mapped Integer ii Mapped String 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 423 3 Multi Column Table Statutory Registers false I Horizontal Tabs Name Hidden Property Grouping Method Multi Column Table Show Custom Row Labels v He i Number of Property Columns 2 Show Column Headings a Centre M Right z Editable Column Headings Custom editable fe Labels J 4 250m 251 500m Local Authority Landfill Sites within Local_Authority_Landfill_Sites_250 Local_Authority_Landfill_Sites_ 500 Column Label Alignmen
29. Message to show Requested bookings wd Bookings approved by template I Bookings approved not by template W Cancelled bookings Denied bookings L The Bookings to Count and Bookings to Ignore work in exactly the same way as Applies To and Does Not Apply ToD read the chapter on Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies To for more information on how the sub tabs work In the MRI scanner and treatment room example there are two ways to implement it preventing a booking for a patient that may require the treatment room when the treatment room is already booked or requiring that the treatment room already be booked by the same project In each case we need to identify which MRI bookings might require the treatment room For that use the Types And Groups Editor to create a booking type to represent the type of subject being scanned Classify subjects according to whether they are healthy volunteers walking patients wheelchair patients or bedridden patients Now suppose that healthy volunteers do not require the treatment room to be available but the other types do 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 239 Here s the first option for how to set this up in Calpendo by preventing the treatment room from being booked at the same time as the MRI scanner Property Setting Applies To Add condition type not equal to Healthy Volunteer Applies To On the Resources tab specify the MR
30. e Add in the Bakery e Ask the Bakery to update the database schema Tell Calpendo server to reload the data definitions when you have finished making all changes Not possible without a new version of Calpendo Adding new property Add in the Bakery e Does not require table structure to be changed to add a new e Efficient storage and retrieval Efficient storage and retrieval Advantages e The fastest ws Watauieae cease indirect property access q l e Harder to make static properties mechanism mistakes and get confused Need to be aware of Much less efficient database columns storage and retrieval and their Biskit Types than the other property types Disadvantages Cannot be changed without new version of Calpendo Users of Calpendo cannot create or delete Static Biskits or properties but can change some of the meta properties S of both the Biskit and the properties such as the labels tool tips whether required and default values Users should be using dynamic properties rather than indirect properties unless they really do not wish to change the DB Schema and are happy with the speed of the indirect properties 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 353 6 17 2 Biskit Definitions It can be a bit confusing to talk about definitions of properties So let s start by using an exam
31. e Custom formulaic properties are now syntax checked for balanced brackets e Set the name of the default id column in bakery to include the biskitType e Allow formulae to reference primary keys using pseudo id eg as foo id e Add support for automatic recording on a biskit of who created it and was the last to update it Create a user biskit property on the target biskit type mark it as automated and set as the creator updator property e Add support for string properties that contain ab RGB colour e Add new UserGroup self property Authorisation Methods Make external authorisation methods show before non external on the login page Database Dump Database dump file names include date time version system name and server hostname as specified in the global preferences emailed base URL Layout Editor Add Layout Editor to all admin menus that don t already have it Total Time Booked Rule e Rule message to include time allowed as well as time used e Add support for negative quota to mean no limit in Total Time Booked Rule Number of Bookings Rule Add support for negative quota to mean no limit in Number of Bookings Rule Global Preferences Removed the global preferences property send old search usage home Support for old style searches was removed quite some time ago so this preferences setting no longer serves any purpose 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 Version History Changes in
32. properties work 2 Atype of property used in Conditions when you want to specify a relation about who performs an action or when A record of how long communications between web browsers and the Calpendo server take A special user used for Permissions to control what information may be written into emails Time Tem plates amp allow the option of having a different Time Template known as the near term Time Template used when getting close to a particular booking time This allows unused booking slots to be used The user that owns a booking bookmark or project 2 pookings may be owned by users other than the booker How the administrator determines which user may have access to what information and under which circumstances Permissions may have many layers allowin ngine grained control over who can perform what action on which Biskit 8 An operation that can be serene on a Biskit The most common actions are Create Read Update and Delete A project allows an administrator to link together users resources and costs as well as other customised Information to enable them to organise who can make bookings for particular resources and how they will be charged The process by which new projects amp E become approved A unique string used to define a project A way of grouping similar p rojects amp together for use in Rules Permissions Time Templates or Automatic Emails A projec
33. works exactly the same as the property path in an Automatic Email and it is described more fully in that section The property path is a property or list of properties that lead from the Biskit Type defined on the Permission to a user or user group and those users will also have the Permission applied to them User Roles Users can have multiple roles Any number of roles can be selected by ticking the check box next to the role and then choose with the drop down whether the Permission is to apply to users that have all of the selected roles or users that have any of the selected roles 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 289 The Does Not Apply To Tab This tab is almost identical to the Applies To tab The only difference is that the check box at the start is labelled Exclude Nobody instead of Include Everybody When ticked it means that no users are taken away from the Applies To list of users and so the rest of the Does Not Apply To tab will be hidden When unticked the users that should not be targeted are selected 6 11 3 Example Permissions Example 1 Anybody May Create A Booking Request This example will create a Permission that authorises anybody to create a booking when the booking to be created has its status set to Requested Note that by creating a Permission like this it doesn t influence what happens when somebody tries to create a booking whose status is set to something
34. 10 Supported 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 136 Calpendo User Documentation 4 Calpendo Administration Guide The Calpendo Administration Guide covers the day to day administration that is required for a Calpendo installation This guide should be read in conjunction with the Calpendo User Guide which as well as describing how to make bookings and create or edit projects also describes how to search for information see the Calpendo Configuration Guide for information on how to change the properties that exist on a project or the default value of properties on a project 4 1 Booking Administration When a booking is created it will have a status of either Requested or Approved depending on the Time Templates that are in force for the duration of the booking If there are no applicable Time Templates 5 fora newly created booking then its status is determined by a Global Preferences setting An administrator will need to approve any booking requests and possibly make bookings for people who need to make bookings outside the normal rules The administrator may also need to resolve conflicts between people for which they will need to find out when bookings were made or modified Some properties on each booking will help with this but also use the History page See Also History e Configuring Time Tem plates e The Bookings amp section of the Global Preferences 2
35. Ce There can be as many Mapped Integers as needed in the database Once the Mapped Integer is created to use it create an integer property on a BiskitDef and set its Integer Type to be Mapped Integer and chose the Mapped Integer you have created Integer Type Mapped Integer Default Value CancellationReason Role The database stores the values as integers The definition of the Mapped Integer in the Bakery just maps those numbers to a string for display At a later date new items can be added to the mapping new strings and new integers the mapping can be changed by changing the text associated with a particular integer then everything in the database that has that integer value will be displayed with the new string if there is a mapping where 1 displays as A and 2 displays as B and then this mapping is changed so that 2 displays as B and 3 displays as A and there is no mapping for 1 then there won t be a way to display a text value for 1 and there won t be a way to search for it 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 368 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 3 4 1 1 Bit Sets A Bit Set is a BiskitDef integer property that uses a special sort of Mapped Integer To be used as a Bit Set a Mapped Integer must map integer values that are between 0 and 31 It doesn t need to map all 32 possible values but the values mapped must be within that range A Bit Set works by using binary values Each Bit Se
36. Template Biology Time ka meso Me Tae Near Term Use alternative template W Template Within Template is to be enabled disabled Time Templates Transition Rolling W are displayed in the Far Term Use alternative template W but In a lighter Template Set up the repeat structure After for the Time Template For Transition Ww more information on setting up repeats read the section 53 Create Template Abdicate Cancel on Repeat Bookings Select the Time Template required for the medium term Select the Time Template required for the Near Term Define what is meant by Near Term Decide whether the transition to the new Time Template will be Rolling or Instant For example if the Time Template runs from 08 00 to 20 30 with Instant as soon as 08 00 is reached the whole time period becomes available under the Near Term Template with Rolling the Near Term Template becomes available as the time roles through it Therefore at 10 00 08 00 to 10 00 is available under Near Term but the rest of the Time Template is still the Medium Term 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 6 6 3 6 6 3 1 Calpendo Configuration Guide 223 Select the Time Template required for the Far Term Define what is meant by Far Term Decide whether the transition to the new Time Template will be Rolling or Instant Once all the details have been entered then press Create Template then the new Time Template will be sent to the Calpendo server
37. Time Templates can be copied and pasted for fast entry of similar Time Templates Just click ona Time Template in the calendar and select Copy from the drop down menu Then click somewhere to create a new Time Template if there s a Time Template in the clipboard its content will be used to populate the Time Template pop up You can then edit it as required Editing Time Templates Read the chapter on Editing Bookings to see how to edit Time Templates on the calendar Configuring Booking Rules Whenever a booking is created or changed Calpendo will consult its Booking Rules to see whether to accept or reject the booking or else give the user a warning about it How Booking Rules Work Every time somebody creates or changes a booking Calpendo checks its Booking Rules to see whether the change should be allowed Unlike Time Templates which are applied in the user s web browser Booking Rules are applied in the Calpendo server This key difference has the following consequences e Time Templates can give feedback to the user before they even try to create a booking whereas Booking Rules require the user to enter the booking details before any feedback can be given e Time Templates have limited information available to them whereas Booking Rules have full access to everything in the Calpendo database and even external information available on the internet as well if you need it When Calpendo checks its Booking Rules i
38. a probe is constructed The probe must be large enough to hybridize specifically with its target but not so large as to impede the hybridization process The probe is tagged directly with fluorophores with targets for antibodies or with biotin Tagging can be done in various ways such as nick translation or PCR using tagged nucleotides Then an interphase or metaphase chromosome preparation is produced The chromosomes are firmly attached to a substrate usually glass Repetitive DNA sequences must be blocked by adding short fragments of DNA to the sample The probe is then applied to the chromosome DNA and incubated for approximately 12 hours while hybridizing Several wash steps remove all unhybridized or partially hybridized probes The results are then visualized and quantified using a microscope that is capable of exciting the dye and recording images If the fluorescent signal is weak amplification of the signal may be necessary in order to exceed the detection threshold of the microscope Fluorescent signal strength depends on many factors such as probe labelling efficiency the type of probe and the type of dye Fluorescently tagged antibodies or streptavidin are bound to the dye molecule These secondary components are selected so that they have a strong signal FISH experiments designed to detect or localize gene expression within cells and tissues rely on the use of a reporter gene such as one expressing green fluorescent protein t
39. displayed in a list of items Change the visibility of each of the properties defined on an item gt Properties Visible In Biskit Detail explains how to change the properties that are displayed when seeing a detailed view of an item In this case it affects both the read only and editable mode detailed view of an item Again change the visibility of each of the properties defined on an item gt Properties Visible In A Collection Editor explains how to change the properties that are displayed in collection editors For example if there is a Project Biskit Type that contains a list of users then the user can change which properties are shown to represent those users in the Project s list of users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 167 4 3 7 Changing A User s Settings A user can change their own settings as described in User Settings in the Calpendo User Guide Sometimes however the administrator may want to edit another user s Settings This can be desirable if some users do not have permission to modify all of their settings For example Calpendo may have been configured so that a regular user cannot choose which menu they use whereas an administrator may have permission to do so The menu is one of the properties of a user s Settings 9 Page For Editing Another User s Settings Currently there is no page dedicated to editing other user s settings To do this use Data Explorer an
40. fever user Aamin JLocalaanin feom roae Normal Jo rawayaora reales separa za Pouce tocavpaur faut Rooneon oueon Normal fr 28 Sep 2014 1006 a8 Sep 2014 1006 fuser Ycationardo ceonarae Joana aanepancom Emusieg Noel Jason Tne ceeendtime when tnter was ceted fous ______ locamupbe_Jeown frome aanguancon fens ora p __ ofuser__Ieatiender forego meroa Joanon feo normal O JJ a fuse ioaromgen winem romge fuareoancon fens roma Jo a ofuser__Yeatewton_fisaae newer fuaneoanen frora Ja__Joauga0re 11s asep sore 107 a ang Po fuse locatsarvin_ onanes foom nanguancon aaa noma e __ _ ous farne Jae foore uen exedacom fens frora Ja reana ona UUS fo fuse______Jlcagatieo_ oaveo fome forcon fems ora e OOOO ooo r fse iarna ernes fore aanauancom frora O e oa annn UUS E e Jaton e a e E C __ Ofe o faensen aon Jensen ongexrodacom frora fe pronen annan UO fo fuse ioearenson rroma Eason foanooaneon enea e_ _ Ose Yaron ioa resis Juanian com fous o earan fax _Jrenck fanear __ fse cease fest user anti com Ofe eealgayr_foary feron oangenaam Nom fuser anse fien fiese fieree eo l Edit Delete Approve Deny Block Force password reset Add To Group Remove From Group ih E ANARAN nii i i ae ea aay M EA asepsoe eer finom re28 finansa O EEA E __ C E E id i ii Edit Create Create copy Delete References History 2010 2015 Exp
41. or https or any other valid protocol recognised by all web browsers but the protocol prefix is not required Email Address A single line of text that is expected to contain an email address HTML When rendered in a read only context this is displayed with a mailto HTML link so that it will automatically create an email when clicked A text area that contains HTML When edited this property will use an HTML editor with tools for helping you to create valid HTML VASP SIS Se Tie ESBS ea Background Foreground Y Font Size Colour Three hexadecimal numbers that define the RGB colour to be displayed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 373 String Type This indicates whether the content of the text value should be constrained The values allowed are Value Meaning Unconstrained The text value can be anything The value will be one of the values specified by a Mapped Mapped String String The particular Mapped String that constrains the value must be specified The value will be the type of a BiskitDef and so will be Biskit Type configured as a drop down listing all the known Biskit Types 6 17 3 7 1 Mapped Strings A Mapped String is similar in concept to a Mapped Integer but instead of storing an integer in the database a text value is stored instead This means that a Mapped String is a mapping from one set of strings to another s
42. so that the booking type is obvious at a glance The Booking Type can also be used for Permissions Automatic Emails Manual Emails 2 and Booking Rules 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 266 Calpendo User Documentation 6 8 Configuring Types And Groups The Types And Groups Editor is used to configure the types and groups in the system Before reading more about how to configure them please take a look at Types And Groups which describes what a type and a group is and how an item can have exactly one type but may be a member of many groups including Zero When it comes to configuring types and gro ups in Calpendo consider first whether there is a good way to categorise the users projects and resources such that they each fall into precisely one category For exam ple distinguish between students staff and external users using that for the user type Alternatively if multiple departments use the resources its possible to assign a user type according to which department a user belongs to Project types could be assigned according to the department they originated from or perhaps according to thier funding source Resource types tend to be more obvious but are just as important Categorise resources as Room Scanner Person Computer Desk etc Once the types have been chosen then they can be used throughout Calpendo For example to apply a particular Booking Rule to Scanner bookings for
43. the Booking Cancellations page appears on the menu here Calend ai ampliata Bookings Piaj dti Search admin Halp pe i dal 20g Bosking Cancellations 21m LIES E However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the Booking Cancellations page looks like once a search has been done _File Search for Booking Report type List Report 26 Nov 2013 00 00 20 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Project Conditions Columns Reset Bookings where dateRange between 26 Nov 2013 and 20 Feb 2014 and status equals Cancelled Found one booking L Resource Booxer_____ owner Projest Type Status__ Date Range Created Cancetlea__ Moaitied_ __ All day Repeat DyLab admin2 admin2 Rad 1 Radiation Canceiea 18 Feb 2014 15 00 18 00 18 Feb 2014 13 42 18 Feb 2014 13 46 18 Feb 2014 13 46 faise t Edit Delete The Booking Cancellation search is run with the following default parameters Bookings where dateRange between start_date and end_date and status equals Cancelled Because the status condition is set specifically to Cancelled there is no Status button available but the other buttons can be used to change the parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search c
44. then network metrics will be kept otherwise they will not Note that by setting this to false statistics that are already in the database will not be affected Only new information will be affected by this setting Enabling Network Metrics will slow down Calpendo a little Indicates how many network calls each web browser much make before sending its network metric information to the server The larger this number is the fewer network calls will be created as an overhead However larger numbers increase the greater the memory requirements and also increase the amount of data that will be lost when the user closes their browser This is because outstanding information collected by the browser but not sent to the server is not sent when the browser it closed This is the period of time between sending metrics to the server This is only used during periods of low activity when you have some information to send to the server but you are not active enough to reach the Number Of Network Calls Between Sending Metrics lf Network Metrics_are enabled the data will be stored in the database In order to access the data use Search Once in the Search page set the Search Biskit Type to Network Metric as there could be a lot of information to be returned make sure Conditions are used to set at least time limits for the information returned For more information read the chapter on using Search 2010 2015 Exprodo Software
45. this is known as the Far Term Time Template Specifies settings that change the way Calpendo operates A report that lets you break down data by any number of properties The audit log kept by Calpendo that shows what has been changed when and by whom The Layout Editor allows the user to define how the properties amp ofa Biskit will be displayed A report that shows a list of Biskits P A Mapped Integer relates text labels to integer values An integer property on a Biskit may use a Mapped Integer so that a user would see a drop down with each of the text labels when they edit it The related integer value is_stored in the database rather than the text See also Bit Set Similar in concept to a Mapped Integer but instead of storing an integer in the database a text value is stored instead This means that a Mapped String is an association of one set of strings to another set of strings so that you see a drop down of text values but the value stored in the database does not have to be the same as the displayed value Calpendo User Documentation Meta Property Network Metrics Nobody Near Term Time Template Owner Permission Permission Action Project Project Approval Process Project Code Project Group Project Resource Settings Project Service Settings Project Status Project Template Project Type Property Property Path 1 Attributes that define how a Biskit or a Biskit s
46. you can look at entries that appear in the login_attempts table whenever somebody tries to login to Calpendo Secondly you can check from Calpendo by using either the Search page or the Data Explorer page Upgrading Calpendo Upgrades follow the following path 1 Stop Tomcat 2 Take a backup of your MySQL database mysqldump u root password somepassword calpendo gt calpendo saved sql 3 Apply any database upgrade script provided for your release For a release of version a b c this would mean mysql u root password somepassword calpendo lt update a b c sql 4 Replace the Calpendo directory with the contents of the new Calpendo directory Note that you must ensure that the hibernate cfg xml file that you customised when you followed the above installation instructions is not overwritten by the new release New releases normally do not include a copy of hibernate cfg xml file 5 Restart Tomcat 6 Open a web browser to confirm that Calpendo is accepting connections Rolling Back a Failure Database Upgrade If you should want to roll back the database because an upgrade failed in some way then you should not load you back up over the top of the upgraded database That s because there could be tables for the upgrade that remain in place and so it might cause problems with doing the upgrade again since it may assume the new tables do not exist The recommended way to roll back the database after an upgrade is t
47. 1 rasanonl onnaa t Edit Delete Edit Create Create copy N ZOTO 2UT Us 00 ZUT owes Delete rererences History However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the Resource Usage Search page looks like once a search has been done File 7 Re List Report 7 03 Feb 2014 00 00 J 20 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Project Conditions Columns Reset Go V Autorun port type po Resource Usages where dateRange between 3 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 Found 4 resource usages Resource user Projest outcome DateRange Drytab curie Marie Curie pace 1 Space 20 Feb 2014 11 00 20 Feb 2014 13 00 20 Feb 2074 13 10 curie Marie Curie curie Marie Curie Rad 1 Radiation 20 Feb 2014 09 00 20 Feb 2014 11 00 20 Feb 2014 13 11 curie Marie Curie einstein Albert Einstein Rad 1 Radiation 19 Feb 2014 11 30 19 Feb 2014 14 00 20 Feb 2014 13 21 aamin2 amin darwin Charles Darwin Gene 1 Genes Operator error 19 Feb 2014 14 00 19 Feb 2014 16 30 20 Feb 2014 13 21 admin2 admin The Resource Usage Search is run with the following default parameters Resource Usages where dateRange between start_date and end_date All the possible buttons are available to change parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select
48. 10 admin adimip a LE Boue angel Tike E 2013 09 12 curie Mi i Created ua i gt Columns 2013 09 52 curie Ma EF Creator 2013 10 40 i Modified 0 V Resource j E Modifier h W User S Project E Outcome V Date Range E VlCreated Creator W Modified V Modifier K k a Finally change the columns displayed in the output Reset Resets the search conditions to the defaults set up on starting the search Go Runs the search with the current conditions Autorun If this button is ticked then searches will run as soon as any conditions change lf a number of the conditions of the search will be changed then it is more efficient if this is not ticked as each change will start a search and the appropriate transfer of data from the server Reset Go Autorun For a more complete explanation on how to edit records in a usage search view read the How to Edit Multiple Items At Once section of the Data Explorer chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 3 6 3 2 My Resource Usage The My Resource Usage search page searches for resource usage restricting any output to resource usage used by the current user By default the My Resource Usage page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help File Report type List Report 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Session Recorder Resource f Reso
49. 2015 curie Marie Curie admin admin curie Marie Curie i Ej 5 Aug 2015 01 25 PM 16 Oct 2015 10 41 AM Any service provider v O Radiological Assessment radiation19 Aug 2015 curie Marie Curie curie Marie Curie curie Marie Curie 1 5 aug 201501 44PM 5 Aug 201501 44PM Location i E t t Del Refere i Any location The my orders search is run with the following default parameters Service Orders where project is one of my projects and creator is anything and service is anything and service provider is anything and service ocation is anything Because the project option is one of my projects there is no Owner filter available but the other filters down the left of the page can be used to change the parameters of the search See the section on My Orders to learn how to add comments to an order To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 96 cal pendo User Documentation 3 8 Toolbar Button Standard Definitions Calpendo uses toolbars in a number of places to provide options for editing and displaying information This chapter will define the standard button operations Below is an example of a toolbar with some options greyed out Refresh Delete Save Edit View History Create Create copy References Printable view When a
50. 5 1 9 Creating A Master Slave Biskit Relationship ccccccccecssssececececeessecececesaeeseceeeeeseeseeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 407 6 17 5 1 10 Creating An Inheriting BiskitDef BOOKING ccccccccccseseeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeessaeaaeaeeeseseeeeeeeeeeessesaaaaaeeees 412 6 19 La VOUt EGILON serisine a organs angeae uu A NE AAA aa A E NAA EAE A NNA ENNE 413 619 Backing Up Tne Database unana a aaa 430 6 20 Creating A Read Only Copy ss sssassnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunne 432 Part VII Calpendo installation Guide 436 Part VIII Glossary 446 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Contents Index 451 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 10 Calpendo User Documentation 1 Getting Started Calpendo is an intelligent booking system that applies Booking Rules to control who can book what and when It manages information on projects associated with each booking and automatically sends emails when required This documentation was written for version 7 0 52 of Calpendo and was last changed on October 29 2015 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 2 calpendo User Documentation 2 2 1 Version History This section shows the history of changes over the last few versions of Calpendo Changes in Version 7 0 To view changes to other releases go to our release notes at the web site at http www exprodo com category release notes Changes For Regular Users New Functionality Bo
51. 7 Hiding Resources And Booking Properties Sometimes the administrator may want to create resources that only some people may access or define properties on a booking that some people shouldn t be allowed to see This is achieved by setting up permissions that control who can access what To hide some bookings from some people e Deny them READ permission on the bookings they should not be able to see If you want to hide a booking property from some people then e Create a property level Booking permission that denies them READ rights on that property e Create a separate permission for each property you need to hide if you want to hide a resource from someone here is the list of Permissions that need to be set up e Deny them EXISTS permission on the resource e Deny them READ permission on bookings for that resource e Deny them READ permission on templates for that resource To set up the first permission Action Exists Data Type Condition Value of self equals Specified value name of resource Self is property of type Biskit that points to the Biskit owning the property By using the self property rather than the name property the primary key of the Biskit is stored in the Condition and not the name therefore if the name changes the Permission will still work 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 297 6 12 Automatic Emails Calpendo can send emails automatically in response to any data
52. A Particular Booking 52 Global Booking Reminder Preferences Repeat Bookings Creating 53 Time Between Repeat Flushing Reports Manager 1 6 Report Editor Scheduling Request Project 146 Project Association 78 User 153 Resource Usage 79 Calendar 82 Calendar Future Background Colour Preference Setting For 344 During Usage Page 81 Enabling For A Particular Resource Global Preferences For 344 432 432 331 339 121 124 2 3 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Resource Usage 79 IP Address Restriction Resource Setting For 273 Large Font Resource Setting For 273 My Resource Usage 8 7 Outcome When All Went Well Preference Setting For 344 Pre Usage Page 80 Recorder Session 79 Resource Selector Page 79 Resource User Selectable 273 Search 84 89 Search Project Resource Usage 88 session ID Template Resource Setting For 273 Session Recorder 79 Using Search 84 Resource Usage Outcome Editor 269 Resources Configuring 2 70 Initial Configuration 201 Resource Editor 2 0 Selection 44 Usage Recorder IP Address Restriction 2 73 Usage Recorder Large Font Settings 2 73 Usage Recorder Session ID Template 273 Roles Admin 150 Admin And Projects That Can Be Booked 144 Description Of 150 Receiving New User Request Emails 201 Root 150 User Role Editing Role Definition 368 Root Role Introduction To 150 es Search Booking 68 Booking Cancellations 65 Comples Content Types 113 Editing Search In
53. Allowed Boolean True then new users may register for this authentication method even if logins are not allowed Local Authentication Local authentication has no additional options IMAP Authentication and SMTP Authentication Name Data Description Type Host String The mail server s IP address or name Security JavaEnum Choose the type of security to be used None STARTTLS SSL TLS 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 323 Basic Authentication Name Data Description Type UR String The address of the website The address of the website doing the authentication _ the authentication Realm String The name of the system that is doing the authentication External Authentication Name Data Description Type Can Name Header men The name of the HTTP header that will contain the oe ee login name this defaults to X Forwarded User ene Type JavaEnum How to display the frame that will contain the authentication handshake If not hidden then choose its size Choice of Hidden Inline Popup Display Width String The width of the frame within the pop up or on the login page Display Height String The height of the frame within the pop up or on the login page While you can use HTTP basic authentication using an internal authentication method it s also possible to set up HT TP basic authentication using external authentication The following shows an example of an excerpt from an Ap
54. Approving Or Denying 147 Changing More Than The Status 148 Changing Users Associated With 164 Configuring 205 Configuring Approval Process 208 Configuring Multi Step Approval Process 208 Configuring Single Step Approval Process 208 Creating 70 Default Name Preference Setting For 343 Global Preferences For 343 Modifiying 72 My Projects 76 Properties 144 206 Rendering Type Preference Setting For 343 Requests Page 146 Requests Filtering By User Type Preference Setting For 343 Search 77 Searching 72 Template Configuration 206 Template Preference Setting For 343 User Association Request 78 Using Search 72 Property Biskit Property Definitions 363 BiskitPropertyType 363 371 Boolean Property Definitions 364 Double Property Definitions 365 Integer Property Definitions 366 Integer Type 366 Java Enum 369 Java Enum Property Definitions Layout Editor 413 Null Allowed 362 Project 362 Property Definitions Required Fields 362 Set And List Property Definitions String Enum 374 String Enum Property Definitions String Property Definitions 372 369 358 370 374 String Property Type 372 String Type 373 Tab Layout 362 Visibility When Biskit Detail Viewed 132 361 Visibility When Biskit List Viewed 132 361 R Read only Mode Consequences Of Putting Into Read Only Mode 433 Creating A Read only Copy Global Preference For 339 Requirements For A Read Only Database References 97 Reminders For
55. Biskit Group button d Decide whether new BiskitDef will share a table with its parent by changing Share Super Type Table it is best if they do share a table e In Properties Add New i Change Name to LastBreakdown li Change Type to Date f Change Name property on the BiskitDef to point to the Name property of the parent Properties Type Scanners 8 Change J b Change Type to Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete Parent Parentto 5 Scanners Bookin Nam g c Change Name _ Type Group None MyCompany Group ta arag nt Primary Key pP O Jmm version Number fo ange 6 Create new the Biskit 3 same as parent Sort Property Use default sorting Y dateRange v Hierarchy Property No suitable properties found Persistent 7 Null Allowed Label Lower scanners i Required 4 Visible In Biskit List Null Value Label Read Only Use default v Null Value Label Read Write Use default v Storage Mechanism Toot C T r Storage Mechanism C J Share Super Type Table Share database table wether new Shareable Table Shareable with sub types v share a table Allows Deletion While Referenced Does not allow deletion Y 6 Press the Save button 7 lf there are no errors the database will need to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Databas
56. Biskit Types one after another For example importing the Project Resource Settings for the above project 2 import project resource settings Notepad File Edit Format View Help project name resource name numberof sessions minutesPersession costPerHour Sun Spots dry lab 10 60 400 Value Comments project name SunSpots Needs to match SunSpots Sun Spots __ name exactly dry lab resource name Physics Needs to match Number of Sessions Project name exactly 0 Minutes per Session numberOfSessi Integer EES ane minutesPerSess Integer ion costPerHour 400 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide ter Example File For Importing A Time Template Ej import template Notepad File Edit Format View Help E e y temp lateGcroaup name resource name dateRange start dateRange finish enabled abdicated Free for all dry lab 15 May 2013 10 30 15 May 2013 15 00 true false The Template record that will be created from this file Near Tem TAM Group ____ S d sy fFartem J _d Fartem TAM orp _______ Abdicatea Date _________ Pod dateRange finis Range start 2013 Date and Time 15 00 Name Value Comments 10 30 15 May templateGroup Free for All Enabled true true or false date 15 May Date and Time h 2013 Abdicated To import repeat Time Templates see below for additional information about importing repeat bookings
57. Calpendo Configuration Guide 343 6 16 10 Projects The Projects tab of the Global Preferences page allows the following to be set up Template Project TemplateProject Template Project Project Rendering Type Vertical Tabs Default Project Name Choose project name Setting Description Template This specifies the project that should be used as a template for newly Project constructed projects See Project Template for more details When contig uring project p roperties 8 a group name can be assigned to each property Then when a project is displayed its properties are shown in these groups according to the group name set on each property Normally a project displays its properties with all the property groups visible all at once However if a large number of properties and groups are to be created then it may be better to display those properties in separate tabs with one tab per group Then choose the Project Rendering Type to select the way that the different property groups are displayed The options to use are Setting Description I Vertical Tabs Tabbed vertically useful for a large number of tabs Vertical Tabs As above but sorted by tab name sorted by name Horizontal Tabs Tabbed horizontally Captions All properties visible at the same time arranged by groups Below is an example of project information displayed in caption format When somebody creates a new project the ne
58. Details Fittings and Contents Form Additional Questions Environmental Search Drainage Search Child property groups of the main layout displayed as Vertical T abs Property Information Form _ All available guarantees warranties and supporting paperwork should be provided Leasehold Information Form Boundries Disputes Notices Planning Council Tax Environmental Arrangements excha Property group nge of contracte i Child property groups of Guarantees dsplayed as Caption Layout Heading Information STI for Horizontal Tab Guarantees Does the property benefit from any of the following guarantees or warranties If yes Property group Heading Information for Caption 5 1 Properties assigned to 5 1 laid out as a simple table m If yes give details srjajgqsclft Child property groups of Guarantees dsplayed as Caption Layout T 52 a Properties i assigned to 5 1 ANy claims be made under lad alk asa any warranty simple table 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Organisation Pane El House Buying Layout Ad Layout is ges Hame amp Properties 6 Unassigned Properties 0 Property Details Properties not assigned E Property Information Form Properties 0 Boundries Disputes Notices amp Planning Child property Guarantees group of House Buying Layout 2 Properties 0 a 57 Child property group of Guarantees 6 P
59. Einstein Space 1 Space Approved 21 Feb 2014 12 00 15 00 18 Feb 2014 14 19 18 Feb 2014 14 24 false ionas care miae Ca agaaa Curl laaan _ Approwed 21 Fe aora oeno 1200 10 repama i425 erosua O Dy Lab Marie Curie einstein Albert Einstein Space 1 Space _ Approved 21 Feb 2014 15 00 18 0018 Feb 2014 14 26 18 Feb 2014 14 26 fase l Edit De ete Approve Deny Cancel The My Projects Booking search is run with the following default parameters Bookings where dateRange between start_date and end_date and status equals Requested or Approved and project is one of my projects Because the project parameter is set specifically to one of my projects there is no Project button available but the other buttons can be used to change the parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software e Calpendo User Documentation 3 4 3 5 Booking Search The Booking Search page sets up a search for all bookings for a certain date range it defaults to a date range which specifies today By default the Booking Search page appears on the menu here Tahin Tih poate HiH iiH Pri Ei ba LhLigpe Sit E Fide Report type Lest Pte Botany Cancelacons ohh 114g A Reckegs where darelgcce be hiy Boonga Agr 2013 a
60. For Permissions they are only usable when the Permission action is Update 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 288 Calpendo User Documentation The Applies To Tab In read only and editable mode the Applies To tab looks like this include Everybody Individual Users Please select a User to add J Include Everybody Selection empty Individual Users User Groups selection empty Please select a User Group to add selection empty m User Groups selection empty Property Path to User s or User Group s Property Path to User s or User Groupis 4 Data type not selected Selection empty selection empty m Roles Use Roles Require all selected roles L Root Admin LJ User LJ Guest Include Everybody lf set to true then this means that the Permission applies to all users and so the rest of the tab is hidden As described in Introduction To Permissions the targeted users are those users covered by the Applies To tab that are not also covered by the Does Not Apply To tab Individual Users This allows the specification of particular users that the Permission should apply to User Groups The Permission will apply to any user in the specified groups Property Path A Permission property path
61. If a resource is in the Selected Resources area and it is removed from that box because either its type box is unticked or its location box is unticked then the resource is still a selected resource and will function as one later All the user has done at this point is to remove the resource from view in the Resource Selection pop up 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 45 Exporting iCal Information When exporting iCal information the user needs to decide if they want to export information on a single resource or all resources and whether they want bookings related to themselves or other peoples bookings as well If they want bookings related to themselves they can also decide which of the relationships they want to choose Once these options have been chosen a link will appear at the bottom of the booking feed box copy and paste this link to the calendar application The frequency of updates to the calendar may be determined by the calendar application itself if not it is every hour if there are any Permissions which stop users from seeing parts of a Booking these may effect the iCal feed For instance a Permission which stops Users from seeing the name of the Booker on bookings they have not booked will mean that all bookings will not be seen by the feed as when the request is made it is impossible to know who is making the request and therefore it fails iCal Booking Feeds z Calpendo can feed bookings directly to
62. NA E cadenseuasuaabnaiaasamencucddeedcuectaaug ts EAA nae 167 4 4 IBOOKMalk Manage iida a aa a aa tons ed meet run steve a aa tues 168 4 5 Using Calpendo To Send Emails iicciic were scecctnretnecucota rs ee tieesctune eoeteineeta ees 172 AO REDO Manage T ninaa a ss tammercesasees a a ran caetaecameancenes 176 AL MDO eana E E ADe a A E E E E eaea 177 ArT Earn ple Ninn t Five S a Seance nc ted a A E a EE 177 A 7 2 THe Mpo POO r ea a e a a eens 184 4 3 System EVENISSE 191 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Contents 5 Part V Calpendo Quick Start Configuration Guide 194 Part VI Calpendo Configuration Guide 198 6 1 Configuration Que SUONS sson a ate eee ere and eee 198 6 2 Initial COATIGQUPFa Uo Mso aa a a a a Ea 201 6 3 M re Calbendo Configuration sssi tienen evecare teleess 203 6 4 Converting From An Existing Booking System cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeseeneneneeaenes 205 6 5 Proje Ct ConnMgr ON aials clad se tunticava sien a ea a Aa a a ENSEN EAE 205 G5 1 M e t Te rip ate a E E EP E E A A E E AEE E 206 6 5 2 Configuring Project Properties ssssusssunnnnunnunnnnunnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunne nnmnnn 206 6 5 3 Configuring The Project Approval Process cccccccccceeeeessessssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenanssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseanaasessees 208 6 6 CONFOND BOOKINGS arsen E E a 210 6 6 1 Choosing Between Time Templates Booking Rules and Permissions scecceeee
63. New User Requests 201 Modifying Users 163 New User Default Roles 350 Password Reset 163 Project Associations Changing 164 Properties Of A User 150 Requests Page 153 Requirement For User Type 350 Reset Password 163 Roles 368 Search 158 Session Timeout 350 Settings 32 167 Special 167 2010 2015 Exprodo Software User User Group Membership Changing 165 User Group User Membership Changing 165 User Requests Page Request Filtering By User Type 350 User Settings Booking Reminders 32 Calendar View 33 Calpendo 32 Date amp Time 35 Editing For Another User 167 Editing Your Own Settings 32 Email 35 Menu 35 User Type Requirement For 350 Version History 12 Visibility Of Properties In A Biskit Collection Editor 132 361 Of Properties In A Biskit List 132 361 Of Properties In Biskit Detail 132 361 W Web Browser Compatability 133 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo is produced by Exprodo Software www exprodo com Email caloendo exprodo com UK Telephone 01235 813458 International Telephone 44 1235 813458
64. Open All gt Open All button opens up the whole tree so that all the information can be seen Close All The Close All button closes the tree information so only the top of each tree can be seen Printable The Printable View button will reformat the page to make it printer friendly View including removing the list of items and retaining only the selected item Then use the browser s Print option to print the item s details Click anywhere on the page to revert back to the normal view araa The Columns button allows the user to decide which properties will be displayed The default is always the Name property The References Button This button will show a list of everything that references the currently selected item It will be greyed out if there is nothing referring to the item Once pressed a list of the references will be viewed Refresh Delete Save Edit View History Create Create copy References Printable view References ta User 36 Type of Referer ID of Referer Referer 20th Centur Bee light bulb light bulb radiation This shows a table with the Biskit Type of the referrer the unique database identifier of the referrer and its name Either press the References button again or press the Back button on the browser to return to the original view The History Button This will show a change history of the selected item like this Refresh 2 Edit View t
65. PSQI Totals Properties 8 Displayed information of the item selectedin i the tree to the left in this case a property psqiDURAT group psqiDISTB PSQIDURAT psqiDURAT PSQIDISTB psqgiDISTB psqiLATEN PSQILATEN psqiLATEN psqiDAYDYS PSQIDAYDYS psqiDAYDYS psqiSLPQUAL PSQISLPQUAL psqiSLPQUAL psqiMEDS e PSQIMEDS __ psqiMEDS psqiHSE PSQIHSE psqgiHSE psqi 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide ais Left Pane The Left Pane shows the Layout Tree see image above Showing for each BiskitDef the layouts that are available It also has a tool bar which allows the user to open and close all the branches to the tree For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Top Pane With Layout Toolbar The Top Pane shows the header information for a layout To create a new layout press the Create button and then choose the BiskitDef the layout is for Property Description Displayed The BiskitDef the layout is for Type Enabled Whether this layout is currently to be used Disabled layouts are shown in the layout tree in the left pane in red Unassigned Specifies how all unassigned properties will be displayed Either Show in Properties Main Table where the properties are shown in a table above the tabs Display section or Shown in Property Group where the properties are shown Location as the first tab in the tabs se
66. Press the Save button there will be an error Save Despite Error This is needed so that when the Children property is set up it finds the completed Parent property to set up Inverse Property 12 Press the Edit button to get back into edit mode 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 406 Calpendo User Documentation Properties Add New Cut raise of Hont v Visible Editable 13 Select the Children property F Persistent a Change BisketDef to Organisation vara tales b Change Biskit Property Type to One F Visible in Giskit Detail To Many Visible in Biskit List Visible in Collection Editor c Change Inverse Property to Parent ES E eee Sine We Mechanism Dynamic i SS a me eooo eomeson sane sjchange Bike Sams J Def to Organisation b Change Biskit Tenge fe Property Type to sal a One To Many c Change Inverse L__Lnverse Progeny Property to Parent 14 Change the Hierarchy Property meta property of the Organisation Biskit to be children 15 Press the Save button 16 If there are no errors the database will need to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 407 6 17 5 1 9 C
67. Project Project Type _ It s much easier to assign the type to users and projects as 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 22 Calpendo User Documentation they are created so it s better to work out how this is to work before creating users and projects See Configuring Types And Groups e Identify who will perform day to day administration of the system This means working out who will approve bookings or projects if appropriate and who will users go to if they can t make a booking because Calpendo has been configured to limit what they can do Also while Calpendo will make the management of the shared resources much easier there are always some problems that require intervention to fix For example if Some equipment breaks down e Customise the FAQ with questions pertinent to your installation especially who to contact in case of problems e Configure user roles using the bakery if you want to add more roles to the system These can be used by Booking Rules Permissions Automatic Emails and Manual Emails e Approve new users as they register or change the roles bestowed upon users that have already registered e Finish resource configuration by choosing Booking sub types locations types and groups and choosing whether bookings for each resource require a project e Set up any Automatic Emails so that people receive notification about events e Set up Permissions to control who can do what with what an
68. Service Orders 2 6 Property Layout 413 Service Providers 2 6 Reports 121 Services 2 6 Resource Usage Outcome 269 Time Templates 215 Resources 2 0 Types 266 Service Providers 276 Converting From Services 276 Existing Booking System 205 String Enum Def 382 Creating Users 162 Time Templates 217 CSS Preference Setting For 329 Types And Groups 266 Units 383 D Electronic Log See Resource Usage 79 Email Data Explorer 127 Apparent Sender 338 Editing Multiple tems 128 Authentication 338 How To Edit A Single Item 130 AUOMAUEE Mall 2H Database Connection Security 338 Backing Up 430 Copy All Outgoing Emails 338 Mapping Your Own Tables 356 Global Preferences For 338 Initial Configuration 201 Limiting Who Can Be Sent Emails 338 Reply To 338 sending Enabled Global Preference For 338 Signature On Outgoing Email 338 Database Dumps Minimum Time Between 339 Date And Time Format Global Preferences For 33 7 Double 7 SMTP Serer 3338 Double SOPSHY Definitions 365 URLs Refering To Calpendo Global Preference Double Booking Rule For 338 Advanced Settings 238 Using Calpendo To Send 172 Bookings To Count 238 Bookings To Ignore 238 Handling Holidays 241 Example Automatic Email Dealing With Sensitive Data 305 send An Email When A Booking Is Cancelled Dynamic 309 Biskits 356 Send Email To A User Whenever Thier New User Request Is Denied 308 z E a Send Email To An Adminitrator When A Project Request Created 306 Editor Example Bakery Auth
69. Setting Description Tooltip text when bookings would be Default You cannot book here automatically denied Tooltip text when booking warnings would Default You will be warned if you book here be given Tooltip text when booking requests can be Default You may make booking requests made here Tooltip text when bookings would be Default Bookings here will be automatically automatically approved approved Tooltip text when no templates apply Default There is no template information here There is a button to restore the text to the original defaults 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 334 Calpendo User Documentation Format For Bookings On The Calendar When Calpendo displays bookings on the calendar it extracts information from each booking Specify what information it uses and how it is laid out by providing format specifiers as described below Format for Bookings on the Calendar Booking day week tithe format Use default format Booking day week content format Use default format I Booking month title format Use default format Setting Description Booking day week title This specifies what information should be displayed in the title format bar of each booking in the day and week view Booking day week This specifies what information should be displayed in the main content format body of each booking in the day and week view Booking month title This specifies the content
70. Settings _ pop up which will allow the project manager to choose the services available to be ordered by this project Wsers Project Groups Eikai The current user name will appear ete Bidets automatically in the user list Use the drop kaikina ER E E E a down to select other users to be added to P t the list To remove a user tick the option box and click Remove Now submit the project request using the Submit project request button The Project Groups tab cannot be used until the project is initially saved 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 72 cal oendo User Documentation 3 5 2 3 5 3 3 5 3 1 Modifying Projects Modification of projects is done using the My Projects and Project Search pages Each of those pages shows a list of projects and allows the selection of a particular project so that ts full details can be seen and also to be able to edit it See the documentation for My Projects and Project Search for full details Note that the ability to edit a project is always subject to the user having permission to do so Searching For Projects Calpendo has multiple ways finding out information about the projects that are being used Using The Project Searches All the project search pages work in a similar way This chapter explains the basic mechanisms for all the project searches To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and
71. Setto not Editable F Mull Allowed F Required R Visible In Biskit Detail Visible In Biskit List 7 Enter the formula required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 389 8 Press the Save button An error box will appear Message a fae eror in formula for Booking BookingCost Property ProjecthesourceSettings comPertour is not yer live and po cannot be mfanenced in a Check the error by pressing Show Log If the error is complaining about a property not being live yet then press the OK button and then the Save Despite Errors button 9 As this is adding a formulaic property we only need to reload the database configuration a Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo b Refresh the browser Go and check bookings to see if the Booking Cost is present In this case if when viewing a booking in the Booking Calendar at the bottom of the Booking will appear the Booking Cost 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 390 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 3 Adding Properties For File Attachments An example of adding a property to the Biskit of type Project to hold an file attachment 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select the Biskit to add properties to in this case Project 4 Press the Edit button to get the Biskit into edit mode Properties i Ad hh Cui Copy Paste Delete
72. Total Time Booked Rule that limits the time booked from 8am to 69m Monday to Friday while having another Booking Rule that puts a higher limit on usage from 6am to 8pm Monday to Friday thereby encouraging use earlier and later in the day 9 Note If you limit usage to 4 hours in any 7 day period and somebody has a booking for 4 hours on a Tuesday afternoon and another booking for 4 hours on the following Tuesday morning this will count as 8 hours use in 7 days contravening the 4 hour limit For this to work you need to tell Calpendo Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request B Maximum booking time allowed Fixed value 4 Hours Applies Every T Days Show advanced settings Message to show Bookings to include in count Booking time to include W Specify times to include in count EER EE Week 20 EZ H Today Refresh Go to Day Week 13 05 14 05 15 05 16 05 Thu 17 05Fri 1805 5at 19 05 e nea e EFF UFF Wm 01 00 02 00 03 00 04 00 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 252 calpendo User Documentation Name Default Value Description Reject or warn when Reject Whether to reject or warn for exceeded booking too much time _ Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry Whether approved bookings as a booking request should be tri
73. Updator Property lt i SSSSSS id e mm Null Value Label ae o _ my Mechanism Shareable Table Not shareable with sub types Allows Deletion While Referenced 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 354 Calpendo User Documentation Here is a description of what each meta property is for Name Data Description Type Type String This is the internal string that represents the Biskit s type some Biskit s extend others in the programming subclass Parent BiskitDef sense and this indicates the Biskit Type that is the parent of this one Only used by the Bakery itself use any group name Group String required on a BiskitDef Then filter the BiskitDefs that are displayed by setting a filter Biskit group Primary Key Integer This is the unique database identifier for the BiskitDef Version Used internally to manage changes to the BiskitDef Integer i Increased by one every time a change is made The name of a property on the Biskit that can be used to Name String represent that Biskit This is not used if Format is specified Property Important to do this or the Calpendo chooses the name for each instance of the Biskit that is created ae Property String name of the property that should be used to sort Biskits of this type String The name of the property that should be used to hold the version number of the Biskit Only those properties of type Int with an Automated Property Type of Create amp Updat
74. a Biskit with its properties save it with errors create a second Biskit save it with errors go back to the first Biskit set up new information now available in the first Biskit because the second Biskit has been created re save the first Biskit go back to the second Biskit update that with information from the first Biskit and save This means when creating your own Biskit s make sure there is a plan on how they are going to connect together 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 357 Inheritance Biskits can inherit from other Biskits inheriting all their properties To do this set the Parent meta property to be the Biskit the new Biskit is inheriting from When a Biskit inherits from another Biskit it needs to be specified whether both Biskits will share the same table or whether the new Biskit will have a table of its own for its own properties those it does not share with the parent This is done by setting the Share Super Type Table meta property A Biskit can only share the table of the Biskit it inherits from if that Biskit has the Shareable Table meta property set to allow it When inheriting from the Booking Biskit Type make sure that the parent and child share a table in order to be able to mutate booking from one type to the other effectively this is the default This may seem very similar to copying a Biskit but there are certain major differences When editing the child Biskit the parents properti
75. a member of all projects that use the resource they are operating or be logged in as an administrator Resource Selector Page This page allows selection of which resource to enter usage for or to view or terminate the current resource usage of lf there are no current resource usages being collected then the following form will come up to choose the resource and start a new session and then move to the Pre Usage page Resource Usage Session Recorder Select Resource Subject Room Start New Session lf there is a current resource usage being collected then the During Usage page will be Opened 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 80 Calpendo User Documentation Pre Usage Page This page this lets you enter the following Setting Description Booking Select a booking if a booking is to be associated with this resource usage There may be no booking though so this can be left unselected Project This is only offered as an option if the resource has been configured to require a project for its bookings User Specifies the user that is using the resource A standard user may only select themselves Administrators may select anyone Other More information can be collected at this point if required This requires that the Resource Usage definition be modified by the administrator to add whatever additional information is required For example a user may want to capture information such as patient name DOB and hospital nu
76. add links to them on the menu See Menu Editor for guidance on how to configure the menus The alternative is to configure the Frequently Asked Questions page Do this with the FAQ Editor which is by default on the menu as Admin gt FAQ Editor This allows the creation of questions with answers and the ability to assign them to categories The categories provide a way to group the questions and answers This is a way to make sure the users know who to contact in case of particular problems FAQ have the following properties Property Description Category The category to place the FAQ under gon o nn question part to the FAQ Sort Order Order The order this question appears in its The order this question appears in its category its Answer The answer to the FAQ See below for more information on how answers may be created Category has the following properties Property Description Name The name of the category Sort Order The order this category will appear in the FAQ page For more information on how the FAQ Editor works read the chapter on Configuring Types and Groups as the FAQ Editor works in a similar way 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 326 Calpendo User Documentation How to Configure FAQ Answers The answers provided can contain HTML As an example of the sort of HTML used to control the way your FAQs look here s a sample HTML answer Eles is 1G Aver ies ashe
77. and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 90 Calpendo User Documentation 3 7 Services While Calpendo is primarily about bookings it can also be used to book services A Service is additional functionality that a user can buy as part of their project work These can be such things as blood tests checking scans Chromosome painting etc The administrator will have configured which services are available for a user to order created the order forms and set up the pricing structure for the cost of those services 3 7 1 Available Services This page lists all the services that are available to be purchased at the facility These can be filtered by location and provider To order a service hover over the right hand top corner of the service and the order link will appear Click on the link and the order process will start Location Spectral Karotyping SKY No location Cytogenetics Trondheim Bergen Produce a colour image of chromosomes Tromso Whole Chromosome Painting Cytogenetics Trondheim Trondheim o Chromosome painting allows highly sensitive and specific visualization of individual chromosomes in Provider metaphase or interphase cells and the identification of both numerical and structural chromosomal aberattions in human pathology No service provider p gy Cytogenetics Fluorescence in situ Hybridization Cytogenetics Radiology Trondheim ix First
78. automatically This is a light green by default approved Colour when no templates apply This is white by default There is also a Reset Colours button which resets the colours back to the original defaults 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 333 Bookings Calendar Background Tooltip When Time Template Has No Message When displaying Time Templates on the background of the Bookings Calendar if the user lets their mouse hover over the background then a tool tip will be shown that gives a message If the Time Templates that apply at that time contain a message then that s what will be shown in the tool tip However when there is no message provided then Calpendo needs to know what message to show This depends on whether the Time Templates indicate that a booking would be automatically approved or denied etc m Bookings Calendar Background Tooltip When Template Has No Message ip text when bookings would be automatically denied Show tooltip You cannot book here ip text when booking warnings would be given Show tooltip You will be warned if you book here voltip text when booking requests can be made Show tooltip You may make booking requests here ip text when bookings would be automatically approved Show tooltip Bookings here will be automatically approved Tooltip text when no templates apply Do not show tooltip There is no template information here Reset default text
79. being created updated or deleted An Automatic Email is a specification for the conditions that should generate emails to whom they should be sent and what the content of those emails should be So every time any data is created updated or deleted Calpendo checks to see if there is an Automatic Email that matches the data that was created updated or deleted The Automatic Email doesn t just specify fixed content that should be sent in the email but rather it specifies a template so that properties from the changed data can be included When creating an Automatic Email these are the elements set e A Name to can distinguish it from other Automatic Emails e The Biskit Type of the data that must change for the Automatic Email to trigger e The type of change the data must undergo That is Create Update or Delete e Optionally specify conditions P that are tested against the changed data e Specify the recipients of the email Do so by specifying 1 Individual Users a For occasions when the Biskit Type being changed is a User User Type or User Group then that user or set of users may be required to receive an email For example if an administrator changes a user s status to Blocked then set up an Automatic Email that sends the blocked user an email telling them they ve been blocked b The user that caused the original data change should receive the email For example when a user creates a project send them an emai
80. button 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 98 Calpendo User Documentation 3 9 Automatic Emails Automatic Emails Conditions Conditions are used in several places within Calpendo most notably Searching and Permissions and Booking Rules Understanding Conditions is essential in order to be able to configure Calpendo properly because of their pervasive use Their purpose is to allow_you to specify what situations generate an email or to which situations a Permission or Booking Rule applies The chapter on Setting Search Conditions goes through basic conditions and how to use the Conditions Panel This chapter will expand_on how to use conditions for the more co ee tasks required in lt and Permissions and Booking Rules The Anatomy Of A Condition A ConditionN extracts one or two properties from the context and checks whether a relation holds true If it does the Condition is said to match A Condition consists of the following items in this order Condition Type Property Path Relation Value Accuracy The Condition Type indicates the source of a property The Property Path tells how to reach a property from that source The Relation provides an operator to compare the value of that property to another value The Value provides a value to do the comparison against The Accuracy specifies how accurate the comparison should be used with dates The Condition Type and Property Path are alway
81. by Biology and Physics The names of these Time Templates should be chosen so that they are meaningful enough that everyone understands what they mean The details of precisely what they do mean can be found by looking at Configuring Time Templates but hopefully when a user looks at the Time Templates in Calpendo they will understand what they mean from their name 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide os Fri 05 09 Sat 05 10 la Physics Time Free for All Start 9 May 2014 08 00 i See The Friday morning yellow Time Template called piinay lal Physics Time indicates that Biology people are Resource Type Room automatically denied booking the dry lab whereas PE S Physics people are allowed to make booking Repeat Repeat every Tuesday and Friday Abdicated Not abdicated req uests Status Far term applies now Template Physics Time Physics Acceptable Everybody Automatic denial Biology Automatic denial Near term 2 days Near term template Free for All Rolling transition Everybody Acceptable Far term 6 weeks Far term template Future Instant transition Everybody Automatic denial Fri 05 09 Sat 05 10 Sun 05 11 Ifa Physics Time Free for All Free for All The Friday afternoon Time Template is also yellow the same colour as Physics Time and yet it is a different Time Template and called Physics Auto Approve This is because whoever configures the nn Ranta Time Templates is free to assign w
82. can be configured as required and they are normall Ne in the associated with setting up Permissions as required for your facility See User Roles section of the Calpendo Configuration Guide for how add new roles Users with the Root role have the following special properties e Permissions are not checked Permission is always granted The booker of a booking can be changed Normally the booker is always the user that first created the booking and only users with the Root role can break that e They are allowed to log in even while the licence has expired This allows you to recover such situations once you have a new licence e They can change the status of a user to make them active for example by changing the status from Blocked to Normal even if it means there will be more active users than the licence allows However this may not be a good thing to do since only Root would then be able to use the system e Normally a user can only allocate other users with roles that they already have However if a user has the Root role they can add any role to another user 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 151 Users with the Admin role have the following special properties e By default Permissions are created that allow a user with the Admin role to create update and delete almost all Biskit Types They can also update the database schema when using the Bakery However
83. checked button bar changes so that it is no longer greyed out Now press any of these buttons to Approve Deny Cancel or Delete the ticked bookings Alternatively tick the check box in the table s header and every check box will be ticked or unticked as appropriate as a short cut to ticking all bookings Click the top check box to tick or untick all the check boxes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide ta Changing More Than A Booking s Status The Booking Requests page can be used for more than just changing a booking s status First click anywhere in the booking s row apart from the check box The booking s details will appear at the bottom of the page already in edit mode and the values can be changed as required Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help L Booker pate range _ createa fan day warned owner Proj r gen 25 Aug 2010 19 00 20 00 7 Sep 2009 20 55 rontge 4 ed d AE E N OAE fonen fees 29 Oct 2010 11 00 13 00 9 Sep 2009 20 09 rontqe E Approve Deny Cancel Delete Refresh Save History Booker leonardo Leonardo Da Y m Date Range 03 Sep 2010 11 00 13 00 reated 9 Sep 2009 20 09 All day false Warned Not warned Owner rontgen V ilhelm Rontgen m Project imaging Medical imaging Y Resource scanner Status Requested
84. create a repeating entry and apply the Time Template every Monday When the user logged in they would then see the background of every Monday in the bookings calendar in red and letting the mouse hover over the red background would show them the message that has been entered If they tried to create a booking on a Monday then as soon as they click on a Monday they would be given the error message This means Time Templates can give instant feedback to the user before they even enter the details of the booking Booking Rules Example To stop somebody booking on Mondays using Booking Rules use the Booking Rule Editor to create a Simple Booking Rule Specify that the Booking Rule applies to the person or people you want to control using the Bookers tab within the Applies To tab In the Conditions tab specify a condition that the booking s start day is a Monday Next specify the Booking Rule s Rejection Type as Reject and enter a message to be shown to the user When the user logged in they would now see no indication that they cannot make a booking on a Monday Only after entering the details of a booking they wanted to make would they see the error message that was set up in the Booking Rule 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 213 Permissions Example To deny somebody permission booking on Mondays you would create a Permission that applied to Bookings add a Condition the same as for Booking Rules tha
85. created Also once a Service Provider is created the child Service Providers can be created directly using the Create button in the Children tab Service Orders Service Orders are created in the Bakery by creating a Biskit Type which inherits from the Service Order Biskit Type and has all the properties defined to create the Service Order and monitor it Create one Service Order Biskit Type for each type of Service that will be required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 277 Services When you configure a Service you get the following pop up m ooo oii e ini 4 i Z quil DaN ATS gt C aira jescription Users User Groups JARHAHHHAHHAHABHE T Background z Foreground z Font Size Services have at least the following properties Property Description Name This is the name of the service It can be anything required except that it should be unique and it is better if the name is not very long so that its display doesn t take up much space The Service Order Biskit Type to be used to make an order for this service This allows the administrator to set up different properties to be input for each service that could be ordered It is not necessary to set the location of a service but there are many services it may help to specify the location of each The location can be used with Permissions and Automatic Emails Provider The
86. creator The provider of a Service A provider may provide many different Services The ability to set up different tasks that a user may request Shows a report of a single item of the appropriate Biskit Type A report like a spreadsheet pivot table that can automatically count or sum data Various things that happen within Calpendo are recorded as a System Event For example a system event is recorded each time an email is sent or an error is detected These are statistics that may optionally be kept to track how much each user has been using Calpendo An Exprodo SDM concept of an individual action that needs to be performed See also Event see Time Tem plate or Project Tem plate Allows the_administrator to assign an acceptability rating to bookings depending on when they are booked who 450 Calpendo User Documentation makes the booking and the project the booking is for Time Templates Calendar apne which provides a graphical view of Time Templates by day week or month Units A method of displaying different measurement types such as feet and metres User Approval Process The process by which new users become approved User Group A way of grouping similar users together A user may belong to many groups See also User Type User Project Association A list of projects the user is associated with User Roles Users may be assigned roles and then Permissions can be configured t
87. database because of this symmetry However there are some occasions when it is necessary to know which side is persisted and so one half is known as a Many To Many Persisted and the other half is known as Many To Many Unpersisted 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 3 2 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 3 7 String Property Definitions Property definitions of type String must specify the following information Single Line String Property Type ae Single Line String T he as g YP Password Default Value Multiline URL Email Address HTML Name Meaning Spina Property Type Defines the nature of the content of the string i Indicates whether the content of the text value should Sting Type In constrained String Property Type This defines the nature of the content of the string with possible values shown in this table Value Meaning Single Line One line of text A single line content that should be hidden when typed Intended for Password passwords but can be used for any text that should not be seen as it is typed i A text area with multiple lines Typically the PropertyDef would also Multiline specify the number of rows to display A single line of text that is expected to contain the web address of some page When rendered in a read only format it displays with an HTML anchor element so that it will operate as a hyperlink URL The content can contain a prefix of the form http
88. description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Press the Edit button to make the page to be editable and the button bar changes Cancel Save The main details of the Permission contain all the information represented in the tree on the left These two screen shots show the details in read only and in edit mode By default only admins may create data fenabies Jue Datatype OO Data Property None permission applies to whole object Authorisation Grant Permission When changing these details e The Name can be as required but should not be the same as any other Permission e The Comments can also contain anything and is only there to record whatever notes there are about the Permission e The Enabled flag is a way to create a Permission without making it take effect immediately or to turn one off without deleting it A disabled Permission shows in red in the tree The other properties are described in How Permissions Work The Conditions Tab Conditions underpin much of the configuration that can be done in Calpendo and they are used in several places most notably in Automatic Emails Consequently they have their own section of this configuration guide See Conditions for the details Please note that the section that describes conditions indicates that the Updated Value and Change condition types are considered an error in some contexts
89. each person goes on training courses that are required for the facility Then create a Search Results Booking Rule that checks that the person making the booking has received training on the relevant resource in the last 6 or 12 months etc Booking Sub Types If custom properties are added to bookings different properties can now appear for different resources Therefore asking for patient details when booking an MR scanner but not when booking a conference room See setting up Resources and Inheritance for more information If an administrator wishes to move to Booking Sub Types for existing resources that are currently not using them then they would be advised to talk to the Calpendo Support Team in order to help with the transition including moving across historical data Attachments Files can now be uploaded and stored in the database For example documents can be attached to projects such as ethics and other approvals 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 4 Calpendo User Documentation Soft Locking When a user begins editing anything if it appears that anybody else is already editing it then the user will be warned Version Control Version Property meta property used to store an automated integer property that stores the version number of each Biskit Then when you update a Biskit with a version the server compares the given version with the old version Automatic Timestamps As well as storing all ac
90. edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter On entering any of the project search pages Calpendo will automatically start a search of the appropriate type with a date range of today This is what a search will look like when it is completed File Report type List Report Type Owner F Status 7 Conditions Columns Reset Go W Autorun Projects where status equals Requested or Approved Found 3 projects Erea cose iye stave Owner ane Profesor Name sign Of ign O Date Profesor Roe Espacen ensks Approved ension abencmnsiein space fee __ ee a C E fase The following section goes through the options available after the search has completed enabling the user to change the search save it or export the data as well as change the information viewed by the search Not all options will be available for every project search type but that will be outlined in the specific search types chapter For more information on any of the features shown you will need to read the Search chapter File Report ty Save As Saves the created report for later use Save As Export Exports the information found in the search to a file Export 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide This button determines which type of report will be seen Single Item Report Displays a single Report type Group Report r
91. edit the row labels Labels Number of Property The number of columns used to display the properties The first Columns property in the list will have its value displayed at the top of the first column the next property value at the top of the next column and so on until the columns are filled up The next available property value will then be displayed in the second row of the first column property values will then fill in the second row before moving onto the next row and so on until all property values have been displayed Show Column Displays column headings into which the user may place their own Headings labels Column Label Defines whether the column labels are left centre or right justified Alignment Row Label Defines whether the row labels are left centre or right justified Alignment Adds a new empty cell after the current cell Useful for filling out tables which have a variable number of rows 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 424 Calpendo User Documentation 4 Custom HTML Enable building of a table structure using HTML Property Grouping Method Horizontal Tabs Has the property ever sutftered from any of the following 2 Property Table Type Custom HTML lx lt table gt lt TE gt lt th gt lt div id Suffered Flooding 1 label gt lt th gt sata lt th gt lt div id Suffered Rising Damp label gt lt th gt lt tr gt attribute lt td gt lt div id Suffered Flooding 1 value gt
92. email subject and email message and priority as though using any normal email client There are then three tabs named To CC and BCC to specify who the email is sent to copied to and blindly sent to As long as someone is in the CC or BCC list then there doesn t need to be anything in the To list Subject Massage Priority Normal a i sses Users User Statuses User Types User Groups UserRoles Projects Project Groups By Bookings Recipients l al Typ an mail address and press enter to add it Ho email addresses Selected Send Show Recipients Reset 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 173 Each of the To CC and BCC tabs have the same content with tabs as follows Tab Name Description Email This adds any Addresses number of specific email addresses Users This means emails can be sent to people User Statuses User Types who are not known User Groups by Calpendo 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Type an emai address and press enber bo add it hd email Bd0rhsS85 Sohected This chooses individual users to send the email to Use the drop down to select the users Watson Francis Watson bd required Use the tick Login nama Given name Other nama Family name box to choose which EAC a crick users you wish to E fwatson fFranss watson remove and then al click the Remove button This chooses the statuses of users th
93. example for a Calpendo running at example com choose a value like Example Calpendo lt Calpendo example com gt SMTP Reply The reply to address on any email that is sent out Set so that if users do reply to an email it goes to someone rather than getting an error message Connection Choose the security level that should be used for the connection Security between your SMTP email server and the Calpendo server Authentication Select whether to use authentication for the connection between your SMTP email server and the Calpendo server and if so select the user name and password that should be used by Calpendo to connect SMTP From BE i Emailed Base This is the URL that should be used to get to Calpendo and is used by URL Automatic Emails that reference a URL It is useful when sending an email that includes a direct link to a page within Calpendo and the main part of the URL needs to be injected automatically During testing anything related to email restrict the email addresses that are allowed to receive email from Calpendo Provide a comma separated list of email addresses to restrict outgoing email to go only to those addresses If this field is left empty then email will be allowed to go to anybody This is a comma separated list of email addresses that should receive a copy of all outgoing emails from Calpendo This is useful for checking that Calpendo is sending the expected emails part
94. find all the new BisketDefs using the Filter Biskit Group button c In Properties Add New i Change Name to Name d Change Name Property on the BisketDef to point to the new Name property 6 Create a new property a Change Type to Biskit b Change Name to Slave c Change Biskit Def to Biskit Def The other BisketDef is not know yet because we have not created it so use this as a holder gies 1 _______ Type to Parent Mone Patientinfo Primary Key aaa ooo Change U lial Version Number fo Gopo L a Change type c New Mame fy Paste Delete to Eikit property jErumerapte Label Lower paleni siio Visible Labi Lipper Patient In s F Edigable i FF parai Labels Lomi parent mgg Teim ae F Nuli Auiowed Labels Lipo Patient Infos l Ll Required visiwe In Biski Detail W Visitie In Biski List El Visible In Collection Editor eI yi iz T E i Null Value Label Read Grily Use araul E Null Valve Label R ad Virita Lise Gefaun Shareable with sub fypes 4 E c Change Bisket Det to Bisket Det Default Value Hull 7 Press the Save button 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 409 8 Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode 9 Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this cas
95. from that selection by the use of a Does Not Apply To specification of users To see examples of what can be done with this way of choosing which bookings_a Booking Rule should apply to please see the examples shown for Simple Booking Rule One problem to be wary of is setting Admin in the Bookers of Does Not Apply To and having something in the Condition tab as well and expecting Admin too always be exempt They will only be exempt if the Condition also applies In this case add a Condition of New Value of booker roles includes any Admin 6 6 3 4 Types of Booking Rule As previously mentioned all Calpendo Booking Rules specify which booking changes they apply to Beyond that the different types_of Booking Rule vary in their complexity At one end of the scale is the Simple Booking Rule lt which always rejects or warns about a booking with its real logic being restricted to the selection of the bookings it applies to At the other end of the scale is the Advanced Booking Rule which requires a programmer to configure but allows full access to the Calpendo database and beyond In between the two extremes there are Booking Rules that specialise in particular areas It is expected that more specialist Booking Rule Types will be developed over time In many cases these new Booking Rule Types are likely to start life as an Advanced Booking Rule The following sections describe each of the different types of Booking Rule
96. getResource rok resource getPrimaryKey project booking getProject if project null return prsSet project getResourceSettings prs null for ProjectResourceSettings tmp prsSset if tmp getResource getPrimaryKey rpk prs tmp break prs null result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT result setMessage You are trying to book for a project project getProjectCode project getName that has not been approved for using 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 261 resource getName return endDateProp project get finish endDate endDateProp null null endDateProp getValue if endDate null amp amp booking getDateRange getFinish after endDate result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT result setMessage You are trying to book for a project project getProjectCode project getName after its project end date endDate return duration booking getDurationInMinutes maxDuration prs getMinutesPerSession if duration gt maxDuration result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT result setMessage Bookings for project project getProjectCode project getName should be no longer than maxDuration minutes but you ve tried to make a booking for duration minutes return
97. holder F visible in Collection Editor d Leave Biskit Property Type as One To Many c Change Biskit Def to Biskit Det temporar d Leave Biskit Property Type as One To Mary 8 Press the Save button There will be an error Check the error by pressing Show Log If the error is complaining about a property not having the correct BisketDef press the OK button and then the Save Despite Errors button 9 Press the Edit button to get back into edit mode 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete FE CN E G r A a ie im fisraqy cnicren set_ T Home Desenpben Pinon Sr Visible 7 Editable Persistent Mull Allowed Peequired lt Visibhe in Biskit Dirai 7 Visible in Biskit List C Visible in Collection Editor Hona Toottip Sort Onder if ih 10 Select the Parent property a Change BisketDef to Organisation b Change Biskit Property Type to Many To One c Change Inverse Property to Children Columns 7 hong croup Nons torage Mechanism fi Fonmultaic Def toilrgarnisation Ha b Change Bisket iaki Def Organisation Property Type to Many i To Une Bl kit Property Type Many io Ging c Change Inverse l a Property f Chiidren Property to Children ul Value ull i if B A i 11
98. in Menus gt Default User Menu when they first log in The final difference that users with the Root or Admin role may notice is that each Biskit Type can be configured in the Bakery to be visible to users with the Root role users with the Admin role everybody or nobody For example this provides a way to reduce the number of bisikit types that users may search for for example Names And Email A user s name is split into three parts their given name usually their first name the family name usually their last name and their other name for any middle names Calpendo uses these names for display and in reports but not for anything else For example it is not a requirement that a user s name is unique A user s email address is important because Calpendo sends emails for various reasons Automatic Emails and Manual Emails Type Calpendo may be configured so that users are asked for a type when they first register The type is a means of segregating users into non overlapping sets which may be used by the facility for assigning Permissions Booking Rules and Time Templates The possible values for a user type are configured in Configuring Types And Groups 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 152 calpendo User Documentation Password The users password is stored here but will only be shown as a number of dots for security reasons If there is no password the box will be empty Status A user s s
99. is concerned the approval process is merely a matter of somebody probably an administrator changing the project s status An administrator has a choice of how to approve projects using the single step approval process The easiest and preferred option is to use The Project Requests Page which shows you just the projects whose status is Requested It also lets you modify those projects and provides short cuts to approving or denying new project requests Alternatively follow the instructions in Modifying Projects and change the project status as required or use the Data Explorer to locate the projects to be approved There may also be an Automatic Email that tells administrators when there s a project that needs approving If there is then the email could include a direct HTML link that will take the administrator to a page with the project already loaded making approving it very quick 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 146 Calpendo User Documentation 4 2 3 Multi Step Project Approval Process A multi step approval process is appropriate when there are multiple people who must approve each project and these people make their decisions at different times To cater for this process the project should be configured with additional properties to store the information about whether each person has given their approval The Permissions can be configured to control who can set these approval properties and even the order in w
100. it T gt Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions pa SA EE E n To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator lt lS Boae C jatuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions Statuses 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 227 The Bookers tab specifies for which registered booker of these bookings you want this Booking Rule to apply to First tick the Specify Bookers box in order to activate this tab Once activated specify the booker by identifying particular users user types user groups or user roles lf the bookers to be accepted are specified using a mixture of specified users user types user groups or user roles then as long as the booking being changed has a booker that passes any of the booker specifications then the booker will be accepted This works exactly the same as booker but specifies who owns the bookings the Booking Rule is to apply to This works exactly the same as Bookers but specifies who owns Bookers the bookings the Booking Rule is to Owners apply to Very much like Bookers and Owners this tab specifies the projects a booking must have Projects been made for in order for this Booking Rule to apply by gIVING specific projects project types and or project groups This works in a similar fashion to projects
101. licas type Seskct_ a oc fjcraq fowner jen jarag frame sting ee ETE E pagjam fer a Visible in Biskit Catal Wi Visib e In B skit List i visible in Collection Editor 5 Press the Add New button to add a new property 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 301 Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete me fe EEE o Wa a aa in in g g ra finish principalinvestigator drag fundingAgency arag Set F W 5 Ta ee 5 Ta a W 5 Ta JavaEnum a le oi a a E E E Lo D a g e Je T T String a ea ii a oy jus al Change Type to Type Name _ fAttachment _ __ _ mti b Change the name to a Ee Ce W Visible Editable W Persistent Mull Allowed Znan Ao re n dragy ProfessorName String Visible In Biskit Detail M1 Visible In Biskit List drag Tae L_ Visible In Collection Editor ad fdrag Attachment Bst Fomulaic TE Cid 8 unique Cf iina j Na Jira Automated Property Type None Bizkit Def to CP Biskit Def Attachment E Attachment eea d Change ae Type to To Reference Deletion Option 6 Update the meta properties of the property a Change Type to Biskit b Give the property a name in this case Attachment c Change Biskit Def to Attachment d Change Biskit Property Type to
102. lt td gt lt td gt lt div id Suffered Rising Damp value gt lt td gt a lt table gt ae Other Display Options Boolean properties have additional options click on the property to get Property Def Suffered Flooding i Boolean False Text The display type can be either a list box or a check box and the user can define the text to be used for True False and Null Biskit properties have additional options click on the property to get The details of the Biskit can be displayed either as a simple table of all the properties Show Simple or in a separate Property Group Show in Property Group using the current layout type Horizontal Vertical or Caption Also if a layout has been defined for the Biskit then the layout definition will be used for the properties of the Biskit 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 425 Notes The user can add areas to the layout which enable the storing of notes In order to do this a BiskitDef needs to be created to hold the note information This BiskitDef must have at least two properties Optionally the user can also define a property to hold the Category of note to be stored Property Type Description String This property will hold the Note information If the StringPropertyT ype is HTML then the note will support Rich Text Format Biskit This property will define the parent BiskitDef that the Note is for This property must be an Automated P
103. not equal to Healthy Volunteer Applies To On the Resources tab specify the MRI Scanner Reject or warn when Reject exceeded Retry approved bookings Do not suggest retry as a booking request Exclusivity Require a number of pre existing bookings How many bookings allowed One Show advanced settings Yes Bookings To Count e On the Resources tab change Matched Resource to Treatment Room e On the Projects tab tick Specify projects and change Projects from Any Project to Matched Project Bookings To Ignore Not required The Matched Project setting means that when Calpendo looks for pre existing bookings it will only include bookings that have the same project as the prospective one being created in this case the project on the MRI scanner booking This means that if there s a booking for the same project in the treatment room we re going to assume that the treatment room has been pre booked for the purpose of providing back up in case the patient requires it Bookings To Ignore The previous examples showed how to use Bookings To Count to specify which bookings Calpendo should count when looking for bookings at the same time as the one being created or modified The Bookings To Ignore tab provides an extra option to the way the counting is done by allowing the specification of bookings that are not going to be counted This is analogous to the way one can specify Applies To and Does Not Apply To s
104. not once it has been approved or a particular Permission is to apply when e approving a booking e cancelling a booking All of these things are specified by the conditions Here are some examples Suppose there are two Permissions both of which apply to updating bookings and both of which are Biskit Type Permissions which means they specify the action and Biskit Type but not a property Permission A has the condition e status equals Requested and Permission B has the condition e resource equals Wet Lab In this case assuming both Permissions apply to the current_user then Permission A will apply whenever the user tries to update a requested booking and Permission B will apply whenever the user tries to update a booking for the Wet Lab resource What happens when trying to update a requested booking for the Wet Lab In that case both Permissions could apply This is where the Permission priority comes in If one Permission has a higher priority than the other then the highest priority Permission will be used If they have the same priority then either one could be used Authorising And Non authorising Permissions When thinking about giving permission for something one normally thinks in positive terms That is authorising permission for something However the layering used in Calpendo requires that there is also the notion of non authorising permissions as well as authorising ones That means that a Permission can be w
105. on the menu as Admin gt Authentication Methods The Authentication Methods Editor shows all the currently defined authentication methods and allows the administrator to create update and delete them This is what the looks like when first opened Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help Refresh Edit Create Create copy Local Imap Smtp For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter The only difference from the standard is that when the Create button is clicked a drop down menu appears to allow the administrator to choose which type of Authentication Method to be created Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help Refresh Edit Create Create copy Delete References History Local Basic Authentication Method Imap External Authentication Method smtp imap Authentication Method Local Authentication Method Smtp Authentication Method After pressing Create or the Edit button to make the page editable the button bar changes Cancel Save The detail view for the authentication method will also appear fill in the details and Save the method Imap Authentication Method 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 325 6 15 FAQ Editor Calpendo provides two ways to provide help for the users specific to your facility Firstly it is possible to create your own documentation and
106. other than Requested 1 Create a Permission that applies when a booking is Created and give it a name Give the ei emission a name permission Anybody may create a booking request p Leave the 1 Enabled Set the action property set to none 2 BiskitDef to None permission applies to whole object Y Booking thorisation AETR NEA Use the default priority of zero 2 Add a condition Status is Requested enabled Make this a grant authorisation so targeted users are granted permission Grant Permission 3 Under Applies To ensure Include Everybody is ticked Conditions Applies To Does Not Apply To Include Everybody 4 Under Does Not Apply To ensure Exclude Nobody is ticked Exclude Nobody 5 Save the Permission 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 290 Calpendo User Documentation Example 2 Anybody Can Modify A Booking Request They Created If The Booking Is Still A Request This example shows the difference between using a Old Value condition and an New Value condition We need a Permission that will allow somebody to modify a booking if they created it and the status was set to Requested before they tried to change it and its value would still be Requested after the change 1 Create a Permission that applies when a booking is Updated and give it a name Anybody modify their own booking request 2 Add
107. patibility for the full list The administrator should have told you the address of the Calpendo When Calpendo is started the opening screen will look something like this Calpendo Version 7 0 0 Lisemame Password Login Register new user Press the Register new user button to see the New User Registration form shown here New User Registration sername O p OOOO em OOO OO famae Email address Cancel Register 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 29 Enter the desired login name which can consist of letters numbers and other characters such as Enter the password that is required by the user with conformation then enter the given name usually the first name and family name usually the last name Finally enter the required email address It is important that the email address is entered correctly because Calpendo will send an email to confirm it has received the registration request and again to inform when or if the request has been approved and the user can log in If User Types have been configured you will need to choose one Depending on how Calpendo has been configured other information may need to be selected When all values are entered press the Register button lf the requested login name password and email address are acceptable then a message like this will appear The page at https demo calpendo com says 28 Your request has been succes
108. reload the DB Properties Description Tool Bar Copy This button will take a copy of the selected properties and place them ina buffer to allow pasting into another Biskit Multiple properties may be selected by using ctrl and shift 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 380 Calpendo User Documentation Edit Mode Edit mode allows the user to edit a Biskit and all its oroperties Once changes are saved the DB will need to be validated updated and reloaded in order for them to be permanent Edit fee i Bar wee co de Java nun ganes a Hong RorosectCode Ss enamels L bH Li paces Propect Lobes praeis Propet ee Aaii ere Line dofie qi Vigibie in Bisi Oyisi Drag area for ts ia Gk Ui drag and drop TE visitas in conection Eazor of properties to change ort order For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Edit Mode Description Tool Bar Save Saves all the changes to the Biskit and its properties In order to make these changes_permanent follow the procedure to validate update and reload the DB When saving a changed Biskit an error message may occur Failed to Save BiskitDef BiskitDef is invalid and so cannot be saved OK show Log save Despite Errors Look at the log Show Log button and then depending on the errors decide whether to Save Despite Errors Sometimes Biskits need to be saved wit
109. sa scandystadenee a caach aaa dd ca adeadaesaacedetiivedecantiadeasdenacanscadenasadeaaeetaniad 373 6 17 3 8 String ExumiProperty DeMons sursin a a E 374 6 17 3 8 1 String Enumerations cc ccccccesseceeeeeeseeeeececececeeeseceeesesaueneceeesecauesececesesaenseeeeeeseeaeeeeeeseseaaeeees 375 GILA Formuli ounan Ea E a r a E 375 e Ee EE e en E EEE E E E E SS EE E A A E A SE E 378 617 5 1 Baker v Eamon Ex qi lS arana E a es 384 6 17 5 1 1 Adding PropertieS i iicsiiccsiscisssicscsssarseciveasssnainacctcvessvarnivnoivsousinadibonssaarseedvaausannsanii ouedsanasnsasadvearstanssesupeds 384 6 17 5 L2 AGING Formae FY OD CT NSS sary ii ascsaactiaan seeds esa na eet aes severe anna toca cu tare ene 387 6 17 5 1 3 Adding Properties For File Attachment ccccccsssccccecesssssececeseceeesececesesaeesececeeeseeaeeeeeeseaaaaeesees 390 6 17 5 1 4 Adding Properties For Created Updated V eSION cccccccssssccccececeesececececaessececeeeceeaeeceeeeeeaeaaeeeees 392 6 17 5 1 5 Adding A New Yes No Mapped Int Property ccccccccccecsssseceeececeessecececeseeeseceeeceseeaeeeeseeseaeaneeeees 394 6 17 5 4 6 Creating A New Basic BisktDef ronnan E T aan 397 6 17 5 1 7 Creating A Set Of BiskitDef Attachments ccccccccccssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaaeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseesaeneaeeees 398 6 17 5 1 8 Creating A Hierarchy Of BiskitDef ccc cccccecsesseceeeceeeeeeececececeeenscecesesaeeaeceeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeaeaaeesees 402 6 17
110. search Report type Group Report C Single Item Report List Report Lists each record found that matches the search one under the List Report other Summary Report Summary Report Allows a Group Report summary of the information found Group Report Allows the report to be shown by groupings with a count of the number of records that fit each group To change the search parameters First select an appropriate range of dates for the new search i om n Bi 1 Jul 2010 07 00 1 Sep 2010 21 00 Fi i Resources Colum Then select the resources 1 Itelescope required Ml wet lab I dry lab l library I scanner article accelerata And select the required booking 447 L _ statuses otatus V Requested v Approved Denied Cancelled 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 63 Helicopter My new project Helicopter My new project fMRI1 mein erstes fMRI Experiment genetics heritabililty imaging Medical imaging inventions inventions Then select the required project light bulb light bulb radiation radiation space the final frontier Additional conditions for the search can also be set up For more information on how to set up conditions read the information in the Setting Search Conditions page There are no conditions Add condition K 2010 20
111. select the file to import At this point Calpendo will attempt to decide which Biskit Type is being imported from the header information If it cannot determine the Biskit Type the user will need to select it import user Choose new file Biskit type Selectimportbiskittype Update Existing Data 2 Preview Import Once the Import page knows which Biskit Type it is importing it will look like this import usertxt Choose new fle Biskit type User Update Societe Data a Preview v Import Import At this point decide whether to choose to Update Existing Data or Insert New data If updating data then import needs to know which columns to use as the key fields to find the appropriate records to update Click on the Key option below the column headings of those properties that are keys fields or put Key before the property name in the file In this example for importing User data the key is specified to be the combination of userldentity loginName and userldentity authenticationMethod name as the combination of these two will be unique import user txt Choose new file t t User Update Existing Data v Preview Import A s nr 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 185 In this example for importing User data Insert New Data has been chosen the Key opt
112. so that the resources will appear in the calendar Go to Admin gt Bookmark Manager and 1 Under System Bookmarks click the Show All bookmark 2 Press the Edit button to go into edit mode 3 Press the Choose Resources button 4 Move all the resources from Available Resources to Selected Resources by selecting each one and pressing the right arrow 5 When finished press OK 6 Press the Save button see the Bookmark Manger chapter in the Calpendo documentation Projects Go to Projects gt Create Project and create a few projects Information stored in a project may need to be changed by adding your own properties but just use the defaults for now Then for each project to be created 1 Atleast igive each project a Project Code a Name and make sure to change the Status to Approved so that non administrators can use them for booking 2 Goto the Project Resource Settings tab 3 Press the Choose Resources button 4 Move the resources that can be booked for this project from Available Resources to Selected Resources by selecting each one and pressing the right arrow 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Quick Start Configuration Guide 195 5 When finished press OK 6 Press the Submit project request button See Creating Projects chapter in the Calpendo documentation Email f Calpendo is hosted by Exprodo Software then the email will already be configured Otherwise go to Admin gt Global Preference
113. subject line of the e mail Fun pori on a scheduis Choose the subject line to appear on the email manual Users Select the Recipients tab to decide who to send the email to Please select a User to acd a Family name Email address E faam r l L aene Select the individual users the mail is to go to User Types Please select a User Type io add Selection empty Select the User Types the mail is to go to The mail will be sent to all users of these types Liger Groups Pass select a User Group to add Select the User Groups the mail is to go to Selection empty a The mail will be sent to all users in these groups j Select the User Roles the mail is to go to The mail will be sent to all users with these roles User Guest Emails will only be sent to an address once So if multiple users have the same email address or with your selections of Individual Type Group or Role you would have accessed a user multiple times they will only get one email Select the When tab to schedule the report Next Send The time and date the mail will next be sent with the current settings 4 Last Sent The time and date the report was last sent Select the frequency of the mail Daily Weekly Monthly by Date Monthly by Day Yearly 70 Age 2013 09 03 Lt eases 1 fa re No and data Select when the emails will start Witt
114. text or numerical properties there can also be specified a minimum and or maximum value For text properties the minimum and maximum refer to the length of the text provided by the user This means a user could be required to provide at least 50 characters or whatever to describe their project lf a large number of properties are being added to the Project Biskit and they need to be displayed in particular groups under specific tab names then use the Group meta property All properties with the same Group meta property will be displayed under the same tab which will be labelled with the value of the Group meta property General Professer Professer Sign Off false Project Resource Settings Sign Off Accounts Liason Users Project Groups Permissions can be used to control who can enter what for a project For example each project has a unique project code and it may need to be limited as to who can change that property By setting the Permissions in such a way that only the administrators may set the project code on a project a user will not even be given the opportunity to enter a project code when creating or editing a project Additional properties may also be required if there is going to be a multi step approval process This is covered by the next section Configuring The Project Approval Process 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 208 Calpendo User Documentation 6 5 3 Configuring The Project App
115. that have had layouts created for them when a BiskitDef is expanded all the layouts defined for that Biskit will be shown Any in red are currently not enabled 2 The right pane is split into three areas a Top is the layout menu and the header information for the current layout Top Pane b Bottom left shows the organisation of the Property Groups and properties for this layout in the form of a tree Organisation Pane c Bottom right displays information depending on what is selected in the organisation tree in the bottom left pane Information Pane i Ifa Property Group is selected then the header information for that Property Group is viewed along with any properties assigned to that Property Group li Ifa Properties branch is selected then the properties are shown in a list lil If a Single property is selected then information about that property will be shown Refresh Open All Close All Cancel Save Preview ee Displayed Type oe Layout Header Visit Unassigned Properties Display Location Show In Main Table v Information VBE ap ooo Visit2 8 Apr 2015 11 09 Visits 8 Apr 2015 11 09 Visit4 Saree Vist 1 Layout Add New Add New Child Cut Copy Paste Delete Show Cell CSS Editors Properties 6 Unassigned Properties 0 ae Depression Tree showing property groups Sleep and properties Heading Properties 0 PSQI Property Table Type Simple Table v
116. the Time Template la Physics Only Start 3 Feb 2014 08 00 18 00 17 00 Finish 3 Feb 2014 17 00 Resource Dry Lab Resource Type Room Enabled Yes Repeat Repeat every Monday Which term Mear Medium eS Status Medium term applies now Template Physics Only Template medium term a a definition Others Automatic denial Mear term 7 ais definition Near term template Free for All Rolling transition Everybody Acceptable Far term 6 weeks Far term Far term template Future Instant transition Everybody Automatic denial 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 222 calpendo User Documentation Putting Time Templates On The Calendar To puta Time Template on the calendar in the Time Templates Calendar navigate to the date that required for the Time Template to appear Then either single click in the calendar at the time when the Time Template needs to start or click and drag to select both the start and end times of the Time Template Both methods will cause the Time Template pop up to be displayed This pop up is where a user aes z will create edit and view the New Template details of a Time Template Resource Electron Microscope Every Time Template must When 28 Feb 2014 have a resource therefore select which resource you 10 30 11 30 want to make a Time Enabled wj Template for Use the drop down arrow to choose the P EPEA ua resource Abdication Status Not abdicated Then adjust the date and
117. the treatment room e only allow the MRI scanner to be booked if the same project or booker already has a booking for the treatment room Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or wam when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request B Limit or require coincident bookings Limit how many bookings exist at the same time B Number of coincident bookings 1 Show advanced settings E Double bookings are not allowed somebody got there before you 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 237 The default settings when creating a Double Booked Rule are configured for the simple case to stop multiple bookings for the same resource at the same time Calpendo allows the handling of more advanced methods as shown in this table Property Description Decides whether to reject the booking or just post a warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Choose whether the Booking Rule should operate in a mode that limits the number of bookings that can coexist the standard case or whether the Booking Rule should require at least a given number of bookings to exist beforehand for example to ensure that the treatment room is booked before being allowed to book the MRI scanner The standard Double Booking Rule sets the nu
118. the user was saved Ooms ere rems Srece apone Apply Refresh Although we have now changed this user s status it still appears in the table of user requests However the status shown in the table has changed A user will remain in the User Requests page until the Refresh button is pressed or the browser is refreshed Refresh 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 157 Changing The User s Group Membership To associate the user with some users grou s first select the user s row as shown above in Changing More Than A User s Status and then click the Groups tab Requested Project Code s The check boxes indicate what groups this user is a member of New users will not be a member of any groups so no boxes are checked Tick the check boxes next to the groups this user needs to be a member of f Requested Project Code s l 20th Century Efer cenn Apply Refresh Me me Once all the required user groups are chosen press the Apply button Once done a pop up showing the number of user groups that have been changed will appear a kequested Project Code s l ace gt F roj E cts GI i H Ips i d oO Name y a i o Updated 1 groups E en Century App m Fefresh ee uf The user does not need to save the user information if only the Gq OUP memberships have changed That s because group memberships are a prope
119. toolbar is being described the text will refer to this chapter and describe either those buttons not mentioned here or whose operation is significantly different from the norm Editing Buttons Button Description Edit The Edit button is greyed out if there is no item selected or the user does not have permission to edit the item Pressing the button put the item into Edit mode There will be a warning if another user is already editing the Biskit and if the Biskit has the Version Property meta property set up then the user will be warned if an older version is being edited The Apply button is active only while an item is in edit mode Press it to save the item and stay in edit mode Save OK The Save OK button is active only while an item is in edit mode Press it to save the item and the item will revert back to a read only view The Cancel button is active only while an item is in edit mode Press it to throw away any changes since the last Apply if there is an Apply option on the menu and move out of edit mode The View button is used to revert back to a view of the item s details in read only mode If there is no item selected or the item s details are already shown in read only mode then the button will be greyed out Delete The Delete button is greyed out if there is no item selected the selected item cannot be deleted due to Permissions or it is being referenced by something else If there are many things i
120. users login When this field is edited a calendar will appear just select the day the login is to expire on Last Login and Last Login From This records the last date and time the user logged in and the IP address of the machine they logged in from Groups A user may belong to any number of user groups ep and group membership can be used for assigning Permissions Booking Rules and Time Templates The groups that exist are configured in Configuring Types And Groups 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 153 4 3 2 4 3 3 The User Approval Process When users first register their status is set to Requested While a user s status is Requested they will not be able to log in Approving new users and thereby allowing them to log in simply means changing their status to Normal Deny the user request by changing their status to Denied or delete the user It is also useful to define the users roles at this point A new user can be assigned any role the person doing the assigning has User approval can be done in the following places e The User Requests page shows just the users whose status is Requested It also provides short cuts to approving or denying user requests and allows for user detail modification e Modifying Users describes how to use the other options for modifying users That is the User Search page and the Data Explorer By default Calpendo has an Auto
121. users of a BB Tin type or for projects ofa particular type Types are used to control Booking Rules Time Templates Permissions a9 Automatic Emails and Manual Emails Types And Groups Editor The Types and Groups Editor page consists of three parts 1 The menu tool bar this is the tool bar at the top of the page and all the buttons operate on all types and groups at a time 2 The left pane this allows the selection of a type or group or an item within a type or group 3 The right pane this shows the detail of the currently selected type or group item User Type User Group Booking Type Project Type Project Group Resource Type Resource Group For aco mpete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 267 The List View By clicking on one of the types or groups in the left hand pane in the right hand pane will appear a list of all the entries for that type or group This will include two menus one above and one below the list For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Columns Refresh Open All Close All Refresh User Type User Group Booking Type Biology Frojects Project Type El ETES Project Group Edit Resource Type Edit Cancel Create Printable View Resource Gr
122. will be hierarchical A Modify checked users A Jert Value ocr Givennamel O Other namel O Family name O Email address O User Type _ password _ LStatusf Od E Requested Project Code s Apply Cancel 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 129 5 Tick the check boxes of one or more properties shown in the pop up Once done the Apply button changes so it is no longer greyed out and an editor appears in the Value column Modify checked users dif Vaue OO O OS ES I L Gwennan OS o L Other name OP Famiynam O S a E E i as Please select a Status Apply Cancel 6 Choose a value for each property whose check box you tick When finished press the Apply button Every ticked item will then be modified with only the ticked properties being changed Whatever values selected for each property will be applied to all the ticked items Properties that are not ticked are not affected by the change 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 130 Calpendo User Documentation How To Edit A Single Item While it is very useful being able to edit multiple items at once the above mechanism doesn t let you edit every property If the user wants to change the more complex properties such as lists of things then they need to use a different change mechanism For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition
123. 0 Calpendo User Documentation Example Enforcing Project Resource Settings Calpendo uses Hibernate for accessing its database The database can be accessed directly by obtaining a Hibernate SessionFactory as shown by this example If this is done make sure that the Hibernate session is closed This Booking Rule does the following e Only run for bookings that have a project associated e Reject the booking if trying to book for a resource that s not represented by the Project s Resource Settings P e Reject the booking if it is for a time after the project s finish property where finish is a dynamic property e Reject the booking if its duration is more than the minutesPerSession property of the Project s Resource Settings e Use Hibernate to count the total number of Approved and Requested bookings for the project and reject the booking if there would be more bookings than the numberOfSessions property of the Project s Resource Settings These tasks are more easily done using the dedicated Booking Rule Types but this Booking Rule serves as a good example of how to interact with the Calpendo database directly through Hibernate import com springsolutions calpendo domain import com springsolutions calpendo domain rule import com springsolutions exprodo core server HibernateUtil import java util Calendar import java util Date import org hibernate Session import org hibernate SessionFactory resource booking
124. 0 a light bulb Get Se See 10s te i2 11 00 imaging Ni gt Bookmarks imaging 12 00 5 V Resources radiation Leonardo Da Vii radiation M telescope 13 00 imaging Leonardo Da Vi i i radiation Marie Curie 1 i imaging Ni imaging Wilhelm Ront 14 00 particle accelerator F leave amp notices 15 00 Add Remove light bulb Thomas Edig imaging Marie Curie 0 light bulb Thomas Edig imaging Leonardo Da 11 00 13 00 radiation Marie Curie 1 radiation Marie Curie 1 B inventions Wilhelm Ro 3 space Edwin Hubble 1 radiation Leonardo Da gt Templates 16 00 gt Status 17 00 gt Filter 18 00 19 00 z imaging Wilhelm Rontge 20 00 By default the Bookings Calendar appears on the Calpendo menu here Calenda lemplites Beskings Piaject Seamh Admin ep k EEE iot 34 MEA Tedy Feat Agus 2010 i a kd T T a if a 1 However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 3 4 1 1 Calpendo User Guide Exploring The Bookings Calendar The colours on the Bookings Calendar are used to indicate the resource being booked and the shade tells you whether a booking isa request or if it has been approved A dark booking is approved while a light booking is usually a request although if cancelled or denied bookings are requested to be displayed they also display
125. 0 2015 Exprodo Software 358 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 3 Property Definitions A PropertyDef is the definition of a property on a Biskit In the exam ple of a Session described in Biskit Definitions We Saw that a Session has 6 properties Therefore the BiskitDef describing a Session contains 6 PropertyDefs A PropertyDef itself has properties For example it needs to record the name and type of the Biskit property it represents There are quite a few different property types Type Description Type Specific Content Poperties of type Biskit contain a reference See Biskit Propert Biskit Tong Definitions I to another Biskit Boolean Contains a true false value See Boolean Property Propert a a Date Contains a date without a time element a date without a time element None sts Casha Contains a range of date time values None Datetime Datetime Contains a date and time None Double A floating point number See Lout TOpeny F roperty Definitions The property contains a 32 bit signed integer This may be interpreted via a drop Gas inieaoet nat Int down selector if the Prop oe a indicates Defi ose A this is a Mapped Integer and may allow 7 you to set multiple values if it is a Bit Set jootnn Long PropertyDef also needs to define the type of the data contained in the set constrained by specifying a Mapped Siring 46 in which case the value would be edited string ae The
126. 0 PR oe aa vf gt sand a warning message pop gt SS gegi Epig Tirip Pris Aip ANNTA PIR Ain Appr Eimin Tare Pica TH i Fras fee nll oo Fret ke all Oo Physics users All bookings set to Biology users ves pia nantes Biology a Acceptable Physics Automatically Approved Ae Biology and E vernorne SEEL AnA E ETENE ij users and Everyone ee Automatically Denied Automatically Denied Automatically Denied 17 00 1200 E Py Aut ANEETA 15000 Erun ka i Fitt ky 4 14 00 15 00 18 00 17200 All senate Dred set to senate Dred Denied el ns ae 12 00 Frob Tirma Protea Time Prphibiigd Timen Prone Tima il Protea Timi il e N E Protieied Tins Oe HRA BSG 23RA H Sy ae HEDI H Soi IRA ji o 2 eS FD ZIR The Time Templates Calendar works in very much the same way as the Bookings Calendar Read the section on Exploring the Bookings Calendar for more details on navigation bookmarks choosing resources to display and day week month views In the above example what is described is the medium term Time Template affect for each ae Time Template As described in How Time Templates Wor each Time Template may also has have a near and far term Time Templates configured 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 221 In order to view this information in the Time Templates Calendar move the mouse over a Time Template and a pop up will appear which will show the complete definition of
127. 014 09 21 t Created _ 29 May 2014 09 21 Updated 14 Jul 2014 13 05 Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions Includes all booking biskit types 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 225 Booking Rule Details Click on a Booking Rule in the list to see its details appear on the right Cahendar empmales B kim Proj cis Usagi EET ie Tin g Para agili Hp Radoi reir fad ES pi So vee Button bar for actions related to selected rule Refresh Open All Close All Edi Create Create copy Delete Refor History Advanced 6 waaks AVanced 7 days Ho doubs bookings G eelct a rule to see its details bak inogduralion 1 Tab for testing rules 6 Hour Simu Tabs to show HE targeted users j Drag and drop Bockies approved by anial definition Rules to a Bomerngs apne moal by iemedais detrmine ora running order Cancelled bookings Denied bookings For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter cancellations with less than 3 En to go Sema Type ee ahs A Booking Rule consists of the following Name The name is only used to provide a way for whoever configures or examines Booking Rules to understand the purpose of each Booking Rule Enabled The Enabled flag
128. 015 Exprodo Software 410 cal oendo User Documentation 12 Select the PatientInfo Biskit and press the Edit button to get back into edit mode 13 Select the Slave property a Change Bisket Def to Patientinfo2 b Change Biskit Property Type to Master To Slave c Change Inverse Property to Parent j i Prop rtieg i Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete bw f Version Number E z 7 rf i P Frima Y Ke arion Number ot Property o ial Ermen O Hierarchy Propart i Lata Lower pate Label Upper Labels Upper ypa ET Sort iri W Visite V Editable J E i kabai upper O J V Parsistent E Nuti Aiya Cl R guirj Z Visible in Biskit Dotai vl Visible in Biskit List al Change Bisket Def tol d i Looe Primary Key Column Mame b Change Biskit Component AO O O Property Type to Master To Reference Deletion Option Cascade c Change Inverse Le Property to Parent 14 Press the Save button There will be an error Save Despite Errors Biskit Property Type Master To Slave 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide an 15 Select the PatientInfo2 Biskit and press the Edit button to get back into edit mode 16 Select the Parent property a Change Inverse Property to Slave pee tem TT Version Number eo o oO are Fee PE EEEE opaa 4 Ru AJ E vVisibte in Biskit Detail Null Valve Label Aead Cnty Lise default
129. 15 Exprodo Software 64 Calpendo User Documentation Columns Resource V Booker H Owner Title Project J Status Template Approved Warned V Date Range Created And then change the columns rer displayed in the output Modified L Duration BIAI day L Description Repeat Reminder Trigger Time Reminder Sent Remind Booker Cl Remind Owner O Remind Project Qwrie CIl Remind Project Users Reset Resets the search conditions to the defaults set up on starting the search Go Runs the search with the current conditions Reset Go M Autorun Autorun If this button is ticked then searches will run as soon as any conditions change lf a number of the conditions of the search will be changed then it is more efficient if this is not ticked as each change will start a search and the appropriate transfer of data from the server For a more complete explanation on_how to edit records in a booking search view read the How to Edit Multiple Items At Once section of the Data Explorer chapter The only difference is in the booking search views as well as Edit and Delete there are also options to Approve Deny or Cancel multiple bookings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide e 3 4 3 2 Booking Cancellations The Booking Cancellations search page allows searches for bookings that have been cancelled By default
130. 15 Exprodo Software 304 Calpendo User Documentation The URL Button This inserts a URL to your Calpendo Sometimes it is required to provide a link in an email to a particular page This can be done by putting the relevant page information after the main URL For example if a Project has been changed then set up a link like this URL ba amp type Project amp action view amp id NEW id In this case URL is replaced by the main URL then ba amp type Project amp action view links to a page that is told to display Projects and not other Biskit types Finally the amp id NEW id specifies the identifier of the particular Project that was changed The easy way to work out how any URL like this should be formatted is to first go to the relevant page and see what URL Calpendo uses then replicate that within the Automatic Email replacing parts as appropriate with dynamic text It should be noted that it s not normally useful to insert a URL into an email s subject However the same URL button is also used for the content of an email as discussed in the next section 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 305 The Email Body Tab The body of the email works just like the subject does The only differences are that there are extra buttons for additional magic text and the editor allows multi line text instead of single line text In write mode it looks like this User New Value
131. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 244 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 4 Holiday Booking Rule A Holiday Booking Rule is very similar to a Simple Booking Rule but also allows a list of dates to be specified The Booking Rule will reject or warn for any booking that is on one of the dates provided This is intended to be used so that there is a Booking Rule that s easy to set up that will either reject or produce a warning on particular days for holidays equipment servicing or anything else that might be needed Note that there is similar functionality using either a Double Booking Rule or Time Templates Which implementation is preferred will depend on the circumstances See Handling Holidays amp for a comparison of the available methods Rule Validator Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rejection type Reject gt Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Message to show Select holiday date No dates selected Property Description Rejection Type Decide whether to reject the booking or just post a warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry Retry approved bookings sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued Select holiday date Allows selection of the holiday dates during wh
132. 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Documentation Example File For Importing Two Bookings ingots o File Edit Format View Help booker userIdentity loginName owner userIdentity loginName status dateRange start dateRange finish resource name project projectcode admin admin Approved 18 May 2013 08 00 18 May 2013 08 30 dry lab inventions admin admin Approved 18 May 2013 09 00 18 May 2013 09 30 dry lab helper 2 The Booking record that will be created from the first import line in this file is Name Value Comments booker userlde admin Needs to match ntity loginName login name exactly owner userlden admin Needs to match tity loginName login name exactly Approved status Approved Requested Cancelled Denied Resource dry lab type fT Booker admin admin Project Resource Settings dry lab 0 scans of 60 mins for 300 0 Warned _ Meattes J faroay J bsan dS Reminder Tigger Time Not set dateRange star 18 May Date and Time t 2013 08 00 dateRange finis 18 May Date and Time h 2013 08 30 resource name dry lab Needs to match name exactly project Project jinventions Needs to match Code project code exactly 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 183 When importing repeat bookings the repeat sub Biskit Type for the repeat booking needs to be defined as well as all the properties defined for that Biskit Type and all the properties of the par
133. 2014 o06 raie jee ereman Gune cure maneca __ ___ eorovea 20 Fen 2014 000 20 80 20 Feb zora 0022 Jooreb 201a c0z2 uve _ Eeron manane admin samm cute wane cure Rast Radaton anma Approved 20 Feb 2014 1100 130020 Feb 2014 1120 ___ 20Feb 2014 rza oft ere ane cons cute mane cue Rast adatom anma Requestod 20 Feb 2014 1200 14026 Sep 2018 1684 26 Sop 2079 165 tae Woot Eoee arema cure cure tare cuss Jsaace tiSnace oporoves 20 Fev 2014 1200 1600 18 Feo 201a e17 e Feo 201a rarere _ Eee aan eomma ean Cranes Dann cane Genes ovoroves 20 Fe 2014 1400 16025 Sep 2018 1608 Joo Sep 2010 1057 tee went t Edit Delete Approve Deny Cancel The following section goes through the options available after the search has completed enabling the user to change the search save it or export the data as well as change the information viewed by the search Not all options will be available for every booking search type but that will be outlined in the specific search types chapter For more information on any of the features shown read the Search chapter File Report Save As Saves the report for later use Export Export the information found in the search to a file 2010 2015 Exprodo Software ez Calpendo User Documentation This button determines what type of report will be seen Single Item Report Displays a __ lt r single record that matches the
134. 448 report in the left hand pane to see the properties of that report in the right hand pane Where the page splits can be moved to change the space available for each of the sides era empale Bookings Froes Main Sch Amim Hep oyra ruts ersonal Reporis Biy Wiser 10 A report has a number of basic properties TER Name Search For The biskit type that will be searched for Enabled Publicly Ifa system wide report then anyone can modify it Modifiable system Wide Can everyone see the report or is it a personal one If this is true the report will appear under System Reports rather than Personal Reports Report Type Owner The user who created the report and if Publicly Modifiable is false the only person who can edit a report if it is also System Wide and tabs to see other properties Tab Description S O Conditions The conditions P if any associated with the report see the Setting Search Conditions chapter for more information about conditions and how to edit them The columns that will be displayed in the report Schedule Whether the report is scheduled to run and when it will run who the report will be e mailed to and the format of that e mail 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 122 calpendo User Documentation The Menu Bars The menu bar has two variations In View mode Edit Create Create copy Delete History Open repot Run report after you press the Edit but
135. 68 29 ROP OCIS icanon a a tensions neces acmasuiencieteuataccadsienee a a 69 Be I SS alng PE OC CES recreate a a a a oan ats Gite 70 3 5 2 Modifying PE ONG CES sssaaa eaae eaa Ai Eaa Eaa AEE aN 72 39 9 Searching F r Proje CUS cfi a ics ete ees ces eee e ah ae a a elec chet aaa AA E S 72 os Hes We fg AL oy ave ial Me Project Searc lt ee oR a E A e 72 3 5 3 2 My Project cccccccccccccsscccseecesecsueceseecsuesesseceuseeseeceuescauecsuesesuussuesessecueseauesersecauecueeesueceueeenseeeaeeenteseneeens 76 BG Silo Var OTOC Rol o go 9 Wee re ee ee ere ere eens tan eee 77 3 5 4 Project Members hip REQuest 23sec ctcn ieee oles a alee elaine ieee cas eos ae asda ieee 78 3 0 RESOUNCE SAGE iriad R a a A 79 3 6 1 Resource Usage Session Recorder sivitisicuucineorceteapinnceud rabies nite taveseattuadbuguuiuiaueustuvenretdanddnduaudinetve 79 3 6 2 Resource Usage Calendar ssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn nnennnnnnnnn annn ennenen nnn 82 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 4 Calpendo User Documentation 3 6 3 Searching For Resource Usage eisai ieee ae aces siweeee ele aa snd ees eenseiie Seen ed ees 84 3 6 3 1 Using the Resource Usage Searels mics essisacviiteses fedassiatecvaassieiandobid evesvaunduadants dovesbs evs vas tvqu veuvantoueucbbaaeanee 84 36 3 2 MV Resource US Ae accede tet a ERE nolesten ane E E E te let tren eh 87 3 6 3 3 My Projects Resource US AGC cic feduards aah sac
136. 8 Email Sending Enabled 338 Email URLs Refering To Calpendo General 339 Hacking Protection Host Page Title Icon 339 Licence 340 Login Header 330 Login Name Length Minimum Menu 341 Menu Default Admin Menu Default Root Menu Default User 341 Network Metrics 342 Network Metrics Enabled Preference For Network Metrics Minutes Between Sending 342 Network Metrics Network Calls Between Sending 342 New User Default Roles Page Banner 329 330 Page Banner In Debug Mode 329 Password Content Requirements 346 Passwords Allowing Browser To Remember 346 338 347 330 350 341 341 342 350 Project Rendering Type 343 Project Request Filtering 343 Project Default Name 343 Project Template 343 Projects 343 Read only Mode 339 Repeat Flushing Time Between 339 Request Filtering By User Type 350 Resource Usage 344 Resource Usage Future Calendar Colour 344 Resource Usage Good Outcome 344 Rules Apply To Admin 345 Run Data Definition Validation At Boot 339 Security 346 Submit Crash Reports System Usage 348 Template Project 343 339 Templates Apply To Admin 349 Temporary Directory 339 Time Templates 349 Usage Statistics Enabled 348 Usage Statistics Time Between Flushes 348 Usage Statistics Time Per Statistic 348 User Session Timeout 350 User Type Requirement For Users 350 Glossary 446 Group Report Groups Project Groups Resource Groups User Groups 265 H Histor
137. Added a property to PublicResource to show what the public URL is PublicResource is useful to upload a file too that anybody should be able to download even if not logged in Dumping Database No longer be able to dump the database if the administrator does not have Dump Database permission plus unfettered READ and EXISTS on all biskit types New option for a simple choice of which tables to dump Custom Search Page Any custom search page that the selection from a bit set property such as user roles now allows the choice of items that have any all none or not all of the selected items History Page Make history page default to asking for history for the last 8 hours Multiple OneToMany Properties on a Biskit e Were there is a biskit C child which has multiple biskit properties referencing some other biskit P parent Make it easy for somebody looking at a P to be able to see which C reference it So there are properties on C of type manyToOne and add oneToMany properties on P e The problem is that oneToMany properties are normally cascaded for deletion so editing P such a child C is removed from one of its oneToMany properties would mean the C would be deleted e The Bakery now allows the specification of a ReferenceDeletionOption on one ToMany properties This should be CASCADE for the old behaviour and SET NULL to indicate the parent does not own the child e Also the Ul has been modified so that there is n
138. Advanced Booking RUNG aa coco seescctcczatedelancacceeceacoadvescades ves Niasdid exeincecestacetecexsielsdedesd Aeavebedeces malstededntes 256 6 6 3 5 Ine Booking Rule Validator sac ee Re ee en ao eee ta ER 264 6 7 Types ANG Groups epee eee hee ate ees ccc oe ee ete 265 6 8 Configuring Types And Groups ox wossiiocgas cae iacioa aioe others cae ine aed badesanenehineeeasavic 266 6 9 Configuring Resources And Locations cccccceeeeeeeeeeneneeeeaeeeeeeeneneneeaeaeeseseseeneneeanaes 270 6 10 Configuring Services and Service Providers ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeaeaeeseeesnenenenaeaes 276 6 11 POFMISSIONS ccein a E E 278 61127 How Permissions Work oinansunwiasivseniin aia aaa aE aaa EREE 278 6AL2 The Permissions Editon annusrinu anoa a e a a 285 6 11 3 Exain ple Permissions ona aaaea aaa AAE E EE E AraAra VAS 289 6 12 Automa Ue EM allS an aa E E E 297 6 12 1 The Automatic Bnail BAit r sioi aa aaa ea Oea a aee Eaa EEEE ra raaes 298 6 12 2 Example Automatic Emails issceccecivcinwcencencacicnscuascnisaaweecndbaanentanedosdissuccescnsSeinnscessesacatanccusseannnauasesceaveuananeiion 306 O 13 Ment EGIIOR arenos ei a a a e aaa aa aa aaa aale aa A aa ENa 311 6 14 User Authentication MethodS ciscscesscncs sivcecoecnscsiveidioscextaseseridienseecacentretanidsieiacsseidiwienness 322 6 14 1 Authentication Methods esctsccctecoievsivertectonc naa aE a ANE aAa AEA AARS 322 6 14 2 Authentication Methods Editor aasssssnsnnennnn
139. Audit Log URL DIFF ALL USER givenwame USER familyHame has cancelled a slot on HEW resoqurce name on HEW dateRange 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 311 6 13 Menu Editor Using the Menu Editor page the administrator can create modify and delete the menus that exist in Calpendo Once menus are created a menu can be assigned to a user either by relying on the grobal preferences for new users see the Menus tab of Global Preferences or by manually selecting the menu for particular users see Changing A User s Settings allowing menus to be set up by the users role or on a user by user basis There are many different types of pages that can be added to a users menu They include but are not limited to 1 Customised search or data explorer pages Customised calendar P pages using bookmarks amp Pages that open up web pages external to Calpendo Running predefined reports Pages normally found only on the Admin menu D OF ep YS NN Customised Biskit editor pages The Menu Editor page consists of four parts 1 The menu tool bar this is the tool bar at the top of the page and all the buttons operate on whole menus at a time 2 The menu item tool bar this is the tool bar at the bottom of the page and all the buttons operate on single items within a menu 3 The left pane this shows the content of the currently selected menu 4 The right pane this shows t
140. B Configuration to reconfigure the server so that it is using the new DB schema 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 379 Once this is done the Calpendo will now be able to use the changes implemented in the DB through the Bakery Editor The bottom menu provides buttons to deal with the expanding tree structure For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Use these in conjunction with the Filter Bisket Group button on the top menu to aid the viewing of the tree information View Mode View mode allows the user to see each of the Biskits and their properties You can also copy properties for later use in a different Biskit Edit Create Create copy D ste References Histon View Mode Tool Bar Frag Properes Cop Properties Tool Bar Sing Tye deacrigiion Sirin Storage Macranism Shareable Table Not shareable with sub types Allows Cee Wile Referenced Does not allow deletion Ls FC C Primary Key Goluma Hanmi The Selected AE z Property s PAutomated Property Type Bizkit Meta Properties Single Ling oe E Dofaun Valua For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Items that are created will not exist in the database until you press the Save button and then follow the procedure to validate update and
141. Bisikit Type that the Permission controls access to and if the Permission applies to any Bisikit Type then the context has no Bisikit Type The New Value is available when the action being controlled is Update and not when the action is anything else For a Search the context Bisikit Type is the Bisikit Type that the Search is on and the only Condition Type available is Value For Booking Rules the context Bisikit Type is Booking The New Value is available when the action being controlled is Update and not when the action is anything else 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 100 Calpendo User Documentation The Conditions Type When a condition is created or edited the type has four possible values All of the following apply O Show advanced Old vaue of No property path selected Old value New value Change Meta property Condition Type Old Value A Condition Type of Old Value means the condition will be placed upon the value of a property SP before any change has been made to it For a condition within an Automatic Email this means the value of the property in a Create or Delete action and the old value VALS of the property for an Update action For a Permission this means the value of the property on an object somebody is trying to Create or Delete and the original value they are trying to change from when somebody is trying to Update a Biskit For a Boo
142. Booking b dr clash getDateRange if b getPrimaryKey booking getPrimaryKey dr getStart getTime gt finish getTime dr getFinish getTime lt start getTime continue if dr getStart getTime gt bookingFinish dr getFinish getTime lt bookingStart bufferInfringed true else doubleBooking true SErING msgs if doubleBooking result setMessage Double bookings are not allowed else if bufferInfringed result setMessage You must leave a gap of 15 minutes between bookings if doubleBooking bufferiInfringed result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT finally session close 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 264 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 5 The Booking Rule Validator The Booking Rule Validator tab of the Booking Rule Editor provides a means of testing any user created Booking Rules in particular please note that when a Booking Rule is edited it can be tested before it is saved so that its behaviour can be tested to make sure it works as expected Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Test Booking Booking change type Create x User to run test as admin admin Test Rule Results Results will appear here Message to show user Additional output The way the Booking Rule Validator works is to simulate creating a booking or updating a booking by changing the Booking change type The Bo
143. Calpendo allows control of the bookings that people are allowed to make using Time Templates 2 Booking Rules and Permissions Some controls to be im plemented could be done using any of these three so it s important to understand the advantages and abilities of each method so that the most appropriate methodology is used to achieve what is required The general rule of thumb is to preferably implement controls using Time Templates where possible This is because the Time Templates can be displayed on the background of the Bookings Calendar so that users will be able to see at a glance when they will be allowed to make a booking However Time Templates only allows the placement of controls on the times when bookings can be made whereas Booking Rules and Permissions offer control in other ways Let s look at each option with an example that can be implemented in all three ways Suppose it is necessary to stop a particular user from making bookings on Mondays Here is an outline of how to implement this in each methodology Time Templates Example Use the Time Template Editor to create a Time Template that applies to the person or people to be controlled and set the bookings acceptability to Automatic Denial Also specify a message that would be given to the user if they tried to make a booking in the forbidden time Once the Time Template is created then choose the times to apply it For this go to the Time Templates page and
144. Choose Resources button This will open up a resource selector To learn more about how this works read the section on the Resource Selector Once the resources required are in this list check uncheck the resources required to view in the Bookings Calendar for this bookmark Click on the first column drag to drag and drop resources to reorder the list 172 Calpendo User Documentation 4 5 Using Calpendo To Send Emails Calpendo can be used to send emails to anybody that is registered with Calpendo since all users must provide an email address Emails can also be sent to any email address as required This can be used as a means of general communication so that the administrator doesn t necessarily need to maintain email distribution lists This works because if you want to send emails to people who use your resources then they are probably also Calpendo users If you are running Calpendo on your own server Calpendo can make a secure connection to the mail server for sending email see Global Preferences Email on how to set this up Calpendo can also be used to send email to people who have a booking over the next few days or whatever period required This is useful when there s a problem with a resource that needs to be brought to the attention of those that are due to use it Send emails using the Manual Email page which is placed by default onto the menu as Admin gt EMail gt Manual Email The page sets up the
145. Create Create copy References Printable view History of User 6 IP Address Email address 14 Jul 2009 20 46 0 CREATE _ 192 168 0 198 Nothing selected blah blah com Normal 14 Jul 2009 21 10 UPDATE 192 168 0 198 Nothing selected Leonardo DaVinci blah blah com Normal 9 Sep 2009 20 34 clare UPDATE 192 168 0 198leonardo Nothing selected Leonardo Da Vinci___ blah blah com Physics Normal 13 Jul 2010 11 56 admin UPDATE __ 192 168 0 198 fleonardo__User__ Leonardo Davinci blah blah com Physics Normal 13 Jul 2010 13 26 admin UPDATE 192 168 0 196fleonardo__ User__ Leonardo Davinci blah blah com Physics Normal _ 18 Aug 2010 21 22 admin UPDATE __ 192 168 0 198 leonardo___ ffUser_ Leonardo Da Vinci__ olah blah com Physics Password must be reset at next login 18 Aug 2010 21 41 admin UPDATE _ 192 168 0 198 leonardo _ User_ Leonardo DaVinci blah blah com Physics Password must be reset at next login This shows who has changed the item and when and also shows some of the item s properties as they changed over time The complex properties are not shown Calpendo does not record the history of properties that store lists of items like lists of projects and lists of user groups The History button will be greyed out if there is no item selected or if the item s history is already being shown To revert back to showing the item s details press the View button or the History
146. Current resource configuration as a bookmark Set up the resources required in the bookmark as those that can be seen on the calendar under the bookmark pull down click on the Save As button Y Bookmarks Show All aT Save As 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 169 Then save the bookmark giving it a name saying whether anyone can see it System Wide The Public property is not currently used any user can edit this bookmark Y Bookmarks Show All Z Save Save As Cancel Save User Bookmark Permissions By default non admin users cannot create bookmarks or access the Bookmark Manager either from the Admin gt Bookmark Manager menu option or the Bookmark Manager option on the bottom of their bookmark list in the calendar view In order to change this Permission Create gt Bookmark gt Anybody can create non system bookmarks would need to be enabled If you have given users permission to create bookmarks you will need to give them permission to edit bookmarks by enabling Update gt Bookmark gt Anybody can update their own non system bookmarks Please read the Permissions chapter for more information on setting and using Permissions Bookmark Manager To open up the Bookmark Manager the Admin user can use the Admin gt Bookmark Manager item A user would have to use the option on the pop up from the Bookmarks section of the Calendar page see Calender Page Bookmarks
147. Detail Visible in Biskit List Visible in Collection Editor m Group Acre Fannulaic aa kal aecountNumber Stim ss Column Mame professor sign_ of aT Default Value Specified value false Set to False 7 Press the Save button 8 If there are no errors then update the database a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB the following should pop up Update Database Schema Database script alter table projects add column professor _sign_off char 1 default F Cancel Apply Changes 9 Press the Apply Changes button to update the database There will be a response saying how many rows affected Press OK to finish a Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits b Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo c Refresh the browser Remember if adding a large number of properties to a Biskit and they need to be displayed in particular groups under specific tab names then use the Group meta property All properties with the same Group meta property will be displayed under the same tab which will be labelled with the value of the Group meta property unless a layout has been defined for this Biskit in the Layout Editor The Project Biskit will always use Group for its layout General es Project Resource Settings Professer Sign Off false Users Accounts Liason n onesmo wae ta Project Groups 2010 2015 Expro
148. Guide 273 Enabling Actual Resource Usage Recording Resource Usage is configured by the Resource Usage lt tab in the Global Preferences page and also by settings on each resource If Collect Actual Usage is set to true fora resource then additional information will be requested as shown below Setting Description Font size The Resource Usage Recorder page is normally used on a computer that is next to the equipment whose resource usage is being recorded If it is required to view the computer from across a room then it might be preferable to enable the large font setting for that resource Access Specifies the IP address of a computer that will use the Resource Usage protection Recorder page for this resource This can be set to work from any address or restrict it to one IP address Resource Allows the administrator to define whether the person creating the resource User usage can select the user creating the resource usage or whether it defaults Selectable to the logged in user The Resource Usage Recorder page will provide a unique session ID for Session ID each resource usage session However the way that session ID is Template formatted can be configured and also what goes into it This editor allows entry of any text and selection of any number of properties that are stored on the resource usage itself The items that might be useful are Property Description lid A unique integer assigned to the resourc
149. I Scanner Reject or warn when Reject exceeded Retry approved bookings Do not suggest retry as a booking request Exclusivity Limit how many bookings can exist at the same time How many bookings allowed One Show advanced settings Yes Bookings To Count On the Resources tab change Matched Resource to Treatment Room Bookings To Ignore Not required This means that any booking for the MRI scanner where the booking type is not set to Healthy Volunteer will trigger the Booking Rule The Booking Rule will then count how many bookings there are for the treatment room at the same time as the prospective MRI scanner booking The limit for the number of allowed bookings is one and this always includes the prospective booking in this case the one for the MRI scanner The net result is that MRI scanner bookings will be rejected when being made for non healthy volunteers if there s a booking for the treatment room at the same time lf it is implemented in this way then a similar Booking Rule would be needed that prevented bookings for the treatment room when there are coincident bookings for the MRI scanner for non healthy subjects 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 240 Calpendo User Documentation The second option for how to set this up in Calpendo is to require a pre existing booking for the same project in the treatment room Here s what this looks like Property Setting Applies To Add condition type
150. If changing a users password it may be an idea to change the Status to Password must be reset at next login in order that the user must change their password again when they log in Once the details are changed click Save this will have replaced the Edit button 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 164 Calpendo User Documentation Changing A User s Project Associations With a user s detail showing as described above the user s project associations are shown in the Projects tab at the bottom of the page 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 165 This has its own checked button bar 1 Tick the check boxes of any project to be removed 2 The Remove button will change so that it is not greyed out once a check box is ticked 3 Press the Remove button to remove the ticked projects from the user s list To add a new project select it from the drop down Note that the way the drop down is formatted for adding new projects will change depending on the number of projects that exist For a small number of projects you get a simple drop down When the number grows then you get both a drop down menu with all projects but also a text box in which to type the project name As the name is typed it shows a selection of projects that match The user s association of projects is only changed once the Save button is pressed in the regular button bar Note that the projects themselves are also change
151. Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL DIFF ALL Thank you for registering with Calpendo You will receive another email when the administrator has processed your request Please note that this may take up to 24 hours The extra two buttons DIFF and ALL generate a large amount of data When triggered by an update DIFF inserts text that is converted to something that shows what changed ALL generates output that shows every piece of data from the changed Biskit both before and after the change This can be particularly noisy The information it shows is normally everything that can be reached from the New Value and Old Value buttons The exception to this is that if the Automatic Email is triggered by any Biskit Type then the New Value and Old Value buttons cannot display appropriate properties because it doesn t know what Biskit Type will trigger the email You also cannot type in something like NEW name and hope that it will work because it will not In those cases ALL is the only way to get at the details The format this generates is not particularly user friendly and so if you use this you should be careful about who receives such emails In order for any data to be included in an email it needs to have Read and Email Readable Permissions set for the special user nobody By default there are no Email Readable Permissions set up so no data can be sent by email In order to allow data t
152. Project BiskitDef in the Create Project view we see Project Resource Settings Users Project Groups The Default Value could have been set up as either No or Yes rather than Not Selected also the order the values appear depends on the order of the Mapped Int so if No has a higher value than Yes it will appear below Yes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 397 6 17 5 1 6 Creating ANew Basic BiskitDef An example of creating a BisketDef called Projectinfo which has one property called Name which is of type String Go to Admin gt Bakery Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree Select any Biskit Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this case Projectinfo b Change Group to help with finding all the new BisketDefs using the Filter Biskit Group button c In Properties Add New i Change Name to Name d Change Name Property on the BisketDef to point to the new Name property Properties Type a Change WylPrejeetnie i ewe L Paste LJ ee es A graa Projectinfo pei YE C Rii r F a a i i i i bch anged the m version Number fo Group to c Add new Name Property fig L MyCompanies property Set Property f d Change Use detautt soning oBRWND Project info Persistent Null Alio
153. Property Description 2 sot Order ft a mn None Visible In Collection Editor 6 Create a new property tal a Change Type to Biskit SR b Change Name to Project J Required c Change Biskit Def to Project er d Change Biskit Property Type to Many To One Group Formulaic Unique c Change Biskit Def to Project z wy 7 g 3 g 3 Biskit Def Component d Change DOE Biskit Property Somsen soe i a Type to Many To One Default Value 3 i 7 Press the Save button There will be an error Check the error by pressing Show Log If the error is complaining about a no inversePropertyName being set press the OK button and then the Save Despite Errors button 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 400 cal oendo User Documentation 8 Select the Project BiskitDef press the Edit button to get back into edit mode 9 In Properties Add New a Change Type to Set b Change Name to attachments c Change Biskit Def to Project Attachment d Change Biskit Property Type to One To Many e Change Inverse Property to Project Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete Name mye type drag staus JavaEnum laraaro Jese crag sescrpton fS arag resourceSettings Set___ fraais oae uses fse crag princirannvestgaror sna erag piprone smag iraan piman fsm Datetime torao A
154. Property Type and when The potential values are None Create Update or Create amp Update If a property has a value other than None then the property will not be viewable when a Biskit is being edited Default Value The value the user will see on creation If this value is outside the Min and Max values above then the user will have to update before saving The attributes on a PropertyDef are all boolean values as follows Name Description Visible Indicates whether the property should ever be displayed If you make a property invisible it will always be hidden Specifies whether this property can ever be modified Some static properties are special and cannot be changed but you may sometimes have dynamic properties that are calculated from some other source and inserted into the database You can mark such properties as not being editable to protect them from accidental change Persistent Indicates whether the property is stored in the database Dynamic and indirect properties should always be persistent Null Allowed Specifies whether null is an allowed value for the property See below ue for a discussion about Null Allowed and Required Required Specifies whether it is mandatory to provide a value for the property See below for a discussion about Required and Null Allowed Visible In Specifies whether this property should be visible when the full detail of a Biskit Detail Biskit is displayed Visible in Spec
155. Repeat No repeat M Status Best possible Booker Marie Curie Owner curie Marie Curie v Description Create Booking Cancel Every booking must have a resource so select which MEJ resource to make a booking for If the bookings calendar had fp disni d th disni di V Show only selected resources only one resource displayed or the resources are displayed in Show resowces by type separate columns then the resource will have been E Show resources by location automatically selected but it can still be changed to allow booking for some other resource The default is to display the list of resources currently selected for display on the calendar If this needs to be changed click on the pop up next to the resource box and choose what and how the resources will be displayed Deselect the Show only Selected Resources to show all resources Select Show resources by type to show the resources in a drop down by ape This option will only be available if the administrator has Configured Types and Groups for the resources Select Show resources by location to show the resources in a drop down by location Then click back on the Resource box to get the new list of resources to be chosen from Note that a booking is made for a resource that s not currently being shown in the calendar then the calendar will automatically display all bookings for that new resource 2010 2015 Exprodo Software EE Calpendo User Do
156. Requested i the server checks against the Time Template again and any messages associated with that Time Template s target group is displayed li the Booking Rules are checked and if the booking is denied a customised message may then be displayed lil the Permissions are checked and if the booking is denied the Permission Denied message will then be displayed iv The Calpendo administrator will now have to manually approve the booking b Approved by Template i the server checks against the Time Template again and any messages associated with that Time Template s target group is displayed li the Booking Rules are checked and if the booking is denied a customised message may then be displayed lil the Permissions are checked and if the booking is denied the Permission Denied message will then be displayed c Approved only for Users with a Default Booking Status of Approved who do not have a Time Template applying to them i the Booking Rules are checked and if the booking is denied a customised message may then be displayed this is optional as Admin users may be set up to not have Booking Rules applying to them li Permissions are checked and if the booking is denied the Permission Denied message will then be displayed The booking is now approved See Also e 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 212 calpendo User Documentation 6 6 1 Choosing Between Time Templates Booking Rules and Permissions
157. Rule Applies To 3 for more information on how the sub tabs work The only difference is it is setting up bookings to proceed the booking and bookings to follow the booking rather than those it applies to and those it doesn t Time between bookings Following Bookings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 246 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 6 Number Of Bookings Rule The Number of Bookings Rule allows a limit on the total number of bookings that can be made For example the number of approved requested bookings can be limited for each project This can be a fixed limit or the limit can be selected from the project s settings The num ber of bookings can be specified in the Booking Rule or a value can be read from a property so research projects can be set up to have a limited number of bookings defined in their project definition but it can be specified that bookings on the weekend do not count towards that total using Bookings to Ignore Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule le Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject B Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Number of Bookings Variable value Select a property W Bookings to count Bookings to o ignore Number of Bookings Maximum Bookings There are too many bookings Number of Bookings There is a limit of Maximum Bookings bookings Property Reject or warn when
158. Settings checkbox is ticked Without this all time booked within the Applies To are included in the count To choose the periods of time that should count towards the total tick Show Advanced Settings and go to the Bookings Time To Include tab lf anew Booking Rule is being created then the Booking Rule must be saved first and then go back into edit mode in order to specify the times that should be included in the count A calendar display will appear allows the creation of entries very similar to the way that bookings are created on the Bookings Calendar This is the way to specify the times that should be included in the count if there s an entry in the Bookings Time To Include calendar then the time will count New Rule Time To Include When 14May 2013s All day O sie Every E j week s ae oe Repeaton Os Mm MTE w FT AF Os Repeat every Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday and Friday As an example to make a Total Time Booked Rule count periods of time that are from 8am to 6pm from Monday to Friday create an entry for Mon Fri that repeats weekly For more information on setting up repeat time masks read the section on Repeat Bookings Once the times are selected click the Create time Mask button There can be multiple time masks on the calendar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 255 Example Allowing a user to only have a certain number of hours of future bookings at any one time T
159. System Wide iue My Projects 11 repon ype TCE Owner admin aamin There are no conditions In order to understand how to create and edit reports read the the Reports section of the Calpendo User Guide 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 4 7 4 7 1 Calpendo Administration Guide 177 Import Calpendo supports the import of data using comma separated values csv This is found on the Admin gt Import menu In order to do this an import file needs to be created Only information for a single Biskit Type can be imported at a time For example if importing projects import the project and then separately the project resource settings for each of the projects The exception to this is if importing data belonging to a Slave Biskit Type that needs to be imported with the Master Biskit Type data as if the Slave properties actually belonged to the Master rather than the Slave Once the import files have been created they can be used in the Calpendo import page to import your information Example Import Files The file should have a header row which defines the properties that are going to be imported and then one row for each object of the Biskit Type Use the Search page or the Bakery amp to find the names for the properties All the fields need to be comma separated To modify the value of a property that is from a component biskit values to all the properties on that comp
160. Then the URL slug downloads type public amp name FOO will yield the attachment where you must replace FOO with the name given to the public resource which must be unique E g https thing calpendo com downloads type public amp name FOO Resource Groups Resources can now be put into Groups in the Resource Editor in addition to the Types And Groups Editor Groups Resources Users and Projects can be added and removed from Groups en mass using the Collection Editor 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History 21 Changes in Functionality New Banned Keywords Added procedure to the list of banned keywords for property names Import e Add support for the import of Null values e Add support for importing a date time that is a number of seconds since 1970 e Add support for importing id properties e Generate an error on importing an unrecognised BitSet value e Add support for import page to be able to choose which lines are imported e Property names in the heading are now matched case insensitive e Names for a Mappedint and MappedString are now matched case insensitive e On updating data allow key properties to be modified by adding a second column for the same property and defining that column to be normal rather than a key e Allow the Biskit type to be narrowed on each import line Eg if you import a mixture of different booking subtypes or bookings with daily repeat and weekly repeats e Add s
161. This means that bookings made in this week will still be automatically approved but will show the message about the shortage of scanner operators lf required create the Operator Shortage Time Template so that its acceptability is Warning instead of Automatic Approval By doing this two things will chanqe 1 Bookings would be created with a default booking status as defined by Global Preferences gt Bookings gt Default Booking Status which by default is Requested instead of Approved for normal users so that they should be manually approved and Approved for Admin users 2 Bookings would record the fact that the user making the booking had been warned 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 217 6 6 2 2 The Time Template Editor The Time Template Editor allows the specification of the acceptability of bookings according to who makes the booking and the project itis for but without worrying about the periods of time when those specifications apply The editor is by default found on the menu as Admin gt Template Editor Each item that the editor lets you create consists of the following Property Description Name 2010 2015 Exprodo Software This is the name used to represent the Time Template Itcanbe anne required and will be shown on The Time Tem pass Calendar This is a list of items each of which identifies a users and projects and assigns them an acc
162. To One Press the Save button If there are no errors then update the database a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB a pop up will appear defining the database changes to be implemented 9 Press the Apply Changes button to update the database There will be a response saying how many rows affected Press OK to finish a Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits b Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo c Refresh the browser CO N 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 392 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 4 Adding Properties For Created Updated Vesion An example of adding a properties to a Biskit created by a user to record when a Biskit was created updated and store which version is currently in use 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select the user created Biskit to add properties to 4 Press the Edit button to get the Biskit into edit mode 5 Press the Add New button to add a new property First create a property called for example Created Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete al Set the Type to Name ___ Type o L_ be DateTime J Created by Give the property 4 name ll Visible W Editable lw Persistent W Null Allowed LI Required Wl Visible In Biskit Detail Wl Visible In Biskit List LI Visible In Collection Editor c Set the Automate
163. Update DB Schema Validate Biskits Filter Biskit Group Refresh Open All Close All E Biskit Def Mapped Int Mapped String E String Enum Def Java Enum Def E3 Unit Type The top menu provides buttons to check and update the database once the user has completed any changes in the DB Reload DB Tells the server to reconfigure according to the current dynamic Configuration property definitions you have Make sure the database schema is up to date before running this Update DB Asks the server to generate a SQL script that can be used to Schema create whatever columns are required for the dynamic property definitions After the script has been generated the user will have the option of applying it Validate Biskits Checks that Biskit definitions are self consistent Filter Biskit Group Display only those Biskits in a particular group By default no groups are set up if your own Biskets are created they should be put into their own group in order to use this filter to find them quickly When changes have been made to the DB via the Bakery Editor the user MUST make sure to update the DB properly by using these buttons in the correct order 1 Press Update DB Schema to generate a script to update the SQL database Then apply the script to make the changes 2 Press Validate Biskit to make sure any Biskits that have been changed have a self consistent definition 3 Press Reload D
164. User User Group or User Type When setting this option to true and triggered by a change to a User then the changed user will receive an email This means that when a User is modified for example to change their status they can receive an Automatic Email Similarly if a User Group or User Type changes then send an email to everybody in that User Group or with that User Type send To User Performing Action An Automatic Email is triggered when some data is changed Normally but not always that change is triggered by something a particular user did If that user is required to receive the email then select true for Send To User Performing Action 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 301 Individual Users This lets you specify particular users that should receive the email User Types If you specify one or more User Types then any user with one of those User Types will receive the email User Groups Any user in the specified groups will receive the email User Roles Users can have multiple roles Select any number of roles by ticking the check box next to the role and then choose with the drop down whether the email is to go to users that have all of the selected roles or users that have any of the selected roles Property Path As an abstract concept the property path may at first appear confusing It is used when the data that is changed contains a reference to a Use
165. User Documentation 3 4 3 4 1 exclusive use of a resource Bookings A booking in Calpendo is for a period of time and always for one resource A resource is aroom piece of equipment or person that is bookable If two resources need to be booked simultaneously then that requires two Calpendo bookings Bookings may represent an or there might be non exclusive use of some resources depending on how Calpendo has been configured some resources may require that there is a project associated with each booking Bookings may be repeating for example every day or every week and it s possible that a user may be able to create repeat bookings only on some resources or not at all depending on the Booking Rules and Permissions that have been set up Bookings may have to use predefined slots where both the time and the length of the booking has been defined by the administrator Bookings Calendar When Calpendo is first started the user will see the Bookings Calendar showing a week Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Calendar admin Reset password Settings Sign out EKI KE Weer 15 E Today Refresh Printable View 7 Day Week Month 5 08 04 Mon 09 04 Tue 10 04 Wed 11 04 Thu 12 04 Fri 13 04 Sat 14 04 Sun April 2013 u uu MATI WwW T er STS 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 09 00 g p 10 11 h2 13 14 Ea invention ga imaging 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 00 29 0 e ee eee ee 10 00 11 0
166. Value buttons will generate identical results The Date Button This inserts the text DATE and when the email is generated this inserts the date and time that the email is generated The IP Address Button This inserts the text IP ADDRESS and generates the network IP address of the user that generated the change For changes initiated by the Calpendo server rather than a particular person this will show the server s loopback network address The AuditLog Button Whenever data is created updated or deleted there is an AuditLog entry created This button allows the extraction of information from the audit log entry This is not normally useful but is required for a special case When a user registers there is normally an Automatic Email that lets an administrator know that a user has just registered That email contains two URLs one that will automatically approve the user and one that will automatically deny the user For this to work Calpendo needs to make sure that when the relevant URLs are accessed nobody else has already changed the user s properties So the Automatic Email uses the audit log information to add the AuditLog s identifier This is a unique identifier for the audit log entry Calpendo can then examine the audit log and check to see if there have been any changes to the user since the time the email was generated only if there have been no subsequent changes will the user be approved or denied 2010 20
167. Version 7 0 46 7 0 55 To view changes to other releases go to our release notes at the web site at http www exprodo com category release notes Changes For Regular Users New Functionality None Currently Changes in Functionality Update Displayed Breadcrumb On Any Page Change Event e The breadcrumb is the text in the top right corner of the page that shows which page the user is on e Previously it was only on selecting a new menu item that the breadcrumb changed e The biggest impact of this is that when clicking from one biskit to another the breadcrumb can now change Emailed Reports Have Attachment Make reports that are emailed sent as an attachment by default was sent inline Emailed Opt Out Opting out of automatic emails now means the user opts out of reminder emails too Changes For Administrators New Functionality Charts lf an administrator want to know about charts please ask They are currently hidden from general use but can easily be enabled 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 24 Calpendo User Documentation Rich Text Editor Linking to a menu item e Highlight some text click the new Menu drop down button on the rich text toolbar and select a menu item e The highlighted text will then become a hyperlink that will run the same thing as the selected menu item e NOTE You must choose a menu item that will be on the menu of the person who clicks on the link Add links to attachments
168. a URL of httos vourServer Calpendo RewriteEngine On RewriteRule Calpendo Service Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo Calpendo RewriteRule Calpendo program html Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo Cal RewriteRule Calpendo Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo Calpendo program h RewriteRule Calpendo Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo Calpendo sS1 PT ProxyRequests Off lt PLOXY gt Order allow deny Allow from all lt Proxy gt ProxyPass Calpendo http localhost 8080 Calpendo ProxyPassReverse Calpendo http localhost 8080 Calpendo The above configuration should be placed inside a VirtualHost declaration If you want to provide both SSL and non SSL access to Calpendo then you should place the above configuration in both the SSL and non SSL VirtualHost areas At this point accessing Calpendo from hittps vourServer Calpendo should work possibly unless you are using an operating system that uses SELinux as described below Note that previous versions of this installation guide differed in two ways from the above e Previously it was suggested that you should use mod_jk to connect Apache HT TP server with your servlet container Such as Apache Tomcat This is no longer recommended In particular mod_jk isn t available for recent versions of Red Hat Linux and CentOS That is why the above recommended Apache configuration uses mod_proxy_http 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 442 Calpend
169. a a a a aaa a aa a o aa aaa 350 O17 BAKEN n N E E E S E O A E A 351 6 17 1 Property Storage Mechanisms ssnnnnonnnnnnnnunnnennnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenene nnen 351 6172 Biski De Tint S crien a aa aA 353 6 1723 Property DelnitionS ioaea A A A E A OAA NEEE EA A EACAN 358 617 31 Bekt Property DET IMMONS reena E AE N A ee 363 6 17 3 2 Boolean Property DefinitionS 000nnnnnn00nnnnnunnenrnnnessnnrnrrnsrsnrrrressrrrrrrorsrnnrrrresrnnrrrrrssrnrrrrrenrnrreresnnrrrenne 364 6 17 5 Double Property Dertosa nat asSatwrnnmeyadaa E ges teas aioedaenceaeheas aie ean abana 365 OTSA INE Pr ODSrLYy DE TIMMONS i cnotearedordieecieaptin pic ddannaatetadenarsdaucs E aE E E aT 366 omg BY aes er ey Mapped Meger smn aa nc ro Se ee ema oe 366 6 17 3 4 1 1 Bit Sets oo cceccececeeeeseeecesesnaeseeeceaeeececaaeeseseeaaesessaaeesesenueeeesusaueeeeesnaeeeessnaeeeeessnaeess 368 Sih UF eae hag T2 Co ROES nC Ore ne eee ene ee ae 368 6 17 3 5 Java Enum Property Definitions cc ccceseeccccceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaeuseceeeseaaaaeeeeeeeseaaeseeeeeas 369 og BY Aes Jos a Java Enum Bl a fennel on mc a ete Te Ae Tne PnP a 369 6 17 3 6 Set Property Definitions ececcccececeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeaeseseeeeeesaeseueeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeees 370 6 17 52 7 Sind PROP Y Denton eare soabasassunanterscva asia E ars ean E O O 372 6 17 3 7 1 Mapped Strings sc acceye cess zeae aetna ga
170. a condition Status is Requested Note that for an update to put a condition on the value after the update then use a New Value type of Condition equals Specified value Requested 5 a 3 Add a condition Status was Requested Here we use a Old Value type of Condition to put a condition on the value that the status had before the update Old value of status equals Specified value Requested o amp Oe 4 We now need to limit the Permission to applying to whomever created the booking This is easy because each booking stores a record of who booked it in the booker property To do this go to the Applies To tab untick Include Everybody and then add a property path to booker Thema O O Property Path Doe 5 Save the Permission 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 201 Example 3 Admins May Create Or Update Anything This example shows how to use User Roles to decide who gets permission to do something as well as showing how to create a Permission that applies to every Biskit Type Use a Permission like this when the Admin Role needs to bestow the ability to create or update whatever they like The Permission can still be revoked in some circumstances by using a Permission of a higher level elsewhere that overrides the Permission we re creating here To achieve the ability to let the administrator create or update anything we need to cr
171. a web based system that is designed to be able to display and edit the contents of a database To be able to do this Exprodo allows the building of definitions of the data in the database In other words while Calpendo has a built in set of data types that it handles the user can add extra data types and modify the predefined data types by adding new properties and change the way existing properties are displayed As well as being able to create definitions of the data in a database so that the user can see and edit the database contents Exprodo provides additional facilities to help with interaction with that data e Automatic Emails to be sent in response to data being changed e Customisable Menus P e A Permissions amp system based on very adaptable Conditions e Dynamic reporting tools Each of these facilities makes heavy use of the fact that the data types themselves are defined in the database It lends itself to providing a very flexible system Therefore the very heart of the system is the means by which one can view and modify the definitions of the data types and that is precisely what the Bakery does The data types themselves are called Biskit Types P and the definition of the content of a Biskit Type is known as a BiskitDef Each BiskitDef defines certain information such as its name the labels used to display that name the database table that contains the Biskit Type and how to display the name of its Biskits indiv
172. aa aA Wea a a a a aaea 32 332 Dae R TIME ania A ae a E 35 399 Brna aeae rane ee ae ee E Ee 35 334 M n asno nn ee ee eee ee 35 3A BOOKINGS siwreccasteiw shasta sa acusliwence a EA aa a EA a A a Ea a A AONE 36 34 1 Bookings CAlON Gal a a aa aa aa e eaa a Eaa EE avatar a a a aE Ei 36 3 4 11 Exploring The Bookings Calendar seer a ee eee Se ee ee eee 37 3 4 1 2 Display Of The Bookings Calendab ccccccccccecsseeeeceeeceeeeseseasaeeeseeeecceeeeeeeseesaeseeseeeseseeeeeseeseessesaaaaasaesses 47 Sue 13 Great BOOKINGS 422k detec ee eA ra ee a a tal cede ae 49 3 4 1 4 Editing And Cancelling BOOKINGS m2 2onc si2sdeeccsteccctecwoteantoseeeeetncanaig chs and dvewte tense huedesceed debian eoietvewmes tense usieceas 54 342 BOOKING RES tHICTIOINS iiaa a a a 57 342 V Ime TenplateS een a a a secanadaooueaueauetmencereuestissines 57 3 4 2 2 BOOKING RUES a cs ce a a tt a cee eh 60 SA23 FESSON soraa le eee eC nr ee PRE en ee eee etree eee a eee eee 60 324 3 Searching FOr BOOKINGS sea ne ae vate saucy a aaa ae stds aaaea Ea E E Ea 61 3 4 3 1 Using The Booking Sear CneSccecce g 20525 ccasanscoueseosesecicatesegeces cnet ceaceeu vaca ec heto seas cranaee pomeranian 61 514 35 2 BOOKING CancCellallonsic tind ence Ae ce ea eee ce ta al cede 65 3A Ny OC ING cenon r gee ae oan Socata eco ate ne ees na sad ose ieusie sae 66 3 4 3 4 MY Frojects BOOKINGS cassan ernest gate eel eh et le a te 67 3 4 3 9 BOOKING SCAG essa esse spaces anacet oe caics seh eananennens NEE
173. ach day Monday to Friday Finally create an entry on Saturday and Sunday that applies the Closed Time Template all day long 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 216 cal pendo User Documentation Exceptions To The Rule Suppose that the scanner requires trained operators to use it and that one or more operators are on holiday for a week Anybody who makes a booking during that week will need to ensure that somebody suitably trained will be present In this case people are allowed to make bookings but its needed to make sure they know that this problem exists To handle this create another Time Template that looks like this Time Template Applies To Acceptability Message Name There is a shortage of scanner operators at this time Please make sure operator will be present when you use the scanner Operator Automatic Everybody Shortage Approval Then add entries to the Time Templates Calendar that applies the Operator Shortage Time Template for the week in question from 7am to 7pm each day Now when somebody tries to make a booking during this week and during regular opening hours there are two Time Templates that apply Open and Operator Shortage When Calpendo sees multiple Time Templates that apply it always enforces the most restrictive one In this case both Time Templates have the same level of acceptability but only one has a message attached to it Operator Shortage and so this is the one that will apply
174. ach of the sides Dry Lab System Bookmarks Edit Create Create copy Delete References History System Bookmarks Edit Create Create copy Delete History een Personal Bookmarks Personal Bookmarks admin admin _ Lab Bookmark curie Marie Curie Resources Curie Bookmark Resources Bookings Wettan o ae Telescope v Admin view of the Bookmark Manager User View of the Bookmark Manager The main difference between the two views is that the Admin user can see Personal Bookmarks for all users Also the Admin user can see the owner of a bookmark and also get a list of references to the bookmark For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Editing Bookmarks Calpendo Administration Guide 171 Once the choice to edit a bookmark or create a new one has been made the view will be in edit mode Cancel Save 2 Curie Bookmark a Resources Choose resources pee eene ea Telescope mee Hl arag Dry Lab 2010 2015 Exprodo Software In the top half of the view there are the properties that can be edited When finished either Save to complete or Cancel to reject the changes In the bottom half of the view the resources that will be shown by using this bookmark can be chosen To add or delete resources available in this list use the
175. ache virtual host configuration that sets up HTTP basic authentication and also passes the REMOTE_USER setting that it generates to Calpendo by setting the X Forwarded User HTTP header You can use any header for this but you need to tell Calpendo which header to examine by setting the Login Name Header property When Apache rewrites URLs you protect private under the rewritten URL lt Location Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo cCalpendo private AuthType basic AuthName your Calpendo Realm Name AuthBasicProvider file AuthuserFile path to htpasswd file Require valid user When Apache rewrites URLs you f Location gt protect private under the rewritten URL RewriteEngine On prevent the client from setting this header RequestHeader unset X Forwarded User see the Apache documentation on why this has to be lookahead Rewritecond LA U REMOTE_USER this actually doesn t rewrite anything what we do here is to set RU to the match abo NS prevents flooding the error log RewriteRule E RU 1 NS RequestHeader set X Forwarded user RU e strip the REALM of Kerberos Login So edit X Forwarded User GREALM F 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 324 Calpendo User Documentation 6 14 2 Authentication Methods Editor Setting up different Authentication Methods alternatively known as Single Sign On is done using the Authentication Methods Editor which by default is available
176. ake those areas stand out from the warning areas If the calendar shows Time Templates for multiple resources in the same column then it will show the background colour to represent the most lenient restriction for all the resources it s showing Time Templates for no Time Template being the least restrictive Which means if the background is red then none of the resources displayed in that column can not be booked If it s white yellow or blue in the example below or green then the user will be able to book for at least one of the resources displayed in that column Moving your cursor over an area where Time Templates are active for the current user will provide a tool tip with any message s the administrator has defined for the Time Template s Tas ees Dey T W T ot eal LL ma Hmht J J i _ _ E H ag m ae a ee Be as a ET man waanHan sw eH a Anann a amp T A ae a aat a B a ies ri zaan k E evera G O a d Eo hi m d LEDD 1500 i ama imme a TE E 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 40 Calpendo User Documentation Normally the bookings calendar displays bookings that are approved or requested but ignores denied or cancelled bookings Click on the Status label to open up the Status Selector Here choose the statuses to be displayed Y Status V Requested v Approved l Denied LJ Cancelled Click on the Filter label to provide more deta
177. alue will be a Bit Set containing values Bit Set specified by a Mapped Integer The particular Mapped Integer that constrains the value must be Specified Time of Day Stored in the database as the number of seconds Time of Day Since midnight The only difference is the with seconds formatting on output with or without seconds 6 17 3 4 1 Mapped Integers A Mapped Integer is a mapping between a text display value and an integer value It provides a way for a user to edit an integer property by seeing a drop down list of text values hiding the numerical values from them This provides a means of generating drop down boxes for entering values where there is a fixed set of valid values that can be entered while storing an integer in the database Here is an example of a Mapped Integer defined in the database Biskit Det CancellationReason E Mapped Int Null Value Labell No reason given CancellationReason Role Mapped String String Enum Def Java Enum Def E Unit Type 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 367 To add new values press the Edit button and then the Add button the new entry will appear at the bottom set the text string to be viewed and the number to store it as Then press Save Cancel Save CancellatioonReason Values Add Remove Name Booked in emor F aF Subject cancelled l2 t Researcher unavailable reer uraan a
178. amp public resources e Allows the embedding of hyperlinks to files within any String property that is marked in the bakery as containing HTML History Page Create Copy Of Old Versions Of A Biskit e Click on a particular version in the history of a biskit and there is now a Create Copy button This offers the chance to create a new biskit using the old values e Note that some properties those that are a set or list are not recorded in the audit log and so will not be created in the new copy Biskit Tree Viewer Page This provides a way to display a number of HTML pages with a navigation panel for users to choose which page to view Initial Page to Load The Global Preference for the initial page to display on loading the application now has a button and drop down allowing selection from a list of all Known pages all items on the menu and recently accessed pages by the current user User Biskit Changes The date time of a users last login and the IP address the user logged in from are now recorded directly on the user allowing easier reporting on when users have logged in Advanced Rules Advanced rules have a new option to change behaviour with repeat bookings For repeat bookings rules are normally run once for every instance of the repeat booking There is now an option on advanced rules to run it only once instead 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History 25 Changes in Functionality Public Resource
179. ample any date time property that is shown will display with sub properties Conditions x of the following apply Show advanced amp Value of No property path selected G i j afterFinishedChangeOption collectUsage inFrogressChangeOption g largeUsageRecorder laterChangeOption laterTermMinutes location name amieciRennired A Resource has a number of properties as shown One of them Location is itself an object that has properties of its own that can be selected The Relation Value and Accuracy part of the condition will not show unless a property path has been selected Once a property is selected the extra parts of the condition appear and they reflect the type of the property selected and the choice of Condition Type 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 102 Calpendo User Documentation The Relation The Relation is only shown when there s a bisikit type in the context and a property path has been selected The options displayed in the Relation drop down menu differ depending on the type of property selected by the property path egual to less than less than or equal to greater than or equal to greater than equals not equal to no later than no earlier than later than not equal to includes all includes any does not include all not equal to starts with ends with contains matches does not start with does not end with does not contain does not match d
180. an email See Special Users for more details on user nobody Update When a user tries to update an object Exprodo applications will check for Update permission on the object and also on each property If permission is denied for any property then Update permission for the whole object is denied This is different from viewing an object where being denied permission to read one property does not stop the user from seeing the other properties When editing an object if Exprodo applications can determine that Permissions prevent the user from changing a property then that property will be rendered in an unmodifiable form This will prevent the user from making changes that would only be rejected later Delete When deleting an object Delete action and Biskit Type Permissions are checked Run Report Run Report action Permissions are checked whenever a report is run This allows the administrator to prevent some types of report being run for example to stop some people from running Summary or group reports or the Biskit Type being reported on for example to restrict reports about system usage or other things To control which reports somebody can run create a Run Report action Permission for the Biskit Type Report Then place conditions on which reports can be run Run Report Permissions for any Biskit Type other than Report will be ignored Execute This is checked when trying to run the Booking Rule Validator so that only per
181. approve the project by changing its status to Approved before it becomes bookable This and other project related administration is described in this section 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 144 oal pendo User Documentation 4 2 1 Project Properties in Calpendo has at least the following properties Property Description Name P roject Code This should be a short unique code for the project Calpendo will make sure that this is not the same as any other project unless it s empty as Type would be typical of a new project before an administrator assigns a Status A Project code This is the project s type See Types And Groups to understand how types are used It is possible that Calpendo has been configured so that there are no project types If this is the case then it ought to have been configured so that the project s type property is not visible See Property Visibility for more details A project status a has one of the following values Name Description Requested This is the Status used when a project is first created bookings may not be created for a project that is in this state Approved This status means that the project is bookable Pens This status indicates that it was decided the project an end A terminated project is not bookable This status indicates the project is not bookable for Owner ownership of a project Name This is t
182. are Calpendo User Guide 3 5 3 3 Project Search The Project Search page provides a convenient way to search for projects By default it returns all the Requested or Approved projects By default the Project Search page appears on the menu here i gore Tor plate Lae re Mapt LHIK Sl OA Fh Fiilis Repond hpa Lat Aigi F Tig Greate Propeci rhah Carp Propecia ata ipp Ob erp ere aed cere Lig ot Preeti EEJ on Apres However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the Project Search page looks like once a search has been done File 7 Report type List Report Type Owner Status Conditions Columns Reset Go W Autorun Projects where status equals Requested or Approved Found 3 projects ae cae ree teem __ A en Oe E fase J a E C E _ Jelete Approve Deny Terminate The Projects Search is run with the following default parameters Projects where status equals Requested or Approved All the possible buttons are available to change parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 78 cal pendo User Documentation 3 5 4 Project Membership Request lf a user would like to be associated with a project but they don t have sufficient permissio
183. aste Delete Up Down New item New subitem 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 320 Calpendo User Documentation Using the Menu Item Toolbar at the bottom of the page press on New Item then in the right pane set up the Type to be Menu and for the Submenu Definition set Label to Simple User Menu This creates a simple sub menu Save Refresh My Menu B Open all New Delete Duplicate Install Rename Calendar Type Menu l m Submenu Definition Label Simple User Menu Cut Copy Paste Delete Up Down New tem New sub item Using the Menu Item Toolbar at the bottom of the page press New Sub Item then in the right pane set up the Type to be Page and for the Page Definition set Label to My Bookings and Page to My Bookings This will put an item on the Simple User Menu sub menu Save Refresh My Menu Open all New Delete Duplicate Install Rename Calendar Type Page e Simple User Menu m Page Definition Label My Bookings Page My Bookings e Parameters New subitem Cut Copy Paste Delete Up Down New item 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 321 Click on Simple User Menu then using the Menu Item Toolbar at the bottom of the page press New Item then in the right pane set up the Type to be Separator This creates a simple separator to which is a line ac
184. at There are a number of repeat choices Daily Repeats at the same time each day Weekly Repeats each week on this day at the same time Specify which days the repeat will occur on by selected the appropriate tick boxes Monthly by date Repeats each month on a particular date Monthly by day Repeats each month ona particular day this could be defined for example as Repeat on the 4th Monday of every month Annually Repeats on the same date each year Once the type of repeat required has been selected then choose how often the repeat occurs every month every other month etc Also define an end date for the repeated bookings lf the repeat is Monthly by day and a day towards the end of the month has been chosen the Last week enables swapping between the two possible options e g Repeat on the 4th Monday of each month and Repeat on the last Monday of each month The description box at the bottom gives a written definition of the repeat that has been defined allowing the choices to be checked to make sure they are correct Ewery End on Last week Monthly by day month s Repeat on the 3rd Thursday of every month 2010 2015 Exprodo Software En Calpendo User Documentation 3 4 1 4 Editing And Cancelling Bookings As you move the cursor over bookings in the calendar notice that the cursor change shape The cursor will gives a hint about whether or not a booking can be edite
185. at are allowed to received the email Note that the 4 Normal recipients will be eas those specified by Jl Password must be reset at next login any of the other tabs r that are not also oe prohibited by this User Statuses tab lf Calpendo is configured so that users are classified by their user type then select one or more user types so that all users with those users types should receive an email Select any number of user groups to send email to Use the drop down to select the user Paul amp Clare s group groups required Use name SSC the tick box to E Paul amp Clare s group choose which user o m groups to remove and then click the 174 Calpendo User Documentation Remove button Tab Name Description User Roles Add any user to the recipient list that has the selected roles Projects Select any number of projects and choose whether the email should be sent to the projects owners their users or both Use the drop down to select the projects required Use the tick box to choose which projects to remove and then click the Remove button Similar to the Projects tab this chooses project groups and whether the email should be sent to the projects owners their users or both This specifies a Project Groups By Bookings by the resource and time period and then to choose whet
186. at the booking duration can be changed by drag and P lM i drop Click on the re size bar at the bottom of a booking and drag it to the required time for the booking to end When a booking is dragged and dropped or its duration changed by dragging its re size bar at the bottom then the change is made without showing the booking pop up However by clicking on a booking a pop up menu is shown ee Edit Will bring up the Edit Booking pop up as seen below this is almost identical to the ly M Edit one seen when creating a new booking my View View Will bring up a similar pop up but z Copy everything will be read only N History Copy Will put the booking in the clipboard when the user clicks somewhere to create a new booking if there is a booking in the clipboard its content will be used to populate the booking pop up Download History This will display the history of the booking showing when it was created and any updates to the booking A repeatable booking will have one update for each repeat Download Downloads the booking to your Outlook calendar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 56 Calpendo User Documentation Edit Booking 326 x The title of the pop up now says Edit Booking Resource Electron Microscope instead of New Booking Type No type i Project Spacsi Space Some of the fields may not be changeable For sas ae Au day example there s a History field
187. ate Import Update Database Schema Layout Editor Menu Editor i Permissions a Report Manager Resource Editor Rule Editor System Events Template Editor pr Types and Groups os Bakery Fai ma n Database Du a E T T n l D o a This is what the Permissions Editor looks like first opened Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Refresh Open All Close All Edit Create Create copy Delete References History Z Create Delete wa Dump Database a Execute Read Run Report Update i l Update Database Schema y Exists 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 286 Calpendo User Documentation The Tree Of Permissions Permissions apply to a particular action and Biskit Type The above screen shot shows all the Biskit Types for which there are Permissions Note that a Permission can also be defined that will apply to any Biskit Type For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Once all the items in the tree are viewable the Permissions are viewable in their Action Biskit Type Permission categorisation with any that are disabled shown in red Create wl aeaing any ype of a any type of data 22 By default only admins may create data 44 Anybody may create template approved booking 43 Anybody may create booking requests Bookmark 65 Anybody can create non system b
188. ate items that are in its group For instance a User Group will have a list of all the logins associated with that group Once in edit mode edit any properties with permissionN to access and add or delete items from group lists Cancel Save Paul amp Clare s group Edit individual properties Add items to Please select a User to add J the group list Liftcainname civen name otner name Family name Elea fea Y Ronson Remove selected items from the group To remove items from the list first select the items to be removed using the check box and click the Remove button To add items to the list use the pull down to get a full list of possible items and select the one required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 269 Resource Usage Outcome The Types And Groups Editor is also used to configure the outcomes that may be recorded when Calpendo is configured to collect resource usage information Refresh Open All Close All Edit Create Create copy Delete References History User Type Name OK User Group Border Colour Boia TS Border wiatn 2 Froject Group Content Shadel MEDIUM Resource Type Display Order Resource Group m Resource Usage Outcome OK Equipment failure Failed due to operator error Failed due to investigator Failed due to subject Failed for some other reason
189. ate unique instances only occurrences of the booking in the future will be affected This means a repeatable booking can be changed without affecting any information for reports of those bookings in the past When dealing with repeatable bookings these are deleted rather than cancelled e ear Do you want to change just this one item W jth repeatable bookings an option appears asking this one item and all subsequent items or all of them which items to be deleted This Item Just the selected booking This and later items The selected booking and all bookings after it in the repeatable sequence All Items The selected booking and all bookings before and after it excluding any bookings in the past ie before the current time and date If the first booking of a repeat has been chosen then All Items and This and later items are identical in function This cannot be undone Repeat bookings are deleted and not Then a reminder that repeat bookings are deleted cancelled Are you sure you want to delete the booking and therefore cannot be recovered This item This and later items All items Cancel Delete Cancel 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide Calpendo allows users to make bookings for themselves while the system makes sure that bookings can only be created that adhere to the policies of the facility This means that Calpendo will restrict what can be booked when and for how long The
190. ated the booking and a project Each project also has an owner and users Consequently when writing a Permission that affects a booking users can be targeted by using any of the properties owner booker project owner and project users The blue circle shows The black circle shows users specified by the a N users specified by the Apples To parrot amp i Does Mot Apply To the permission 1 y part ofthe permission The grey area depicts j h p i The green areas depict the targeted users a the untargeted users Showing the targeted and untargeted users defined by the Applies To and Does Not Apply To users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 283 Available Actions The following table shows the available actions and indicates whether each action uses action Biskit Type or property Permissions Delete Deleteanobject x x Exists Displayalistofobjects x x X lt X lt X Email Readable Include data in an email OO X l ae Ao j Run Report Runareport x x x lt Add or remove tables or X Database columns in the database Schema Create When a new object is created action and Biskit Type Permissions for the Create action are checked The property Permission is checked to see if the property should be rendered read or read write only by comparing against the default value of the property Read Exists and Email Readable When a user tries to view an object Exp
191. atistics will be affected by this setting Enabling Usage Statistics will slow down Calpendo a little Usage Statistics Minutes This specifies how often Calpendo should flush statistics out Between Flushes to the database For performance reasons this should not be made too small Usage Statistics Minutes This indicates how long each block of time is during which Per Statistic Statistics are put together The larger this value is then the less space will be taken in the database and the lower the time resolution of the statistics If System Usage Statistics is enabled the data will be stored in the database In order to access the data use Search Once in the Search page set the search Biskit Type to System Usage As there could be a lot of information to be returned make sure you use Conditions to set at least time limits for the information returned For more information read the chapter on using Search 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 349 6 16 15 Time Templates The Templates tab of the Global Preferences page sets up the following Templates Apply To Admin Setting Description Templates Apply To Admin This chooses whether or not Time Templates apply to users with the Admin role 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 350 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 16 Users The Users tab of the Global Preferences page sets up the following New User Request Requires U
192. ault when Calpendo first starts Always Present Show header for resource columns Default Calendar View Type Number of days of bookings to check for repeat bookings When Booking Rules and Time Templates check a booking to see if it s valid it needs to handle repeat bookings specially The repeat instances are expanded and each instance examined separately However since repeats can continue forever Calpendo cannot check them all So this setting lets you specify how far into the future Calpendo should expand repeat bookings when checking its Booking Rules and Time Templates The default is 56 days Indicates whether the booking requests page should only show requests made by or owned by users of the same type as the current user This is false by default so that booking requests are unfiltered When entering a booking in the calendar the booking s owner will be given a default value Setting Owner Defaults to Project Owner to true makes the booking s owner default to the project s owner if there is a project and setting it to false makes the booking s owner default to the user that makes the booking the booker The administrator can determine whether users can get iCal feeds for their calendars or not If enabled an iCal button appears in the button bar above the calendar Request Filtering By User Type Owner Defaults to Project Owner
193. aximum Of Choose a property to find the maximum of and the value shown in this column will be the value of the current property when the property being compared with is ata maximum Below is an example of a table showing the total booking duration in minutes for each project for each resource 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 114 Calpendo User Documentation File Search for Booking Report type Summary Report E Conditions Reset Row resource name Scale the result by a Pokaan monina User defined factor Round the Contant Sum x durationinMinutes LC Scaled C Rounded results to integers Go Property to be calculated eect nena maging neri light bumm radiation the final rrontier Total ee S E a o lewens o d e d d d asl a e fe e d T ir rr otaljzz09 zoo geo azzozez0 sen aaea Use the Rounded option to round numbers to integers Use the Scaled option to scale the results by the user requested factor i e if the scaling factor is 10 divides all results by 10 Viewing Records Records associated with each cell can be viewed by clicking on the number in the cell This will give a List Report of the records for that cell beneath the table File F Search for Resource Report type Summary Report Conditions Reset Row locaton name Column proectRequired Content Count F Sealed Resources where location name plan
194. ay only some of the values from the enumeration However it is not possible for a user defined property to behave in this manner com springsolutions biskit core Property Type Double avaEnum List ong Set String StringEnum UserDefined 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 370 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 3 6 Set Property Definitions A property of type Set must specify the Property Type of the elements within the Set If the elements are not Biskits then there are no further settings required If the elements are Biskits then the following must be specified C Biskit Def Com peremen nt Biskit ee Type to non Name Meaning The type of data stored by the property represented by this definition For types other than Biskit the only additional meta property will be Sorted Sorted Indicates whether the contents of the Set are sorted or not BiskitDef Specifies the type of Biskit the set will contain Component Indicates whether the Biskit value is stored as a reference to a Biskit stored somewhere else or if its properties are stored directly as a component of its owning Biskit Normally only used for static properties Biskit Property One to Many Many to Many Persisted Many To Many Type Unpersisted To Many explained below amp Inverse This is the property on the Set Biskit which will point back to the Property parent Biskit Sub type
195. bar changes Cancel Save The main details of the Automatic Email contain all the information represented in the tree on the left These two screen shots show the details in read only and in edit mode Name New user request wait Name New user request wait 7 bl Enabled true r i Event Type Create When changing these details e The Name can be anything you like but must be unique amongst Automatic Emails e The Enabled flag is a way to create an Automatic Email without making it take effect immediately or to turn one off without deleting it These show in red in the tree e The Event Type is where it is specified whether the Automatic Email is triggered by a Create Update or Delete e The Data Type value indicates which Biskit Type triggers the email Choose the Any data type option to make the Automatic Email trigger for every Biskit Type However this does quite severely limit what Conditions you can use and what magic text can be inserted into the email described below 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 300 Calpendo User Documentation The Conditions Tab Conditions underpin much of the configuration that can be done in Calpendo and they are used in several places most notably in Automatic Emails and Permissions Consequently they have their own section of this configuration guide See Conditions for the details Please note that the section that describes conditions indicat
196. bar will be displayed which will show the time taken amount completed and any errors There is also a Cancel button to cancel the import When the import completes a pop up will appear in the bottom right hand corner of the screen saying Import Completed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 186 Calpendo User Documentation Importing Options Click on the options button to see all the options available for viewing and importing the data file Option Character encoding ISO 8359 1 buthor Select the lines to import Filter How to handle errors Import all or nothing How to handle long lines Wrap long lines Row Hiding Hide nothing show all rows Column Hiding Hide nothing show all columns Option Description While importing Calpendo guesses at the character encoding used for the file being imported and allows the administrator the chance to choose the one to use allowing non ASCII files to be imported Character encoding Select the lines to import Use the Filter button to set up conditions to define which rows will be imported Choose Import any that do not fail which will import all records that do not have errors or Import all or nothing which will only import the records if they would all succeed Whether lines should be wrapped making the box deeper Wrap long lines or whether to make the table wider to deal with long lines Do not wra
197. ble e The user e The session ID that has been allocated This displays as a hyper link that will display detailed information about the resource usage that has been recorded so far e The time that the resource usage started e How long resource usage has been ongoing There is also a Stop Session button which should be pressed when resource usage ceases session Recorder for scanner Booking r 00 Project radiation radiation User curie Marie Curie Session ID amp Started 10 58 current duration 0 minutes Stop Session At this point a pop up will appear asking whether the session was successful If the answer is no then it asks for the outcome to be selected from a list of options that the administrator will have configured The user may also provide a comment After completing the pop up the view will return to the Pre Usage page 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 82 cal oendo User Documentation 3 6 2 Resource Usage Calendar The Resource Usage Calendar shows a calendar much like the Bookings Calendar except that everything is displayed in the past That s because resource usage that hasn t happened yet cannot be recorded The calendar shows usage for any resource and gives the ability to filter that usage as required If the user has suitable permission then they can also create and modify resource usage from the calendar This may be necessary if something prevented usage being recorded a
198. browser does not suffer from an unexpected error then this new information remains within your browser and is not sent anywhere Audit Log Show full audit log detail when click on entry in history page Hierarchical Resource Types This can be enabled by adding two properties to ResourceType One of type Biskit many to one to store a reference to a parent ResourceType and another of type Set one to many to store a reference to child resource types This then allows the creation of a hierarchy of resource types so you can classify instruments For example creating a resource type of microscope with subtypes Electron Microscope and Optical Microscope with subtypes of Electron Microscope of SEM and TEM etc This support also allows the Booking popup to view the Resource Hierarchy when choosing a Resource New System Events A system event is now logged whenever an automatic email or reminder is not sent to a user due to them having opted out of automatic emails 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 28 Calpendo User Documentation 3 3 1 Calpendo User Guide This guide explains how to use Calpendo to see or make bookings create or edit projects and how to search for information such as how much time a user has booked altogether Getting A User Account Local Calpendo Account To get a local user account first open a web browser Calpendo supports the most popular web browsers see Web Browser Com
199. but it specifies the resources Resources 449 Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions Yi Specify bookers Users Selected User iv Please select a User to add Selection empty User Types Selected User Type x Please select a User Type to add Selection empty User Groups Selected User Group Please select a User Group to add Selection empty User Roles Any roles z Applies To Does Not Apply TO Rule Rule Validator Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions 7 Specify projects Projects Selected Project 7 Please select a Project to add v Selection empty Project Types Selected Project Type x pm X Please select a Project Type to add Selection empty Project Groups an j Selected Project Group 9 the booking will apply to by giving specific resources resource types and or resource groups Please select a Project Group to add Selection empty 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 28 Calpendo User Documentation Tab Description The Conditions tab works just like the Conditions used elsewhere This allows custom conditions to be provided about the state of the bookings you want the Booking Rule to apply to Note that all the other tabs implicitly provide specifications of what the booking would look like Condit
200. cal Assessment The my orders search is run with the following default parameters Service Orders where owner is me or creator is me Because the owner parameter is set to be me there is no Owner filter available but the other filters found down the left of the page can be used to change the parameters of the search 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 94 Calpendo User Documentation Once an order has been found click on it for the full details to be shown Once an order has been created if the administrator implemented Notes both the users dealing with the order and the initiator of the order can add Notes To add a note write in the box marked Add Note To This Order and then press the button There is no need to be in edit mode for this to work Edit Create Create copy Radiological Assessment Poet Add Note To This Radiological Assessment Service Order Add Note To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 95 3 7 2 3 My Projects Orders The My Projects Orders search page does a search for orders that are associated with projects that the user is also associated with By default the My Projects Orders page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Services Search A
201. ccy Juema_Jo __ Oj Yivcatwatsen rence watson Juanenin com macy Reqvesta a Js von va 10s un 20a oma ous forensen fesen foaroan emacs ema oJ __ Ose aens fromas Java Jessen Juanein com fens frees 1s son ra sale un 20a eg fofuse___Jlocavresia_ wicia ____ resia uanguancom emacs uema Jo __ CE a vex rane anein com emacs rea Jo t_ Eait Delete Approve Deny Block Force password reset The following section goes through the options available after the search has been completed enabling the search to be changed saved or the data exported as well as change the information viewed by the search For more information on any of the features shown read the Search chapter File Report ty Save As Allows saving of the report for later use Export Allows export of the information found in the search to a file This button determines what type of report will be seen Single Item Report Displays a single record that matches the Report type Group Report Ca search single Item Report List Report Lists each record List Report found that matches the search one under the other Summary Report Summary Report Allows the G Re kaglasi iia Me deco selene inin i information found to be summarised Group Report Allows the report to be shown by groupings with a count of the number of records that fit each group 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 160 Calpe
202. cfg xml that you will need to modify to tell Calpendo how to connect to the database The root directory in the archive is called calpendo You should put this directory into Tomcat s webapps directory Then edit the file webapps Calpendo WEB INF classes hibernate cfg xml The entries you need to configure are lt property name hibernate connection username gt calpendo a property gt lt property name hibernate connection password gt somepassword lt property gt lt property name hibernate connection url gt jdbce mysgl localhost calpendo lt property gt lt DLOperey Name MiLberna ve sconnecrLon driver Classe gt org mariadb jdbc Driver lt property gt lt property name hibernate dialect gt com springsolutions exprodo core server persistence ExprodoMySQL5Inno DBDialect lt property gt You need to change the username password and url to match the user and database name you created earlier You should now ask Tomcat to start Calpendo in case it isn t done automatically Go to the web management page linked from http servername 8080 and see if Calpendo has started and if not ask for it to be started Once this is done then you should test to see whether Calpendo is working with Tomcat Open a web browser at this url http servername 8080 Calpendo com springsolutions calpendo Calpendo programs Arms All being well you will see a Calpendo login screen If you don t then you ll n
203. ch in the Organisation Pane Properties can be reordered within a Property Group by dragging and dropping the properties The search box can be used to find a property Once the user Starts typing a name into the search box a list of possible properties will appear as the user continues typing the possible list will reduce until only one remains The Properties branch containing that property will be expanded in the tree and the property will be highlighted lf what has been typed does not match any possible property the search box will be outlined in red and the search text will also go red 418 Calpendo User Documentation Information Pane The Information Pane will have information about the item that is currently selected in the Organisation Pane There are three types of items that can be selected 1 AProperty Group 2 AProperties branch 3 A property Copy Property Grouping Method Heading Property Table Type Simple Table Property Table Notes PSGQIDURAT psgiDURAT PSQISLPQUAL psqiSLPQUAL New_Home_Warranty Timber_treatment Electrical_Work_Warranty Central_heating Int Other_waranties Other Waranties Details String Property Def New Home Warranty lf a Property Group is selected then information about that group is displayed Any properties associated with the Property Group are listed under the Property Table tab showing their Name and Label The Notes tab allows the user to define wh
204. ch the comparison can be made and then a level of accuracy to be used Conditions x All of the following apply Show advanced Value of dateRange stan earlier than now plus 14 days a to ihe minute oo Value of dateRange finish later than gt 14 days to the minute oo now seconds P seconds now minus femurs ours specified date wd months monihs years years 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 105 Date Accuracy Description now The time specified but with a level of accuracy now plus Within now plus a certain amount of time with a level of accuracy now minus Within now minus a certain amount of time with a level of accuracy specified date The specified date exactly No level of accuracy may be set The now option means that the value of the property to be compared against is to be the date and time that the comparison is done The now plus and now minus options indicate that the date to be calculated is relative to the time the comparison is done When selecting either of these options a further item is displayed to input how much time to add or subtract from the time of the comparison to reach the date time that the property is being compared against If the specified date option is selected then a date time entry is displayed to input the exact point in time to compare the property against The Accuracy is only shown for date or date ti
205. chapter On entering any of the booking search pages a search will automatically start of the appropriate type with a date range of today This is what a search will look like when it is completed File Search for Booking Report type List Report 17 Feb 2014 00 00 20Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Status Project Conditions Columns Bookings where dateRange between 17 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 and status equals Requested or Approved Found 14 bookings fear femne ore ane Guia Ra eanan anma Approve 17 Feb 2014 1420 1e20 17 Feo zora roa ir renzo soale Walla Jaumnadmin uarain Cranes namn fene cenen __ Aoproved rareo 201a 1200 1500 er oa eo ereza oja Cieee ene ane cure feue wane cute Rar Radaton unera Requested 10 Feb 2014 12001400 19 Feb 2014 7211 fro reo zoa rarase econ mamae cule Wane Cune ansien Aber Enstom snace tiSoaca ___ Approvea 1e Feb 2014 1200 1400 10 Feb 20160954 fro Fen 2014 ossaa Eome one ane Cura stn Abert Ensim soace t Saace Requestd 10 Feb 2014 12 00 15 0 19Feb 2014 1000 Fev 2014 1000 ae __ Era fomne oan Cranes Darwin cane t Genes approve 19 Fev 2014 1220 1600 19 Feo 2014 195s oreo 201a rasa frase Ome Jasmine aman faomea Rast Radaton _ arproved 10 Feb 2014 1500 1000 18 Feo 2014 1940 rerebaovaraaalrae _ econ meane cue mane Cure admaz ama snace 1Soace __ Requestd 10 Feb 2014 1500 17209 Feo zora 0986 ereb
206. ching changes can be found The search criteria can be e Data type choose what type of Biskit has been changed For example if the user is interested in changes to bookings then select Booking If a Biskit Type is not selected then the search will include changes made to any type of Biskit e Search from and Search to to restrict the search to particular periods of time It is highly recommended to put limits on the time period using these options so that the amount of returned results are limited e User choose to see changes made only by one particular user or by anybody e Data ID choose the unique ID number to search for For example if the user is interested ina project and they know its ID is 42 then enter 42 here to restrict results to changes made to project 42 e IP Address search by changes made from a particular internet address Data type Any datatype Search from W Any date time Search to Any date time User Anybody Data ID IP Address Go After pressing Go a list of matching changes is displayed Each one will represent a change to something within Calpendo When the list appears click on one of them to see all changes to the same Biskit For example if the search was for changes to resources made on a particular day returned will be a list of changes that affected all the resources on that day By clicking on one of them the user would then see all changes made to that resource rega
207. column combination with totals for each row and column File Search for Resource Report type Summary Report Conditions Reset Row location name Column projectRequired Contant Count T Scaled 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 113 Complex Content Types All the other content types require a numerical or date property as an additional parameter the exception is Count Distinct which will work with any type The value of this parameter will be used to determine the value stored in each cell Cal nedal Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Hlp File Search for Resource Report type Summary Repoti Conditions Reset Row locaton nane Column proctRequired Content Sum hort enmdinutes I Scaled _ Founded Go later TermMmutes Loading shontTernnMinutes LEa a Content Tye Description Count Distinct How many different values to the property are there for this cell Sum The total of this property for this cell numerical only Minimum The smallest value for this property for this cell Maximum The largest value of this property for this cell Standard Deviation The standard deviation of the values of this property for this cell Value At Minimum Of Choose a property to find the minimum of and the value shown in this column will be the value of the current property when the property being compared with is ata minimum Value At M
208. columns user settings for newly registered users The global setting is used only for setting up new users and nothing else The default calendar view type can be overridden by a user in their User Settings Miscellaneous Resource Column Display _ present Show header for resource columns Default Calendar View Type Number of days of bookings to check for repeat bookings Request Filtering By User Type Owner Defaults to Project Owner Booking iCal Feeds iCal Booking Feeds Enabled 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 336 Calpendo User Documentation Setting Description Resource This controls the way bookings are separated into columns within each Column day in a day or week view The options available are Display Setting Description Bookings for different resources will be put into the same column as long as they do not occur at the same time Possible Separate Bookings for different resources always appear in separate columns If there are no bookings for a particular resource then no column will be shown for that resource Bookings for different resources always appear in separate columns and the column will display even if there happen to be no bookings When checked the bookings calendar will show column headings for each day in the calendar showing the name or names of the resource s displayed in that column This selects whether to display a Day Week or Month view by def
209. create a booking for the Radiographer Leave resource Whenever somebody then makes a booking for the MRI scanner at the same time the Double Booking Rule will give a warning to the user The nice thing about implementing holiday handling with this method is that it s very easy to delegate the responsibility for giving the warnings to the radiographers and there s an entry in the calendar 9 So everyone can see when there is no radiographer cover available 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Documentation This table compares the methods for displaying warnings to users during a holiday period Method Pros Cons e No way to see who is on holiday or how many people are on holiday Provides visual feedback for the Time duration of the holiday in the Template background of the Bookings Calendar e Either need radiographers to modify Time Templates or an Admin has to set up holidays on behalf of radiographers e No visual feedback before making the booking e New Booking Rule needed for each holiday or else modify the old Booking Rule to add more holidays Booking Conceptually easy e Either need radiographers to modify Booking Rules or an Admin has to set up holidays on behalf of radiographers e Radiographers are given their own leave calendar Conceptually a little more difficult to set up than the other approaches although once configu
210. ct any error message the user is given The order in which Booking Rules are run is controlled by the order they appear in the Rule Editor 6 6 3 2 The Booking Rules Editor The Booking Rules Editor shows all the Booking Rules and gives the ability to create update and delete them By default it appears on the menu here Calendar Search Admin Refresh number bookings Templates Bookings Projects Usage Help Rule Editor admin Change Password senno Edit Create Creal Booking Requests Project Requests y User Requests t Prevent cancellations with less than 3 days to go d No double booking User Search Project time exceeded Bookmark Manager Email gt 1 FAQ Editor Global Preferences Import z Menu Editor Permissions Resource Editor Rule Editor System Events Report Manager y 2 Template Constituents Editor Types and Groups Editor oar din e wv 4 EF E se Authentication Method el This is what the Booking Rules Editor looks like when first opened disabled Booking Rules will be shown in red Calendar Refresh number bookings Templates Bookings Projects Prevent cancellations with less than 3 days to go No double booking Project time exceeded Usage Search Admin Help Edit Create Create copy Delete Ref erences History Rule Editor admin Change Password Settings Sign out Version fe O Created __ 29 May 2
211. ction with a name for the tab assigned by the user The Top Pane also has the Layout toolbar which enables the user to edit create and delete layouts as well as being able to preview the layout already defined For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Layout Description Toolbar Item Preview This will display a preview of the current layout as defined When in edit mode this preview will be up to date and you do not need to save first The preview will display initially in read write mode but the user can change the mode using a toggle at the top of the view to see what the display would look like in read only mode Some information is only displayed in read only mode The information in the properties in the preview is constructed in a random manner to give the user an idea of what the layout would look like with data and is not read from the database 2010 2015 Exprodo Software oendo User Documentation By pressing the Preview button a view of the current layout showing the different areas will appear Use this preview to walk around the layout checking how it works Preview of House Buying Display Mode Read write Full names of the seller Name of solicitors firm Display mode Read Only or Read Write Main Table Child property groups of Property Information Form displayed as Horizontal T abs Property
212. ctor shows the available resources which ones are currently selected and what their colours are Just click on the name of a resource to hide or display the bookings for that resource If the background colour shows then that resource will be on the calendar If all the resources are not required in view click the Choose resources button and use the Resource Selector to pick the resources to be shown on the list For a description of how the Resource Selector works read the Resource Selection section at the end of this chapter Tini Heelan bree ro Y Resources Choose resources ee 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 39 To change the colour used for any resource click the button to the right of the resource name This shows a pop up where you can select from the available colours The Time Templates option allows you to decide whether to show or hide basic Time Template information for all resources This allows the user to quickly see for a resource which Time Templates are being used Areas in red are either in the past or bookings are not allowed in yellow bookings may be requested awaiting acceptance although a warning may be issued in green when bookings will be automatically accepted or white where no Time Template is present The colours are the defaults and may be changed in User Settings In the example below the Requested colour has been changed to blue to m
213. ctron Microscopy Descriptors for Custom Search Pages The definition of the format of a descriptor e line group group e group initialFlags css class label item item e initialFlags H V G F E C S L A T O e item propPath item Flags e itemFlags SIL e propPath a path this may be the name of a property e g status or a path to the property e g project status Where e css class is the CSS class to be applied to the top level e the initial flags are o flags to indicate the overall behaviour of the search H horizontal button bar vertical panel F Form like container that displays each item with a heading in the line above the search item G Growing form displays like a form but can be hidden or shown by ticking a checkbox 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 318 Calpendo User Documentation E Expanding a container showing a checkbox for each item where clicking the checkbox will open up the search item C Captions around each of the items in the container F Form labels above each widget o flags to indicate the default size of items Note that these can be overridden by size flags placed on each item S Small widgets in this container should be small size by default L Large widgets in this container should be full size by default o Sorting flags No flag means items are presented in the order specifie
214. cumentation The administrator may have set up Booking Types in which case choose the type of booking different booking types may be displayed in different ways on the calendar Some resources require a project for all bookings and other resources do not If a resource is selected that doesn t require a project then the project selection will be hidden The list of projects shown will only be the projects the user is associated with If the user is not associated with any projects then a booking cannot be made for a resource that requires projects The administrator can specify that a project can only book a resource if that project has an entry in its resource settings for the relevant resource this is specified in the Resource Editor The time and date of the original selection are shown but these can be changed before saving the booking A booking that is set up to be All day will display at the top of the day column making it ideal for holiday notifications etc If predefined booking slots are being used then the time in the pop up will match the slot available where the calendar was clicked The times can be changed but may not be allowed to be saved due to the Predefined Booking Rule Now set whether to get an email reminder and whether the booking is repeatable See below for more information on how to set these up The status will default to Best Possible This means that the best possible outcome will be attempted f
215. d Property Type to Create amp Update 6 Update the meta properties of the property a Change Type to DateTime b Give the property a name in this case Created c Change Automated Property Type to Create amp Update 7 Do the same again to create a property for example called Updated 8 And again to create a property for example called Version this time make it of Type Int 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 303 Add New Cut Copy Faste E Name Tye _ New properties Created Updated Version i Name Property pame A al Set Version Sort Property Use default sorting Property to P version Version Property version MT b Set Created Created Property Created YF Propet to treated Updated Property Daea CS c Set Updated Propet kalpcoted Al Abstract ee eee Eumee fa oooO O Hierarchy Prope No suitable properties found feo A ShareableTable f Shareable with sub types Allows Deletion While Referenced 9 Set up the meta property information a Set Version Property meta property to Version b Set Created Property meta property to Created c Set Updated Property meta property to Updated 10 Press the Save button 11 If there are no errors then update the database a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB a pop up will appear defini
216. d if a booking cannot be edited then the cursor does not change as it moves over the booking This screen shot shows what the cursor will look like when the mouse moves over a booking that can be edited Click with the mouse while over a booking then the booking pop up will appear lf the booking is editable then the fields in the pop up will allow their values to be changed just like creating a booking lf there is no permissionN to edit a booking then clicking will still get the booking pop up but nothing will be able to be changed lf the cursor is placed over the title bar of a booking that can be modified then the cursor changes to a new shape This _ indicates not only that the user can edit T the booking by clicking to display the booking pop up but that the user can also use drag and drop to move the booking There may be limitations that have been set up to control where a booking can be dragged to but if there is permission then a booking can be dragged to a different start time or different day Dragging weekly repeatable bookings to different days from their original booking day will cause the booking to move unpredictably To change this type of booking edit the booking and select different days of the week for the booking to be on 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 55 Finally by placing the cursor over the very bottom of a booking the cursor changes to indicate th
217. d and when using the A flag their natural order T sort all items in this container by their text label O sort all items in this container by their bakery assigned order o Miscellaneous flags A automatically add items for all known properties not added elsewhere e item flags define the size o S small minimal widgets in a row o L large widgets taking full size the whole time Examples e status service provider service location EAT e CL myCSSclass My Label status service provider F service location 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide E Creating A New Menu Press New on the menu toolbar and type the name of the new menu into the pop up What should the new menu be called My Menu The name of the menu will now appear in the Menu Toolbar Menu drop down it will have a next to it to indicate it is being edited and has not been saved yet Save Refresh My Menu Open all Delete Duplicate Install Rename Using the Menu Item Toolbar at the bottom of the page press New Item then in the right pane set up the Type to be Page and for the Page Definition set Label to Calendar and Page to Calendar This will create the first menu item Save Refresh My Menu B Open all New Delete Duplicate Install Rename _Lal ndal Type Page Page Definition Label Calendar Page Calendar l Parameters Cut Copy P
218. d because they know which users are associated with them Changing A User s User Groups To see which user groups a user is a member of select the user from the list of users as described by How To Edit A Single User above The tab panel at the bottom of the page shows the user s projects and group memberships Select the Groups tab and a list of all user groups is seen with a check box next to each group the user is a member of l l i i a AL p j o B y i v r k E San 1 LJ Name f r 1 fen Century Peper Century Apply Refresh 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 166 Calpendo User Documentation Note the user s details do not need to be in edit mode in order to change the user group membership That s because the user group membership is not a property of the user itself but of the user groups To modify the group membership for the selected user 1 Tick or untick the groups The groups ticked are the ones the user is a member of Tick the check box in the header row if all the check boxes are to be ticked or unticked 2 Press the Apply button when finished Undated 1 groups 16th Century Apply Refresh P Configuring The Properties Displayed The user can control which properties are displayed in the list of items in the detailed view of a item This is done in the Bakery gt Properties Visible In A Biskit List explains how to change the properties that are
219. d for use then the user will be able to select the type that should be used for your project Status Newly created projects will have a status of Requested The user will probably not be able to modify the status of their own projects but this depends on how the issions are configured to allow access Name This should be a short text description of the project The maximum length that this can be will have been configured by the administrator Description Description This is a longer description of your project Start Start date of the project D mmes Aes o date of the project Ethics Approval The Ethics Approval Number for the Project a ber Funding Agency Agency Name of the Name of the funding agency agency Project Resource This specifies the resources that the project can book Settings and provides a place to store some information relating to the project will be charged for using each resource or how much time in total is allowed to be booked for the project Project Service Settings This specifies the services that the project can order and provides a place to store some information relating to what will be used For example this may record how much the project will be charged for ordering each service Users This spec ifies all the users that are allowed to make 4 bookings on behalf of the project Once the relevant information has been filled in press the Submit project request b
220. d set the Biskit Type to Calpendo User Settings By default Data Explorer appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help 7 Data type Plaase select Data Exptorer k E Search Rees fi ew Lory His tory Prat analysis 4 3 8 Special User There is only one special user and that is nobody This is a user whose status should be set to Blocked and never used This user is used in the following circumstance sending automated emails with embedded data When an Automatic Email is sent it can include data taken from some Biskits When this happens to make sure that it is safe to include such information make sure that the information is only readable by whomever the email goes to or whomever initiated the action that caused the email to be sent as it is possible that anybody could read the email It is therefore better to ensure that emails only include information that is readable by the special user nobody If the special user nobody can read the data then it s safe to put it into an email Your administrator should have set up which data nobody has Permission to read Please note that while there are users created by default that are called Root and Admin these are not special users They have a user role of Root and Admin respectively and their roles are special but the users are not As many users with the Root role may be created as required Any user with the Ro
221. d to be New Calpendo user request for X where X should be replaced by the login name of the new user To do this first append the text for to the subject making sure to leave the cursor at the point where the dynamic text is required to appear Then press the New Value button and select the user s login name from the drop down Old Value Date IP Address User New Value biskitType email mW expiryDate familyName gvenName loginName otherName And this would insert text into subject so that it looks like this User Ey New Value Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL Calpendo new user request NEW loginName The text inserted could have been typed in manually if it was known what to type The buttons provide easy ways to enter the right magic text When the Automatic Email is saved the email Subject tab changes its appearance to look like this New Calpendo user request for NEW loginName Once saved the magic text parts are parsed and rendered differently in this case in blue and bold This gives some visual feedback so that it can be seen that the text has been recognised correctly This is particularly useful if magic text has been manually typed in rather than using the buttons 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 303 The User Button The User button inserts text that is replaced by the user that perf
222. d when e Create Time Tem plates P that earmark time for some users or projects e Create Booking Rules to control who can make what bookings For example to limit double bookings or the amount of time that can be booked by each user or project e Create custom searches and reports such as project usage of resources billing etc e Customise menus with the Menu Editor and by assigning menus to users or setting the default menus for each user role e Create or modify the Frequently Asked Questions that are shown to the users e Configure the global preferences e Finally define Dynamic Biskits using the Bakery in Calpendo to be able to create read update and delete any other table required in the Calpendo database subject to some limitations This may be required if actual resource usage is captured as opposed to bookings and this needs to be stored in the Calpendo database and Calpendo used to examine and compare this with bookings Alternatively use Calpendo as a general purpose data editing engine 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 203 6 3 More Calpendo Configuration Once Calpendo has been configured and it has been used for a while there may be other functionality that you would like it to provide Here are some possible examples e Do you need to record different information when booking different resources Set up a Booking Sub Type Biskit so different res
223. date Permissions then Calpendo will not work properly To make it work you must at least have the following Permissions this is expressed in MySQL code GRANT SELECT ON calpendo TO calpendo ro localhost identified by thepassword GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo audit log properties TO Calpendo ro localhost GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo sessions TO Calpendo ro t localhost GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo user settings TO Cal pendo roe localhost GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo audit log TO Cal pendo TO U localhost GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo user resource info Ca lpendo roe Localhose GRANT INSERT UPDATE ON calpendo login attempts TO Calpendo ro e localhost where calpendo _ro is the name of the database user 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 433 Consequences of Putting Calpendo Into Read Only Mode In read only mode the following apply e Reminders emails are disabled This is because Calpendo cannot track which reminders have or have not been sent e Automatic Emails do not run e When using the Bookings Calendar it does not offer the ability to edit anything e Normally when a repeat booking or repeat Time Template passes a due time a new instance of the booking or Time Template is created so that Calpendo keeps a record of what bookings or Time Templates were in effect It means t
224. dmin He File Report type List Report Creator Sernice Available Services tion Statu Found one service order Order Search leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci Sp My Projects Orders Edit Create Create copy Delete References Histor However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Projects Orders page looks like once a search has been done Creator File Search for Service Order Report type List Report Conditions Columns Reset Go Autorun Any user Service Orders where project is one of my projects and creator is anything and service is anything and service provider is anything and service location is anything and true Found 4 service orders Service aa eR Oe Lo Any service x Radiological Assessment meen Assessment Awaiting approval approval radiation19 Aug 2015 radiation19 Aug 2015 curie Marie Curie curie Marie Curie curie Marie Curie Einstein Albert Einstein Einstein Albert Einstein 1 5 Aug 2015 01 21 PM 5 Aug 2015 01 21 PM 5 Aug 2015 01 21 PM 5 Aug 201501 21PM C JeadobotcarAssessment Requesiod Jraaanonte Aw 2015 cute Mane cune eune Mare Cuielfoure ware cure i sug 20150125 Pme Aug zorsorzsem _ Provider Histopatholgy Requested radiationi9 Aug
225. do Software 20 Calpendo User Documentation 6 5 1 6 5 2 Project Template Whenever somebody creates a new project Calpendo first creates a copy of a project referred to as the template project It doesn t have to be a special project that is used as the template but it s generally appropriate that the template project is not used for booking resources since real projects usually have lots of information stored in them which is not on the template For this reason the template project is normally assigned a status of Unbookable so that nobody can create a booking that references it Choose which project is used as a template using the Global Preferences amp setting for the template project Note that although properties from the template project are copied when creating a new project some properties are modified These are Property Description Name This is always reset to Unique project name Owner This is changed to the current user Users The current user is added to the list of users Status The status is changed to Requested Project Code This is set to be empty The template project ignores the need for values to be input for all properties that are set up to have required values Configuring Project Properties It seems that everybody has a different idea about what information should be collected in a project For example some facilities will need to collect safety informatio
226. do Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 387 6 17 5 1 2 Adding Formulaic Properties An example of adding a formulaic property to the Biskit of type Booking which will be called BookingCost and will calculate the cost of the booking depending on the duration of the booking and whether it was cancelled or not f a booking was Denied or Cancelled more than 7 days before it was due then no cost If it was Cancelled more than 2 but less than 7 days ago then 20 of cost if it was Cancelled with less than 2 days to go then 50 of the cost otherwise full cost The formula used will be case when status DENIED then 0 when status APPROVED or status REQUESTED then projectResourceSettings costPerHour durationinMinutes 60 else case when datediff dateRange start cancelled gt 7 then 0 when datediff dateRange start cancelled gt 2 then 0 2 projectResourceSettings costPerHour durationInMinutes 60 else 0 5 projectResource Settings costPerHour durationInMinutes 60 end end status will refer to a property called status found on the Booking Biskit projectResource Settings costPerHour will refer to a property called costPerHour that is found on the Biskit that is referenced by the projectResourceSettings property of the Booking Biskit In this case the type of Biskit referenced is Project Resource Settings durationInMinutes will refer to a property called durationInMinutes found o
227. e 2 objects affected yielding 4 changes es os e oy ae es Update 2013 05 02 08 00 2013 05 02 13 00 ost pe create 2013 06 09 08 00 2999 12 31 13 00 a 2013 05 02 08 00 2013 05 02 10 30 oN TEJ e zess create Create 2013 05 16 08 00 2999 12 31 10 30 lf there are any questions about system events please get in touch with Calpendo customer support info calpendo com 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 194 Calpendo User Documentation 5 Calpendo Quick Start Configuration Guide This guide will show a new administrator how to set up Calpendo quickly getting it running with basic functionality Resources Start off by creating each of the bookable resources required such as equipment and rooms etc To do this go to Admin gt Resource Editor and click on Resource Then for each resource to be created 1 Press the Create button 2 Give it a name 3 Leave the location as Please select a location Locations can be added later 4 Use one of the existing resource types even if they don t quite match what s needed New resource types can be added later Specify whether a project is required to book the resource 6 Leave everything else as default values 7 Press the Save button to save your resource See Configuring Resources and Locations in the Calpendo documentation Once all the required resources have been created they now need to be added to the Show All bookmark
228. e Notes Waterfall Category will hold the note information Disabled Y 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 426 Calpendo User Documentation Add Note Button Label This defines the string to be put Add Note Notes Waterfall Category on the button that will add the note to the database Ee Add Note Heading This defines the string that will be used as a heading to the add note area This information is used to determine how the add note area is defined Below you can see an example of an add note area Add Note To This Visit 1 Add Note So far the area to write and add notes has been defined Next the user needs to define an area to display all the notes that have been written to the DB this is called a Notes Waterfall Once the Waterfall is enabled the user can define what heading will appear above the Waterfall in the layout Enabled Finally notes can be stored under a number of Category s In order to set up the Category s a hierarchical BiskitDef needs to be defined this is where a parent can have many children of the same type of BiskitDef and a child will have only one parent The minmum properties would be Property Type Description String This property will hold the Category name Set This property will point to the children s BiskitDef as a Set These will be of the same Biskit Type as the parent Biskit This property will point to the parents BiskitDef This will be of the same Bisk
229. e Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 413 6 18 Layout Editor The Layout Editor allows the user to define how the properties displayed This is required because Biskits could have a large number of properties numbering in the hundreds and in order for users to find those properties to update them it is necessary to organise them The Layout Editor allows the user to organise the properties of a Biskit into multiple Property Groups Property Groups may themselves contain child Property Groups Property Groups at the same level may be organised in one of four ways Vertical Tabs Vertical Tabs Sorted by Name Horizontal Tabs and Captions Property Groups may have a heading and may also be hidden The properties contained within a Property Group may also be organised in one of four ways Simple Table Multi Column Table Radio Button Table and Custom HTML For each table row column or cell the standard CSS can be changed allowing the user to set such things as font background colour border size type and colour and many other attributes Finally for any Property Group Notes can be set up to be created and then displayed in a Notes Waterfall 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 414 Calpendo User Documentation The Layout Editor is split into four sections in two panes 1 The left hand pane shows a list of BiskitDefs
230. e Patientinfo2 b Change Group to make it easy fo find all the new BisketDefs using the Filter Biskit Group button c Change Primary Key Column Name to id1 must be different from the Master BiskitDef Primary Key Column Name 10 Create a new property a Change Type to Biskit b Change Name to Parent c Change BiskitDef to Patient Info d Change Biskit Property Type to Slave To Master a Change i Type to Parent tone Paientinfo2 Mone TOES al Change Ade Hew Cut Copy FPasl Delete Type to Biskit version Number pd M Name Property Use setaun sorting z m Label Lower patient inio jLabel Upper Fation inio 2 Lower patient info s iM Required Labets Upper Patent info 25 Y Visibie in Biskit Detail visiti in Biskit Li iul Value Label Read Only Lise default tht LO Visibhe ia Collection Editor Null Value Label Read Write Read write Use default aem Editable Persistent dull Avra c Change Biskit Det to Patent Info Aliows Deletion While Does mot allow detetion Referenced a 14 c Change iPrirnary Key Column Hame to ide kii Property Type stave To a Reference Deaton inverse Inverse Property Suitable properties found d Change Biskit Property Type to Slave To Masher 11 Press the Save Button There will be an error Save Despite Errors 2010 2
231. e email would be sent to and shows a list of those users without actually sending the email Use this to verify that the email will target the expected users If an email address appears more than once in any of the tabs then only one email is sent with To overriding CC overriding BCC to decide which address line is used 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Reset After using the Manual Email page press the Reset button to reset the page back to its original content ready to compose a new email 176 Calpendo User Documentation 4 6 Report Manager The Report Manager allows an Admin user to see reports for all users as well as the system reports To access the Report Manager page it is found on the Admin menu However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different The page is split into two On the left is a list of the System Reports those that anyone can see and all the Personal Reports On the right is the area where Reports can edited created and deleted Where the page splits can be moved to change the space available for each of the sides Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Refresh A System Reports Edit Create Create copy Delete References History Open report Run report My Resource Search 9 Name sid Dana Searchl E Personal Reports iSearcnFor TAEAE amp admin admin enabled rue My User 10 Publicly Modifiable i B curie Mane Curie
232. e resource usage is being recorded 3 6 Resource Usage The administrator may have configured resource usage recording only for some resources or for none of them If resource usage recording is disabled for all resources then the menu options relating to resource usage are not shown 3 6 1 Resource Usage Session Recorder The Resource Usage Session Recorder provides the means for recording resource usage and is split into three sub pages e The Resource Selector page that allows selection of the resource to enter usage for Once a resource is selected either the pre usage page or the during usage page are open depending on whether there is currently ongoing resource usage activity e The Pre Usage page that gathers information about what the resource is going to be used for and lets the user indicate that resource usage has actually started e The During Usage page that shows limited information about what the resource is being used for when it started and how long it s been going for It also provides a Stop Session button to indicate that resource usage has stopped A normal user can record usage for resources that do not need projects associated with them or for resources where they are a member of the project that is using the resource An administrator can record usage for any resource and project combination This means that if the resource usage information is being recoded by operators they either need to be
233. e same colour salmon Booking CANCELLED Booking body background image repeating linear gradient 45deg F9966B F9966B 1px transparent 1px transparent 14px l important background size 20px 20px important 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 330 Calpendo User Documentation Heading Description options Host Page Title This changes the HTML title of the page used for Calpendo so that it will show in the web browser Login Header This lets the user provide alternative HTML for the header that appears on the login page Page Banner If a page banner is required this is the HTML that will be shown at the top of every page Show advanced appearance settings Headings debug User CSS Host Page Tithe Calpendo lt table gt lt tre Clots co lt prdretdiv class header gt 45 titlej lt davetcenters lt div class version gt Version veraion ef diyi cancers tds EEF lt table gt i Show Banner Calpende 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 331 6 16 2 Booking Reminders As described by Creating Bookings when a booking is made the user can choose to enable booking reminders For each user their User Settings specifies the default values for booking reminders The global preference for booking reminders is similar but allows an administrator to specify the booking reminder user settings for newly registered users The global s
234. e select Data Explorer 2 n Sarh Refresh Delete Save Edit View History Create Create copy History nel 7 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 159 This is what the User Search page looks like when it is first displayed File Report type List Report User Type Status Roles m Conditions Columns Reset Go 4 Autorun Users where status equals Normal or Requested and roles includes any of No roles Root Admin User or Guest Found 18 users foes Jlaentty ven name omer namo Family name Email aaaress User Typo Statue Expiry Datel version Greated Updated fous acm cvest Rooifiocaot fou fT PT ema PoP er vser acm e Jaan A e ema Jo E fo E e rau __ Ronneon uau caendo com _ vema_ _ ___ er Jusec Aan Goes Jlvcaveive owe wacky e S a Ja J Epse fnerat Joa ver uaneuiancom Emacs vee Jo __ CE E e ecun JP autne Janet com emacs Juma Jo J a use _______ tocatmendet oregor__Js ender __ anenan com miacay Juema Jo __ Of Yevcatrontgen wine fie renter ane com emacs fora Jo J ofuse______Jtocatnewen isaac Newer Juangan com e a Jo __ Efsa forare Journ Juangin com feaa Requested 1s von ra ae un 20a eg Epse fone ware fore uangiancom emacs oera o e __ Ope Jeveatganes fewo Joanie Juaneian com fens frees o_o vondova ae o un 20a 0 fo fuse ______Jtecaverek rence _Jonex uanenancom ma
235. e selected yet Similarly if a resource is selected that requires a project but a project is not selected then the Create Booking button will be greyed out Calpendo may also detect that the selected values are prohibited by the Permissions that have been configured If this happens then again the Create Booking button will be greyed out Once all the details have been entered and Create Booking has been pressed then the new booking will be sent to the Calpendo server Once there it will undergo more tests to make sure that the booking is valid An error message will appear if it is not allowed a warning message if it is allowed or the booking will be quietly accepted Use Cancel to cancel the booking process Bookings that are created may be made as requests or they may be auto approved This depends upon the configuration of the Calpendo and is described further in Booking Restrictions Bookings can be copied and pasted for fast entry of similar bookings Just click on a booking in the calendar and select Copy from the pop up menu Then when the calendar is clicked somewhere to create a new booking if there is a booking in the clipboard its content will be used to populate the booking pop up It can then be edited as required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 52 calpendo User Documentation Booking Reminders Calpendo can send an email to remind about bookings that have been made Tick the Send reminder email box in the book
236. e usage projectUsageCount This is the number of resource usages recorded for the usage s project so far resourceUsageCount This is the number of resource usages recorded for the usage s resource so far resource The resource itself is also accessible For example the session ID may be required to include the resource s name The outcomes that may be recorded for each resource usage can also be customised To do this use the Types And Groups Editor Note that there are resource usage menu items that remain hidden unless there is at least one resource with its Collect Actual Usage property to true 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 274 Calpendo User Documentation Creating Bookings In The Past Or Enabling Changes To Past Or In Progress Bookings To be able to create Bookings in the past or allow changes to past Bookings or those currently in progress set Allow Old Changes to true for a resource Then define whether some or all changes can be made If Allow some changes is specified then the resource status nor the time can be changed but all other properties may be this can of course be managed by using Permissions If Allow any changes is specified then all properties may be changed unless denied by Permissions While booking is in progress Do not allow any changes x After booking has finished Do not allow any changes If Allow some changes is chosen then specify whether to allow changes for a particu
237. e will be used String The name of the property that should be used to hold the created date and time of the Biskit Only those properties of type Datetime with an Automated Property Type of Create or Create amp Update will be used String The name of the property that should be used to hold the last modified date and time of the Biskit Only those properties of type Datetime with an Automated Property Type of Update or Create amp Update will be used String The name of the property that should be used to hold the creator of the Biskit Only those properties of type Biskit with Biskit Def set to User with an Automated Property Type of Create or Create amp Update will be used String The name of the property that should be used to hold the updator of the Biskit Only those properties of type Biskit with Biskit Def set to User with an Automated Property Type of Update or Create amp Update will be used Lets the user specify a format for representing the Biskit Format String when there isn t a single property that contains the name See below for more details Abstract Boden True if there can be no instances of this Biskit Type only instances of subtypes Paumerble Boden True if there are likely to be a large number of Biskits of this type too many for display in a list 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 355 some Biskits represent a hierarchy For example there m
238. earch Page e Add support for int long double string filter widgets in custom search page e Upgrade custom search pages to support form based custom search widgets that appear in a panel down the left rather than a single line at the top e Add support for custom search page search term that checks for a range of numeric values e Text search boxes in custom search pages can now use contains and matches as well as equals checks e Custom search boxes can now have user defined labels Calpendo Lite e Apply limits to number of custom properties when using licence of type Lite e Apply limits to Rules when licence of type Lite e Stop Calpendo Lite from creating advanced Rules e TemplateGroup should now stop you creating once three have been created Conditions e Add support for regular expression matching in conditions e Add support for is ancester of is not ancestor of is descendant of and is not descendant of condition relations that can apply to biskits configured as a hierarchy e Add support for non Booking formulaic properties in rule conditions New User Status Lurker Add new lurker user status who can t log in but can get emails Other users who can t log in can no longer receive emails Dynamic Notes and Waterfalls Add support for dynamic notes and waterfall This lets a user easily add attach a text note to something and see a waterfall of such notes This is set up in the Layout Editor User Names
239. eate two separate Permissions one for the Create and one for the Update 1 Create a Permission that applies when Anything is Created and give it a suitable name Leave all the other options at their default values true YT Create T 2 Under Applies To untick Include Everybody select Use Roles and tick the check box next to Admin Roles Use Roles Require all selected rales Cl Root l Admin Cl User C Guest 3 Save the Permission 4 Repeat step 1 but this time set the Action to Update and set the Permission s name accordingly 5 Repeat of steps 2 and 3 above for this Update Permission 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 292 Calpendo User Documentation Example 4 Only Allow Specified Users To See The Price Being Charged For Use Of A Resource This example protects the Cost Per Session property of a Project Resource Setting as stored in each project The idea is that we would like to stop anybody apart from one particular administrator being able to see what the price being charged is This serves to demonstrate how to protect individual properties and how to apply Permissions to individuals This is known as a Property Level Permission There are two ways we can set up Permissions to achieve the result we want depending on what we d like to achieve We can create a Permission for each methodology e Authorise the user Admin to read the the Cost Per Session bu
240. eating A Hierarchy Of Bisket Def New User Requests 153 Project Requests 145 Attachment File Attaching Documrents to Biskits 204 Creating A Set Of Bisket Def 398 Example Adding Properties For 390 Authentication Methods 322 402 Basic 323 Example Creating A Master Slave Biskit Editor 324 Relationship 407 External 323 Example Creating A New Basic Bisket Def 397 IMAP 322 Example Creating A Set Of Bisket Def 398 Local 322 Example Creating An Inheriting Biskit Def SMTP 322 Booking 412 Automatic Email 297 Formulae 375 Conditions 300 Formulaic Properties 375 Dealing With Sensitive Data 305 Integer Property Definitions 366 Details 299 Integer Type 366 Editor 298 Java Enum 369 Examples 306 Java Enum Definitions 369 Property Path 301 Java Enum Property Definitions 369 Recipients 300 Mapped Integers 366 Subject Tab 302 Mapped Strings 373 Tree 298 Master Slave 363 URL 304 Property Definitions 358 Property Layout Editor 413 Property Storage Mechanisms 351 Run Data Definition Validation At Boot 339 Set And List Property Definitions 370 2010 2015 Exprodo Software a52 Calpendo User Documentation Bakery 351 Choosing Between Time Templates Booking String Enum 374 Rules And Permissions 212 String Enum Property Definitions 374 Configuring 223 String Enumerations 375 Does Not Apply To 229 String Property Definitions 372 Double Booking Rules 236 Updating The DB 378 Duration Rule 243 User Roles 368 Editor 224 View Mode 379 Exclusive Boo
241. ecord that matches the search single Item Report List Report Lists each record found List Report i matches the search one under the other Summary Report Summary Report Summarises the Gr Re eS eS drial hs information found Group Report Shows the report by groupings with a count of the number of records that fit each group To change the search parameters hase lo plates Eekpimaja Propia Use Gah Hip Rr pet Ge tat Popper wre pe ee Bede Pye s Fong T peri pcm oak lt foes mmf ome AS eee aoa lt SPE PET First select the type of project required ES o o eee YEE arr Urp kibia Bg Propecia B A genie a r BATI etre r a aa Gak Fra Gri UREE Epin Teg DEHA sa if Then select the owner needed i rey oi if ceri ee a CS e TEETE e agi 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 74 cal oendo User Documentation Gia Tompika figs Pea liege pomoh Hise And select the required project statuses Requested Requested projects are those that are still going through the project approval process Approved This is the normal status used for projects that are citi Status ica for making bookings Requested Approved Denied Unbookable Terminated Denied a project request is turned down then its status may be set to Denied Unbookable Some special projects may have a status of Unbookable As the name suggests t
242. ect txt Choose new file Biskit type Project Select attachments Insert New Data vy lt Preview Import 1 A projectCode projectCode 2 2 B type name name 3 C status 3 C status 4 D owner u Choose files to import as attachments irt 7 G finish 7 G finish 8 H Attachment name ey R Normal Normal import Booking txt Done alj Normal Normal ey R ignore Ignore s import template txt Done re Ignore Ignore ose Files No file chosen OK Handling Import File Errors During the import process there are three main types of errors 1 Incorrect property names or labels in the header of the import file Header errors 2 Incorrect data in a record stopping Import from resolving property values Data Errors 3 Failure to import due to internal checking Violation errors a Incorrect data in a record causing Booking Rules or Permissions to fail to allow creation of records e g password too short b Time Templates Booking Rules and Permissions failing to allow creation or updating of records 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 188 Calpendo User Documentation Header Errors Header errors are found when the import file is first loaded using the Send button Once Import has decided on the Biskit Type being imported or the user has selected the correct Biskit Type the header information is loaded If any of the headers cannot be resolved to property names or property labels in a case insensi
243. ed again as a request Maximum booking time 4 hours The total amount of time that is allowed allowed to be booked This can be a fixed value or read from a property A negative number means unlimited The time period over which users can book the Maximum booking time allowed This can be over a time period Every or in total In Total This is the message to be shown to the user and this can include dynamically generated text that indicates the amount of time allowed to be booked and the time used if the requested booking were allowed Applies Every 7 days There can be a total of hoursAllowed hours and minutesAllowed minutes but this booking would make a total of hoursUsed hours and minutesUsed minutes Requested Approved and Approved by Template Matched Booker and Matched Resource Bookings Time To Include All time Message to show Bookings To Include In Count Specifies which bookings should be counted towards the amount of the Maximum booking time allowed Indicates which periods of time should count towards the amount of the Maximum booking time allowed For example should we only include time booked from 8am to 6pm 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 253 Bookings To Include In Count The Total Time Booked Rule is triggered when somebody tries to create or update a booking When
244. ed to other data types including Projects and can be added to custom types too 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History Automatic Version Tracking some built in data types and custom types can now keep track of their version number For example every time a project is edited its version number is increased by one This can now prevent somebody overwriting other people s changes by making sure when something is saved the latest version was being edited to begin with Changes in Functionality Exporting Native Excel Files Native Excel files can now be exported xls and xlsx This is particularly useful for countries that use a comma as a decimal separator such as most non English European countries Calendar Pop Up Cancel Button The booking pop up now shows an additional cancel button to remove confusion between cancelling the booking and cancelling the pop up Faster Start Up Time Particularly on slower network connections there should be a noticeable faster start up time 2 1 2 Changes For Administrators New Functionality Search Results Booking Rule This new Search Results Booking Rule allows the administrator to check for information on Biskit Types other than the Booking Biskit Type to help decide whether a booking should be allowed and can be configured to fail depending on the number of search results found For example you can create a Training biskit that captures information about when
245. eed to check to see what errors are on screen or in the Tomcat logs If you do see the login screen then try to log in with username root and a blank password 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Installation Guide aa Install Apache HTTP Server Follow the Apache documentation as appropriate for your operating system in order to install the Apache HTTP server Once installed you should make sure your Apache configuration loads modules mod_proxy mod_proxy_http mod_rewrite mod_deflate and mod_ssl The location of your modules may vary from that shown below so you may need to alter this sample configuration LoadModule proxy module usr lib apache2 modules mod proxy so LoadModule proxy http module usr lib apache2 modules mod proxy http so LoadModule rewrite module usr lib apache2 modules mod rewrite so LoadModule deflate module usr lib apache2 modules mod_ deflate so LoadModule ssl _ module usr lib apache2 modules mod_ssl so For mod_deflate you will need to add config like this lt TTMooule mod detlate c gt AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text html text plain text xml text css text javascript lt IfModule gt This allows Apache to gzip the files it serves This has a marked impact on the size of Calpendo javascript files in particular You will now need to configure the Calpendo aspects of Apache You will have your own requirements here but here is the configuration you will need to provide access to Calpendo from
246. eeeeseeeeeeeeees 212 6 6 2 COntiQuring Time Template S raviver a aa reaa a AA E VENEA OOA 215 6 6 2 1 How Tre Templates WOK rereana aA AA A 215 6 6 2 2 The ime lempate BAO iccscccscasatacabpesscxatnecuaie lt ancincsbenecxaunad EEE EE AEE O EE AERA aes 217 6 6 2 3 Mhe Time Tenplates Calendar A E AA AA ees 220 6 6 3 Contig rmo Booking RUES Paroaria tanar aaa a a aa i aa E AAA 223 6 0 3 T ROW BOOKING Rules WOK gsar r a a a N Gieca cata 223 6 6 3 2 The Booking Rules Eqn renei ernn esee ee TEE E E A EEEE EE T E EaR EEEn EEE 224 6 6 3 3 Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies TO ccccccccccceccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesaeaaeaeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeessesaeaaaeeees 226 6 6 34 Types Of BOOKING RUE aria a e E E a a e a Ee ENSE 229 66 3 4 1 Sne BOOKING RU enaar A a a A ERE 230 60 6 3 4 2 Double BOOKING RUNG seere echera r T a EE E EECa REEE E E e 236 6 6 34 3 Booking Duration Rulers niceties A A A ieee 243 6 6 3 44 Holiday Booking RUE reae ieee E a a a EEE 244 66 34 59 BOOKING MEVA RUG aara a NNA E e N TN AA 245 6 6 3 4 6 Number OF Bookings RUNG cise cctceericoceaicdacuaaican nedectecnen chduetevebecenada erid eses CEACE A EERE SEESE a 246 6 6 3 4 7 Predefined Slots Booking Rule cc cccsccsescsecceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeesseeeeceeeeeseeseeseeseaseesceseeeeeeeessesaeagaegess 249 6 6 3 4 8 Search Results Booking RUIG ccein ee e e ea a aE lie beeen EE Eiaa 250 6 6 34 9 Tot l Time Booked RUNG semante a a A r aie she A EAER 251 6 6 3 4 10
247. eger should be used But other property types do not need to know anything about Mapped Integers The requirements of the individual property types are shown in the following sections the rest of this section will focus on the properties they have in common Primary Key Type string SC Min MiNone max MiNone S O Wl Visible Editable Persistent W Null Allowed L Required lw Visible In Biskit Detail W Visible In Biskit List Visible In Collection Editor Storage Mechanism fFomulaic J CdS Attributes Column Name Automated Property Type String Property Type SingleLine vl String Type Unconstrained w a 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 360 Calpendo User Documentation Name Description Primary Key _ This is the database ID for the PropertyDef This cannot be changed it is er Fer gg a for information purposes Type tt The type of the property The type of the property integer long date ete long date etc Name The name of the property This must be unique amongst all the property definitions on its Biskit and contain only letters numbers and the underscore In particular this cannot contain spaces Description A description of the content of this property This is only used for display in the Bakery 9 So that anybody using the Bakery will be able to see this text It s not used an
248. email s main content Conditions Recipients Email Subject En User New Value Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL DIFF ALL YORE name Afdys or email address was not recognised Please canteacte the administrator if you believe this to be in error 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 309 Example 4 Send An Email When A Booking Is Cancelled This example shows how you can do quite complicated things by adding conditions to achieve the desired result We re going to create an Automatic Email that will tell interested people when there s a cancellation on a particular resource The purpose of this email is to enable resources to be better utilised by filling in gaps in the bookings However if the booking being cancelled is too far into the future there s little point telling people about it so we will make sure the booking is no more than 14 days into the future Also if a booking has only just been made then sending out an email is likely to be viewed as spam So we will make sure the booking was created before 15 minutes ago For this last requirement to work we rely on the fact that Calpendo stores the date and time a booking was created on the Booking 1 Create an Automatic Email that is triggered when a booking is Updated Telescope cancellations true o el Update Booking 2 Add a condition Resource is Clinical Physiolo
249. emplates Bookings Projects Usage Services Search Admin Helr File 7 Report type List Report Owner Creator Available Services or Locatior Found 2 service orders Order Search Ui fcreator Owner Se MY Orders Js E leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci Sp My Projects Orders irs admin aamin admin Tesla Nikola Tesla whole Chromosmr Edit Delete Edit Create Create copy Delete Referenc However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Orders page looks like once a search has been done Creator 4 Fief Search for Service Order Report type List Report al Conditions Columns Reset Go Autorun No Creator Service Orders where owner is me or creator is me and true and true and true Any Creator Found 2 service orders nobody nobody Z root root _Isewice status _____ Project creator___upaator___ owner____ version createa updatea ____ Cancetea oe a rasnnacal Assessment aranna approva fzor faamniaimn sdnaicamaJadnniadna 1 sep20receseru sep zorser nape A Po fkadavocalAsesmen inpogess Jamnan famn aana 1 rsep 2015 oreo ru sep ors oroo rn J leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci hubble Edwin Hubble 1 mendel Gregor Mendel f rontaen Wilhelm Rontaen Service f No Service Any Service Histopatholgy Radiologi
250. ems There are a number of issues with using formulae in Biskits As the formulae has to be converted from what is written in Calpendo to MySql there are currently some functions that will not work 1 Any function that requires a string constant as a parameter These constants do not currently convert from Calpendo to MySQL cleanly For example timestampdiff unit datetime_expr1 datetime_expr2 where unit is one of FRAC_SECOND microseconds SECOND MINUTE HOUR DAY WEEK MONTH QUARTER or YEAR Unit does not convert properly 2 The if statement does not work so use the if function instead 3 Use T and F for the value of Boolean properties 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 378 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 Bakery Editior The Bakery Editor allows an Admin user to see modify create and delete Biskits and their properties The Bakery Editor also allows access to any Mapped Integers or Strings any String and Java Enumeration definitions as well as the unit definitions To access the Bakery Editor page it can be found at Admin gt Bakery However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different When entering the Bakery Editor in the left hand pane will be all the current definitions for Biskits and the additional definitions in an expanding tree structure The right hand pane will hold the information for whatever is selected in the left hand pane Reload DB Configuration
251. en description of the scheduling options chosen for checking Specify the frequency every other day every third week etc Select when the emails will end if required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 125 Select the Export Settings tab to set up the format of the exported file ee en eee 1 Format How the file will be formatted choose between Comma Separated Values Excel xls Excel xlsx and Tab Separated Values Comma Separated Values fd F Header Show Labels Show labels Content Show Labels Show value labels where defined 1 Header What headings will be used these can be Show labels or Show property names Labels are those names that have been assigned by the administrator to a biskit type the property name is the name of the property in the database 2 Content Whether enumerated types have their names shown Show value labels where defined or the value as stored in the database Show underlying data value 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 126 Calpendo User Documentation 3 10 3 History The History page allows the user to look into the audit log kept by Calpendo that shows what has been changed when and by whom This page is normally found on the Search menu as Search gt History However the menu may have been configured so that the History page is not visible To use the page first enter the search criteria and then press the Go button to see what mat
252. ened and need a new historical entry creating This limits the frequency with which database dumps can be created This is here because database dumps take some time and can Database Dumps degrade system performance so they don t want to be allowed to be In Minutes run too often Temporary This is the name of a directory that is used to store temporary files Directory that are created for downloading Run Data If Biskit definitions are changed using the Bakery then it is Definition possible that the system may be left in an inconsistent state Validation At Boot This setting disables the boot time checks that are done to make sure the Biskit definitions are consistent If there is a problem and boot time checks are enabled then Calpendo will not boot properly lf there is a problem and boot time checks are disabled then the user may be able to correct the problem in the Bakery but the issue may cause something to work incorrectly in the meantime Read Only Mode ii indicates whether Calpendo should operate in a read only mode Check Reserved Choose whether to enable protection that stops users from using Words reserved database words for table column and property names when using the Bakery This is particularly important if exporting poi Crash the Calpendo database to a different type of database 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Minimum Time Between Mii whether to allow crash reports t
253. enimares fom fn po fo E Joss_fo_ Je ie Edit Remove Remove Add Apply Edit Cancel Create Create Copy Printable View Unit 29 Sub Units Per Unit 1 Sub unt 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 384 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 Bakery Editor Examples 6 17 5 1 1 Adding Properties An example of adding a property to the Biskit of type Project called ProfessorSignOff of type boolean which is required to always have a value and starts with the value False 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select the Biskit to add properties to in this case Project 4 Press the Edit button to get the Biskit into edit mode Properties Add Naw Cut Copy Paste Detete VM jorag status vavaEnum fjcrag fowner d CA E Era a crag IATE A Wl Vigibee in Biskit Dotai vi Yyisikss In Baskit Lisi il Visib e in Collection Editor nure 5 Press the Add New button to add a new property 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 385 Properties a Choose Posy hee b Give the Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete Name Type drag arag drag drag finish Sting drag Boolean ra rag JavaEnum drag String name String String Date String drag String 4 Visible 4 Editable Persistent Nul
254. ent Biskit Type Repeat Any property not defined will have its value set to null Biskit Type Property Example Value repeat repeatT ype must match Daily repeat biskitT ype Monthly by date Monthly by day Weekly repeat dayOfMonth repeat monthOfYear lint _ 0 11 with 0 January Daily Repeat None Monthly Repeat By Date repeat dayOfMonth int 1 31 repeat dayOfWeek int 1 Repeat repeat biskitT ype Biskit AnnualRepeat must always be DailyRepeat present MonthlyRepeatByDate MonthlyRepeatByDay WeeklyRepeat repeat start 12 January 2015 13 00 repeat finish Date 12 January 2999 14 00 2999 for never ending repeats int int 3 int with 1 Sunday int 5 Monthly Repeat By Day repeat dayOfW eek repeat weekOfMonth Weekly Repeat repeat sunday repeat monday repeat tuesday Boolean Trueor False Boolean _ True or False 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 184 Calpendo User Documentation 4 7 2 The Import Page When importing data you can specify whether data is imported if there are any errors or that no data is imported from the file if an p errors occur errors include Time Templates sD Booking Rules andPermissions failing to allow creation or updating of records Examples of how different error types are handled can be found in the section on Handling Import File Errors amp On entering the Import page it will look like _ Browse No fle selented Press Browse or Choose File to
255. entication Methods 324 Adding A New Yes No Mapped Int Property 394 Automatic Email 298 Adding Created Updated Version Properties 392 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Example Bakery Adding File Attachment Properties 390 Adding Formulaic Properties 387 Adding Properties 384 Booking Cost Formulae 387 Creating A Hierarchy Of Bisket Def 402 Creating A Master Slave Biskit Relationship 407 Creating A New Basic Bisket Def Creating A Set Of Bisket Def 398 Creating An Inheriting Biskit Def Booking Example Booking Rule Disallowing Bookings More Than 6 Weeks In Advance 231 Handling Holidays 241 Number of Bookings Rule Example 247 Physicist Projects Can Book 4 Weeks In Advance Biologists 6 Weeks 232 Prevent Cancellations With Less Than 24 Hours ToGo 235 Special Projects And Admins Can Book Any Time 397 412 In Advance 234 Special Projects Can Book Any Time In Advance 233 Total Time Booked Rule Example 255 Example Booking Rule Advanced Enforce 15 Minute Gaps Between Bookings 262 Enforcing Project Resource Settings 260 Reject Bookings More Than 6 Weeks Into The Future 259 Example Permission Admins May Create Or Update Anything 291 Anbody Can Modify A Booking Request They Created If The Booking Is Still A Request 290 Anybody May Create A Booking Request 289 Approval Of A Booking Requires An Admin 294 Configuring Multi Step Approval Process 208 Hiding Resources And Booking Properties 296 No One Can Email Pass
256. entity authenticationMethod name 3 C givenName 4 D familyName 5 E status 6 F userlype name 7 G roles 8 H email 9 I password 2 bi Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal problems Ignore Ignore Ignore ignore ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems Timb oca Tim Bilder Norma Physicist 4 timb conaptic com timbli Import Result Detail Import Result Info ama Import not saved found a total of 2 problems OK Show Log Error 2__ 1 Could not create user Login name Timb is not available Error 3_ 1 Could not create user Your password must be at least 6 characters long ok lf there are errors a pop up will appear use the Show Log button to show a complete list of the errors Records with an error will have their record number highlighted in red Moving the cursor over a record number with an error will result in a tool tip coming up describing the error The error log just shows the records that failed to import and a reason for that failure If there are two violation reasons that will cause a record to fail only one is found and when fixed the second reason will cause a failure next time around This is because the Time Templates Booking Rules and Permissions are run until one fails and the rest are then ignored In the example above the third record has bo
257. ents you require 7 Enter the email s subject Conditions Recipients Email Subject Email Body User New Value Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL Calendo new project request 8 Specify the text of the email This can reference properties of the project created and the user who created it Conditions Recipients Email Subject User New Value Old Valu Date IP Address Audit Log E URL DIFF ALL A new project request has been made by NEW oner giventame ew aa 47 pr familyName 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 307 Example 2 Send Email To A New User After They Register This example shows how to create an Automatic Email that will be sent to a new user immediately after they register with Calpendo We need to make sure it gets sent when a new User is created and that the email gets sent to the new user 1 Create an Automatic Email that is triggered when a User is Created Tell new user to wait after registering 2 Add a condition Status is Requested 3 Onthe Recipients tab set Send To User Performing Action to true Capitan Hediplents Email Subject Linail Hody send To User Performing 4 Onthe Email Subject tab enter the text you want to be the subject of the email Conditions Recipients User S New Value Did Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL
258. eptability and a message to be shown to the user Property Description Name This is the name used to represent this selection of users and projects Applies To This specifies who this Time Template target group applies to Acceptabil This is where to specify the acceptability for bookings that fall ity into this Time Template target group Message This is a message that should be delivered to the user whenever they attempt to create or update a booking that matches this Time Template target group If a message is not specified in the Time Template and the Time Template s acceptability indicates the user should be given a warning then they are presented with the default warning message 218 Calpendo User Documentation This table shows what each of the acceptability options mean rae pene ity Automatic This indicates that a booking will be automatically approved As such the Approval booking status will be set to Approved so that nobody has to manually approve a booking request Acceptabl Indicates that the booking may be created and it will be given the status e Requested Warning Indicates that the booking may be created and it will be given the status requested by the user the same as Acceptable but the user will be warned that something is wrong or that they may need to do something in particular For example it may be required to warn them that there are no operators available and they need
259. erty Definitions A double property as well as the normal settings required by a PropertyDef may also specify its Units Doubles are numbers with a decimal point Default Value Length Temperature Time Weight There are four types of units Length Temperature Time Weight Users can also add their own units into Calpendo Each type of unit has a number of options and these are N C ee SC a R Jn fuon fo fo Ce es ace ee eerne__ Sree E E H us eooo uuu Name___ Short Name Muttiptier Sub Units Per Unit Offset Sub Unit is o Seconds o b a C E P ae fee fee fof a SSS o C eae S E Grams m e E E C te 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 366 cal pendo User Documentation 6 17 3 4 Int Property Definitions An integer a whole number no decimal information property as well as the normal settings required by a PropertyDef must also specify its Integer Type This indicates whether the content of the integer value should be constrained The values allowed are Integer Type Time of Day Unconstrained Mapped Integer Bit Set Time of Day Time of Day with seconds Value Meaning Unconstrained The value can be anything The value will b _one of the values specified by a Default Value pes Mapped Integer The particular Mapped Integer g that constrains the value must be specified The v
260. erybody to read everything This can be done with an action Permission for the read action Then layered on top of that create a non authorising Permission that takes away permission for the things that are not allowed to be read 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 280 Calpendo User Documentation The layering works by using action Permissions only if there isn t a relevant Biskit Type or property Permission Similarly Biskit Type Permissions are used if there isn t a relevant property Permission There is also a numerical priority that can be specified for each Permission and that provides another way to layer Permissions because the highest priority Permissions within each of the three layers action Biskit Type and property are considered first lf a relevant Permission can not be found then permission to perform the action is denied Precedence Of Permissions When sorting through the Permissions to decide which one to apply Calpe ndo will only consider those that match the action Biskit Type properties conditions and that also target the user concerned Also note that those Permissions that do not specify a Biskit Type will also be considered Once that filtering has taken place Calpendo will use property Permissions first then Biskit Type Permissions and finally action Permissions Within each of those three Permissions are further sorted by priority and the Permission with the highest numerical value for its prior
261. es amp for different resources All new Booking Biskit Types are created in the and must inherit from Booking They then may have their own list of properties ae allowing the set up of different booking information for different resources By default a user can cancel a booking without giving a reason if thi property is set to True then any cancellation of this resource type require a reason to be input This allows the user to specify whether this resource should always use a column in the calendar when in Always present mode Some resources such as Annual Leave may only be required to be shown in a column when someone has booked a half day or some hours off the rest of the time as full day bookings they would be shown at the top of each days columns and a column for each day is not required Collect Actual Indicates whether actual resource usage information should be collected Usage for this resource By default bookings that are in the past or in progress cannot be modified However it may be necessary to create or modify past bookings so information relating to actual resource usage recorded after the event In order to do this set Allow Old Changes and also add properties to Bookings using the Bakery to record any information that needs to be captured It is also possible to specify the types of changes allowed and the time period these changes must be made in This enables the ability to create pre defined time slo
262. es are not seen After adding a property to the parent the child automatically has access to the new property When changing any meta properties of properties in the parent the child Biskit will automatically inherit the changes e g Default Value A property in the child cannot be created using the same name as a property in the parent lf the child Biskit has a sibling same parent Biskit and they all share the same table do not create properties of the same name in both child and sibling Currently there are no checks for this but it will cause problems in the database Automatic emails applied to a super type will automatically apply to any sub type Permissions applied to a super type will automatically apply to any sub type but may be overridden in the sub type lf there is a booking sub type defined then 1 Bookin Rules will let you choose the sub type they apply to A Booking Rule that applies to a super type will also apply to all descendant types too 2 A Booking Rule that only applies to a particular subtype will only run on a booking that both is and was of that subtype or a descendant thereof This means that if a booking is mutated from one subtype to another if must be of a suitable type both before and after mutation for the Booking Rule to run 3 Bookings can be mutated from one Booking super sub type to another Any property information not shared by the two Booking Biskit Types will be lost 201
263. es that the Updated Value condition type is considered an error in some contexts When the Automatic Email is triggered by a Create or Delete action that is an example of Updated Value being inappropriate The Recipients Tab In read only and editable mode the Recipients tab looks like this Send To Subject Of Action lc Te Send To User Performing Action t Individual Users Please select a User to add Selection empty send To User Performing ane User Types Action Please select a User Type to add cend To subject Of Action false Selection empty m Individual Users User Groups This automatic email has no individual users associated with it Please select a User Group to add Selection empty m User Types This automatic email has no user types associated with it User Roles User wiih all of the Selected roles has Root m User Groups Admin This automatic email has no user groups associated with it ser Guest m User Roles mS Property Fath To User s User Types User Group s or email addresses This automatic email has no user roles associated with it Select a property m Property Path To Userfs User Types or User Group s No recipients to be derived fram the object in question send To Subject Of Action This option is only applicable when the data whose change triggered the Automatic Email is itself a
264. esent the Biskit when something more complex than just the label is required For example a user has a login name a given name and a family name but any one alone can not be used to display the person s name Instead a combination of them is required 9 Biskit Format Definition The syntax of the format is rather convoluted and there will soon be an editor that will let you configure it without having to understand the syntax Dynamic Biskits Use the Bakery to create new Biskit definitions These will be dynamic Biskits The user can use Calpendo to handle create read update and delete values in any table with the following restrictions e There must be an integer valued primary key e The new dynamic Biskit must contain only dynamic properties This means that if an extra property is added to the dynamic Biskit the database table must contain a column for it If the column doesn t already exist then Calpendo can create the column for the user or the user can create it Dynamic Biskits can be used in exactly the same way as static Biskits Creating Biskits Biskits can have links to each other via properties also some meta property values of a Biskit depend on having appropriate properties which means that creating Biskits and their properties is not a linear event i e the user cannot start at the beginning and hope to move step by step to the end saving completed Biskits as they go Sometimes the user will need to create
265. esired booking time The tool tips above show not only what the Time Templates mean but also what they mutate to in the near term It may also be important to make sure resources are not being booked too far in the future in the hope they may be used This is why Time Templates can be configured to mutate in the far term For example it may be policy that no one may book a resource more than six weeks in advance This is achieved by allowing the Physics Time Time Template to mutate to a more restrictive Time Template if we are at least 6 weeks from the current time Transition allows the administrator to define how the change will take place from the Medium Term to the Near or Far Term With Instant transition at 9am the whole of a Time Template from Yam to 5pm would become available for booking With Rolling transition at 10am the portion of the Time Template from Yam to 10am would be available for booking Booking Rules Whenever a booking is created or modified the Calpendo server checks the booking against its Booking Rules There are many different sorts of Booking Rules these allow Calpendo to apply pretty much any check the administrator might want to run Normally the only time Booking Rules will be noticed is if a booking is created or modified that triggers a particular Booking Rule Booking Rules may do one of the following things e Accept the change without showing you any message e Accept the change but give a warni
266. essChangeOption lmerChange Option largeUsageReconder later Tenmitenutes laterChangeCplion OK Cancel b ES lf the Columns button is clicked a pop up appears in which the columns can be chosen using the same three buttons as described above At the same time the user can decide what aggregation to use No aggregation or Count Distinct as well as whether to Ignore null values Columns Count Count of Bookings resource Count Distinct Values o Count Distinct W ignore null values booker Booker No aggregation V ignore null values created Created No aggregation iy VJ ignore null values E Count of Bookings Mid L biskitType E allDay booker C cancellationReason Sal cancelled M created lad OK Cancel i Sa OK Clear columns 2010 2015 Exprodo Software ne Calpendo User Documentation Once the columns have been chosen the table will redisplay using the appropriate number of rows to display the records grouping records by the columns chosen giving a count in the first column File Search for Resource Report type Group Report Conditions Columns Reset Ge Autorun Found 4 groups of resources Pro ect Mot Required Project HA R guirsd Project Required planet earth Pro ect Required Once the columns are displayed move the cu
267. et earth and projectRequired PFROJECT_ REQUIRED Name Jtocation type Project Required conect Actual Usage a a eI C 2 fperet earnf samel Prjeet nears fre n ES rE Edit Delete As with the List Report clicking on an individual record will give an expanded view of that record below the list lf the user has the correct permissions they may edit the individual records or make changes to multiple records All of this will be covered in the chapter on Editing Search Information P 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 115 3 10 1 4 Group Report Shows the report as a table with one column showing a Count of Biskit Type The table can then be extended to show other columns for properties chosen File Search for Resource available within the Biskit Type Report type Group Report E Conditions Columns Reset Go W Autorun To choose more columns either use the Columns button on the toolbar or the green to add one column red to delete the current column green tick to add multiple columns tick all columns that are required and then click OK or use the green icon on the menu bar to select all the columns or the red icon to deselect all the options Count of Resources i beskitType akerFmshed Change Ophion collactUsage nProgressChangeO pion Count of Resources td biskitType aherFinishedChangeO pion collectUsage langeUsageRecorder inProgr
268. et of strings When a String property is created ona BiskitDef you can indicate that it should be constrained to contain values from a Mapped String Then when a user edits such a property they will see a drop down that lists the labels defined in the Mapped String although the value stored in the database will be the associated text value Mapped Strings are similar to String Enumerations in that they both store values as text and they both generate a drop down selection list Mapped Strings are the preferred mechanism though because by decoupling the displayed labels from the values stored in the database it makes things very easy it you ever want to change the way values are displayed to users This is why String Enumerations are deprecated and may be removed in a future version of Calpendo Here is an example of a Mapped String defined in the database Mapped Int Null Value Label Mapped String BorderStyle T Values DateFormat DateTimeFormat DateWithYear ormat n ed TimeFormat 20 Grooved erie groove String Enum Def H Java Enum Def 5 Unit Type 3D E Border pos eave fre 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 374 Calpendo User Documentation To add new values press the Edit button and then the Add button the new entry will appear at the bottom set the name of enumeration and the value to store with that name Then press Save Cancel Save Mull Value Label Values
269. ether this Property Group contains a Notes field and ora The Copy button allows the user put a copy of this Property Group into the buffer for later pasting ies aia Name of the Property Group Hidden Whether the Property Group should be hidden from view Property How the child Property Groups of this Grouping Property Group should be grouped displayed Vertical Tabs Vertical Tabs Sorted by Name Horizontal Tabs and Captions To see examples of these layout types look at the Preview image above Heading Any heading to be displayed with this Property Group Property How Properties belonging to this Property Group will be displayed Simple Table Multi Column Table Radio Button Table and Custom HTML lf a Properties branch to the tree is selected then the properties grouped here will be displayed as a list showing their Name and Type lf an individual property is selected then the properties Label will be viewed This is so the user can see what will be written for this property in the layout 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide E lf the property selected is of type Biskit then there will also be an option of how to display the Biskit information Either as a Show Simple as a single element in a table or Show in Property Group with a name assigned by the user treating the Biskit as the first Property Group If the Biskit has a layout defined it will be used otherwise all the pro
270. etting is used only for setting up new users and nothing else Enable Automatic Booking Reminders Choose who gets a reminder email with the options Reminder Notice Period 30 minutes being e The person that made the booking Send reminders to 5 e The person that owns the booking crate e The person that owns the booking s project If pitt elas there is no project on the booking then this setting Project owner is ignored Project users e The people associated with the booking s project lf there is no project on the booking then this setting is ignored If one person falls into more than one category for example the project owner is also the person that made the booking they will only receive one reminder email 6 16 3 Bookings Default Booking Status When a user creates a booking with the status Best possible and there are no Time Templates Booking Rules or Permissions to alter that choice then the Default Booking Status is used This will also define the list of possibilities a user will see in the Booking Status drop down box If set to Requested only Best Possible and Requested will appear if set to Approved Best Possible Requested and Approved will appear Default Booking Status Bookings Created By An Admin Approved I Bookings Created By Regular Users Requested Setting Description Bookings Created Specify the default status for bookings created by a user with
271. ettings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide m Handling Holidays some resources require the presence of people while they are being used For example an MRI scanner requires radiographers Sometimes suitably qualified people book the scanner for their own use and don t require an additional radiographer but on other occasions bookings require additional support When radiographers are on holiday the booking system should be able to provide suitable information to anybody making a booking throughout the holiday period There are several ways to do this with Calpendo each with their own benefits and drawbacks Create a Time Template that issues warnings to everyone and then add entries to the Time Templates Calendar whenever there s a holiday Or create a Holiday Booking Rule Finally do it with a Double Booking Rule as follows 1 Create a new resource where holiday information is stored Let s call it Radiographer Leave for this example 2 Create a Double Booking Rule that applies to MRI scanner bookings and has its Bookings To Count set to count up the number of bookings for Radiographer Leave 3 Set the exclusivity to limit how many bookings can exist at the same time and the How many bookings allowed to one 4 Set the Reject or warn when exceeded to warn 5 Enter a message that there is limited radiographer cover to show to the user Now when a radiographer plans a holiday they
272. ettings for each resource On a booking the Project Resource Settings property evaluates to the settings defined on the booking s project for the booking s resource Note that if the project s settings does not include anything for the booking s resource then the booking s Project Resource Settings property will evaluate to null Type This is the booking type Status A booking status is one of Requested Approved Denied and Cancelled Date Range This indicates both the start and the finish of the booking A Calpendo booking is currently limited to finishing on the same day that it starts This may be relaxed in a future version but repeat bookings reduce some of the effects of this limitation All Day This records whether the booking is for the whole day All day bookings do not require a start and finish time just a date Repeat This indicates whether and how the booking should repeat Your Permissions may be configured to control who can create or modify a repeat booking See Repeat Bookings in the Creating Bookings page for details of repeats 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 138 Calpendo User Documentation Find out when a booking was modified and by whom by using the History page However a booking also records some dates in its history to help in this process and by clicking on a booking in the Bookings Calendar it will show these dates Note that this records the dates but not who pe
273. eturns the number of seconds since midnight 1 1 70 timediff date1 date2 Returns the difference between two times as a time string time_to_sec time Returns the conversion of a time string to seconds Using time_to_sec in conjunction with timediff allows a calculation of the time in seconds between two times i e time_to_sec timediff date 1 date2 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 377 Here is an example of a formulae using a nested case and datediff In this example the value of a cost property of a booking is determined depending on the status of a booking lf the booking is denied or cancelled with more than seven days to go then do not charge If the booking goes ahead then charge the rate found in the property costPerHour in the Project Resource Settings for that project multiplying by the duration in minutes of the booking divided by 60 to give hours If the booking was cancelled less than two days ago charge 50 otherwise charge 20 case when status Denied then 0 when status Approved or status Requested then projectResourceSettings costPerHour durationInMinutes 60 else case when datediff start_date cancelled gt 7 then O when datediff start_date cancelled gt 2 then 0 2 projectResourceSettings costPerHour durationInMinutes 60 else 0 5 projectResourceSettings costPerHour durationInMinutes 60 end end Known Formulae Probl
274. ew You will need e Adatabase server eg MySQL though many other database servers will work ok e Aserviet engine eg Tomcat 7 Jetty etc Java JDK 7 or possibly just a JRE depending on the version of your serviet engine An Apache HTTP server may be required or else you can serve directly from the serviet engine The config files are use Apache HTTP server as a front end to Tomcat A database If using MySQL then you can load the calpendo x y z sql provided For any other database Calpendo can be made to generate the necessary tables itself instructions for this are not here Once those things are in place you need to e Copy the Calpendo directory into the servlet engine s webapps directory e Change a configuration file so it knows how to connect to the database e Configure the servlet engine and Apache Start the serviet engine and Apache e Connect to the server from a browser to make sure it is accepting connections 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 438 Calpendo User Documentation Install MySQL Any version that supports InnoDB tables should do but the database dump that s included in this distribution comes from MySQL 5 5 x MySQL documentation should be consulted if loading this into any other version Create The Database And A Mysql User Open a connection to MySQL with my sgl 2O0r p and then at the mysql prompt mysql gt create database calpendo mysql gt grant all privileges on calpendo to cal
275. ew BisketDefs using the Filter Biskit Group button c In Properties Add New i Change Name to FileName li Change Type to Biskit iii Change Biskit Def to Attachment Properties ype ProjectAttachment Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete a Change Type to Parent ProjectAttachment Group GNone Nusey dy Primary Key WG Nb Ql ii Change Type to o Biskt J FileName Z None _ i Change aa Nama Mame to File Namg FileName 4 Visible Y Editable Y Persistent 7i Null Allowed Required Visible In Biskit Detail c Add anew property il Version Number Sort Property Use default sorting oo oo Attributes Visible In Biskit List Visible In Collection Editor Columns Group Storage Mechanism jo Formulaic Use default v Use default v Column Name Everybody Y Shareable with sub types Automated Property Type v v iii Change Allows Deletion While Referenced Does not allow deletion Y Biskit Def to Biskit Def Attachment j Y Attachment Component Reference Deletion Option project_attachment Pia O12 S Sec D 2 a l o Ia Z 2 z B He S nt Z Eis e jz lt a S g z G E 3 A a 3 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide m Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete Sree Name __ Type mae enale as E New Project a m i
276. ew buiton to add a new property 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 305 14 Update the meta properties of the property a Change Type to Int b Change Name to something relevant in this case SignedOff c Change Integer Type to Mapped Integer d Change Mapped Int to Yes No e Change Default Value to Specified Value and Not Selected Properties Add ew Cut Copy Paste Delete pane ype ap ph a sa to I ETE A to Int pals ee C im a Mame to E E E pt F None signi feag E E E he Ca proce fe EE es __ lt _ i Visible Editable Persistent v Null Allowed E a Er T Required Visible In Biski Detail i Visible In Biskit List Visible In Collection Editor EP Mechanism ee posa AE e c Change Integer Type ta uar E O d Sa Mapped Int to Maceo integer e Change Default Value to Speched Value and Hot Selected specified value Mot Selected 15 Press the Save button Press Save Despite Errors if required 76 f there are no errors the database needs to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 396 Calpendo User Documentation Looking at a
277. exceeded Retry approved bookings Number Bookings Message to show Bookings to count Bookings to ignore Description co whether to reject the booking or just post a warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Set the number of bookings to be a specified Fixed Value or a Variable Value something that is read from a property accessed through the booking A negative number means unlimited The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued The Bookings to Count and Bookings to Ignore work in exactly the same way as Applies To and Does Not Apply To a read the chapter on Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies To for more information on how the sub tabs work The main change is that there is a Matched option for users projects resources user types project types lt and resource types This specifies that the bookings to be counted ignored must be compared with the current booking and match this booking in some way either by user project or resource or type of each For example setting Bookers equals Matched User and Resource to Matched Resource means bookings for this user on the current resource only will be looked at when counting bookings to count ignore which allows setting up very generic Booking Rules without needing a similar Booki
278. expect itto with each line continuing to be indented ou will need to make sure your web browser is narrow enough to show how this wraps onto other lines You can put some text in bold and some other text can be emeftaszed which usually means italics YOu can choose You can provide a link to other web sites ifyou wantto You could even use some other HTML editor and copy the HTML in here if you want Ifyou want a horizontal line then think Horizontal rule Ar like this Ifyou want to include less than or greater than signs orthe ampersand amp you need to use special codes tis a mixture of calendar and the latin pendo which means to consider to weigh to judge Why can t see myfany bookings Check that the resource you wantto see is highlighted Under resources to the left of the calendar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 328 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 Global Preferences The Global Preferences page appears by default on the menu as Admin gt Global Preferences and specifies settings that change the way Calpendo operates Show advanced appearance settings Booking Raminders Headings Headings debug Bookings Date amp Time Erriail Gen ral Licknce Marius Network Meirics Projects Resource eS Rules Security Sytem Totje Sislisics Templates Lees Once all necessary changes have been made throughout the tabs use the Save button to implement them 2010 2015 Exprod
279. fear cancelling bookings because the statistics are collected They may try to downgrade to a request and then change the time or day by many weeks to avoid being seen to cancel So will users be allowed to change things like the time of day of an approved booking but not allowed the date to be changed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 20 Calpendo User Documentation Administration e Who is going to administrate Calpendo e Who will install and upgrade Calpendo e Are there going to be separate administrators so some people only see the most common and easier admin options Should a menu be configured so that a simple Admin menu offers the ability to handle booking requests new user requests and project requests but not more advanced administration option and an advanced Admin menu that also gives access to automated emails Permissions Time Templates and Booking Rules Projects e What process are required to be put in place for creating new projects e Will there be a single step approval process or a multi step approval process in which many people each give their approval Will people need to address questions about whether the project is sensible has ethics approval or has its finances properly arranged e What questions need to be asked of users when they create a new project request For example there might be safety related questions about what they are intending to do e What information needs to be stored on a pro
280. figure out which bookings a Booking Rule will apply to Applies To When running Booking Rules Calpendo must decide which Booking Rules apply for a given booking change that a user is trying to make To do this Calpendo first looks to see which Booking Rules are marked as enabled Then it looks at whether the Booking Rule says it applies when a booking is created when a booking is updated or both Beyond those simple properties every type of Booking Rule provides additional tabs in which you can identify the bookings it should apply to as follows Tab Description An administrator can define a number of Booking Biskit Types to allow for different booking information to be stored for resources This tab Booking allows the administrator to decide Biskit Type which of the Booking Biskit Types the Booking Rule will work with A Booking Rule will also work on any Booking Bisket Type that inherits from the selected one Every booking has a status which is one of Requested Approved Cancelled or Denied For those bookings whose Status is Approved Calpendo also remembers whether the booking was approved by a Time Template or approved manually The Statuses tab allows a choice of which booking statuses this Booking Rule should apply to and if approved bookings are required whether to apply to bookings approved by Time Template manually or both i ng Bisi
281. formation 117 Exporting Information 120 General Search 108 Group Report 115 List Report 110 2010 2015 Exprodo Software My Bookings 66 My Orders 93 My Projects 76 My Projects Bookings 6 7 My Resource Usage 87 Order Search 91 Project 77 Project Orders 95 Project Resource Usage 88 Resource Usage 84 89 Resource Usage Search 84 Saving And Reusing 119 Service Orders 91 Summary Report 112 Using Bookings 61 Using Project 72 Searching 108 Security Brutce Force Password Hacking Preference Setting For 347 Global Preferences For 346 Password Requirements Preference Setting For 346 Password Allowing Browser To Remember Preference Setting For 346 Service Orders My Orders 93 Search 91 Search Project Orders 95 Using Search 91 Service Providers Configuring 2 6 Service Provider Editor 2 76 Services 90 Available Services 90 Configuring 2 6 Service Editor 2 6 Service Orders 2 6 Setting Up Different Booking Sub Types For Resources 203 Single Sign On 322 Starting Quick Start Guide 194 Statistics Network Metrics Enabled Preference For 342 Network Metrics Minutes Between Sending Preference For 342 460 Calpendo User Documentation Statistics Booking User Settings For 33 Network Metrics Network Calls Between Sending Total Time Booked Rule Preference For 342 Usage Statistics Enabled Preference For Usage Statistics Time Between Flushes Preference For 348 Usage Statistics Time Per Statistic P
282. g Rule The Predefined Slots Booking Rule allows the administrator to specify the times of the day that bookings must adhere to This_can be used to enforce time slots starting and finishing at particular times The Booking Rule will also enforce whether bookings may go over multiple time slots or partial time slots may be booked The time slots for this Booking Rule are set up in the Resource Editor Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Property Description Reject or warn when Decide whether to reject the booking or just post a exceeded warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Allow bookings to span Defines whether a booking can go over multiple defined multiple slots Slots Defines whether a user can make a booking in the rest of a Slot after someone not confined by the slots Such as Admin has made a booking in only part of a slot Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued Retry approved bookings Allow partial slot usage 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 250 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 8 Search Results Booking Rule The Search Results Booking R
283. gainst Search must find How many records must be found to match How many properties will need to have their values matched between the booking and the searched for Biskit Type For each one required a Match option will appear below Retry approved bookings Number of properties to match Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning Is issued Match The names of the properties of the booking and the Search Biskit Type to be compared and the type of comparison 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 254 6 6 3 4 9 Total Time Booked Rule A Total Time Booked Rule checks how much time is being booked over a given period of time For example the amount of time booked per project or user within any day period can be limited A Booking Rule like this may need to be implemented if the resources are extremely busy and it is required to restrict the use an individual has of the resources so that everybody has a chance to get their fair share of them It could also be decided that it is necessary to limit how much time is used during some core operating hours while allowing out of hours usage not to count towards the usage limit This can then encourage people to use your resources during less busy periods This can be done either day by day or during whatever time periods you want For example there may be a
284. ge Search Search Reports search Report Running Admin Help About Calpendo FAQ 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 314 Calpendo User Documentation The Right Pane This shows the details of the currently selected menu item The first property shown is the menu item s type There are five types as described in this table Type Page Page Definition Label Create Project Page Create Project B Parameters Type Description Page This type of menu item is one that shows a page When menu item is set to Page the following properties need to be set Property Description Label This is the text that should be displayed on the menu Page This is a drop down that allowing selection from all the different types of pages that Calpendo supports Parameters Some pages support additional parameters If a page is selected that supports additional parameters then the parameters value will be filled with a template that shows the sort of content expected This type of menu item is one that contains only sub menu items When this type is selected also select the label that should be displayed for the sub menu Menu Separator Creates a horizontal line in the menu that separates the items before and after it Once selected also fill in the label The label is not shown on the menu itself but is used to display the item in the menu editor s left pane Window This represents a menu item t
285. gs 238 Bookmark Manager User Permissions 169 Bookmarks Bookings 38 Calendar 168 Editing 171 Manager 168 User Created 168 Boolean Boolean Property Definitions 364 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Index _cC Calendar Bookings 36 Bookings Creating 49 Bookings Display 47 Bookings Editing and Cancelling 54 Bookings Exploring 37 Exporting iCal 45 iCal Export 45 Printable View 46 Resource Usage 82 Time Templates 220 Calpendo Administration Guide 136 Calpendo Configuration Guide 198 Calpendo Quick Start Guide 194 Calpendo User Guide 28 Changes for 7 0 Administrators 13 Changes for 7 0 1 45 17 Administrators 18 Regular Users 17 Changes for 7 0 46 55 23 Administrators 23 Regular Users 23 Changes for7 0 Regular Users 12 Conditions Advanced 98 Anatomy Of A Condition 98 Automatic Email 300 Combination Options 105 Context 99 Date Properties And Accuracy 104 Nested Conditions 106 Panel 99 Pattern Matching Text 102 Property Path 101 Referenced By Property Path 107 Relation 102 Text Pattern Matching 102 Type 100 Value 104 Configuring Booking Rules 223 Email Preferences 201 453 asa Calpendo User Documentation Configuring Bakery 378 Groups 266 Booking Rules 224 Initial 201 Bookmarks 168 Location 270 FAQ 325 New User Requests 201 Import 184 Project Properties 206 Location 2 0 Project Template 206 Mapped Int 382 Projects 205 Mapped String 382 Questions 198 Menu 311 Resources 201 270 Permissions 285
286. gs out the menu reverts to its previous state This allows the administrator to see exactly what a menu would look like when in use Re name Renames the currently selected menu The Menu Item Toolbar at the bottom of the page The tool bar at the bottom of the page contains buttons that operate on single menu items Cut Copy Paste Delete Up Down New item New subitem For aco mpete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Tool Bar Item Description nes caver eect en eve ooo the currently selected menu item up Dowm Moves the Moves the currently selected menu item down i ss selected menu item down New item Creates a new menu item at the same level as the currently selected menu item sub ee anew menu item as a child of the currently selected menu item 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 313 The Left Pane Calendar This shows a tree with the contents of the currently Templates selected menu If an item is selected then Bookings e that menu item is loaded into the right pane so you Booking Cancellations f j can modify the item My Bookings My Projects Bookings e use the Menu ltem Toolbar to operate on the Booking Search selected menu item Projects Create Project My Projects Project Search Project Association Request Usage Usage Recorder Usage Calendar My Usage My Projects Usage Usa
287. guration Guide 233 Example Special Projects Can Book Any Time In Advance Now suppose that there is a project group that lists Special Projects that should be allowed to book as far into the future as it wants to A good example of this is if your resource needs regular maintenance and so you set up a Maintenance project Most probably associate a small number of users with this project to restrict who can create such bookings Modify the physicist and biologist Booking Rules from the last example so that each of them adds to the Does Not Apply To section Section Tab Description Does Not Apply To Projects Add the Special Projects project group to the list of targeted projects The effect of this is that whenever a booking is made for a project in the Special Projects project group the Booking Rules we created above no longer apply and so it removes the restriction about how far into the future such bookings can be for 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 234 Calpendo User Documentation Example Special Projects And Admins Can Book Any Time In Advance Now suppose that as well as allowing Special Projects to be allowed to book as far into the future as they want to administrators need to be able to make bookings for any project well into the future The users to be excluded from the time limit could be specified by listing them individually by their user role or by creating a user group for it Any of these would be se
288. gy Lab Old value of resource equals Specified value 7 Clinical Physiology Lab 3 Add a condition Old Value not equal to Cancelled Old value of status not equal to Specified value Cancelled 4 Add a condition New Value equals Cancelled New value of status equals Specified value Canceled 5 Add a condition New Value of dateRange start earlier than now plus 14 days to the day New value of dateRange start earlier than now plus dl 14 days to the day e 6 Add a condition Old Value of created earlier than now minus 15 minutes with accuracy of a minute Old value 7 of created earlier than now minus 7 15 minutes fa to the minute x P 7 Add the recipients you require 8 Enter the email s Subject and Text Text should include the name of the resource and the time of the booking Conditions Recipients Email Subject Email Body User New Value Old Value Date IP Address Audit Log URL Booking cancellation for NEV resource name from NEW dateRange start to NEV dateRange finish 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 310 Calpendo User Documentation 9 Enter the email s body Conditions Recipients Email Subject Email Be User New Value Old Value Date IP Address
289. h errors due to the need to set up links between Biskits and both Biskits need to be created before that can be done With some errors there is not the choice of whether to Save Despite Errors these errors must be fixed before saving because they can corrupt the database 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide EN Properties Description Tool Bar Add New _ Adds a new property to the property list The property i is automatically selected and available for its meta properties 3 to be modified Cut Multiple properties may be selected by using ctrl and shift Copy Multiple properties may be selected by using ctrl and shift Paste Pastes the properties held in the buffer into the current property list Delete Multiple properties may be selected by using ctrl and shift Properties are placed in the list of properties for a et Biskit as defined by their Sort Order meta propert reglon Jase md That Sort Order meta property cannot be edited Sass directly but changed by using the drag area and dragging and dropping selected properties within the property list In the example three properties have been selected tal procaine Sea using the shift key pe ae being dragged up the list Fea Pe to be placed higher up crag 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 382 Calpendo User Documentation Editing Mapped Int and Mapped String When in edit mode for Mapped Int and Mapped String t
290. h then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 88 cal oendo User Documentation 3 6 3 3 My Projects Resource Usage The My Projects Resource Usage search page lets you search for resource usage restricted output to resource usage used by the current user s projects By default the My Projects Resource Usage page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help i File Report type List Report 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Session Recorder Resource E Resource Usages where dateRange between 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Calendar e Marie Curjes Found 2 resource usages My Resource Usage Resource user Project my Projects Resource Usage eT curie Marie Curie S seene Resource Usage Search i curie Marie Curie Rad 1 Radiation Ors Ed t D elete Q lt w eu I GU U ie UJ sur cw Is Edit Create Create copy However your administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Projects Resource Usage page looks like once a search has been done File Report type List Report 20 Feb 2014 00 00 1 20 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Z Conditions Columns Reset Go 4 Autorun Resource Usages where dateRange between 20 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 and project is one of my projects Found 2 resource usages Resource User Project Joutc
291. hapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 66 Calpendo User Documentation 3 4 3 3 My Bookings The My Bookings search page does a search for bookings that the user has created By default the My Bookings page appears on the menu here Calenda Ts itvagel ates Baan Prejecki Saidh He al My Bosinga 18 Aug 2010 Booking Ciare 710 7 My Begkingi mor in ve fary tt_feonaraficonad Mr Pe javnt Beehags However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Bookings page looks like once a search has been done File Search h for Booking Report type List Report F 11 Feb Feb 2014 00 0 00 H 20 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource z Status Project Conditions Columns Bookings where dateRange between 11 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 and status equals Requested or Approved and booker equals curie Marie Curie Found 10 bookings Oee pe a a e e e CE Come eure mae cure ansion aber eso Space tispaca Reqosted 19 Fen 2014 12 00 16 00 10 Fe 2016 1000 rs res 2014 1000 ase Djia ewe arecuiefeune maneca ___ __ avoroven 20 ren 2014 0000 2aso z0 rev 201a 0022 aorenz0raooza we T t_ Edit Delete Approve Deny Cancel The My Bookings search is run with the following default parameters Bookings where dateRange between start_date and end_date and status equals Requested or App
292. hat when selected will open another browser window Set the following properties Property Description Label This is the text that should be displayed on the menu URL This is the address of the web page that should be loaded into the newly created browser window 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 315 Type Description Custom This type of menu item is one that shows a custom built page After Page choosing Custom Page then set the following properties Property Description Label This is the text that should be displayed on the menu Token What the configurer wishes to appear in the browsers top address bar when this menu item is selected for example in the case of the Menu Editor menuEditor Custom Page Type The type of custom page to create there are seven possible types n oo 446 Tree Editor Bookmark Page Customised Search Page Data Explorer Page Frame Page Run Predefined Report y o gt gp e pN Search Results Page Additional This depends on the custom page type chosen Information More information on the different types of Custom Pages Page Description Additional Information Biskit Tree A page which which will display A list of the Biskit Types to be Editor and edit a user defined selection displayed on the page Once created of Biskit Types For example if the order can be adju
293. hat all past records should be accurate In read only mode no such modification takes place This means that the record of the past is not the same as it would be for a read write Calpendo 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 436 Calpendo User Documentation 7 Calpendo Installation Guide if your Calpendo is to be hosted on calpendo com then you will not need to read these instructions as it will be installed for you You only need to read this installation guide if you are going to install Calpendo on your own server Hardware and Software Requirements Operating system e Windows e MacOS e Linux Server Software e Java 7 minimum when we add support for HT TP 2 this will require Java 8 e MySQL 5 1 minimum or MariaDB equivalent e Tomcat 7 minimum e Apache HTTP Server tested on 2 2 and 2 4 although any version should work Server Hardware e RAM 4GB minimum 8GB recommended Hard Disk 10GB minimum but requirements depend on usage particularly if you configure the system to store file uploads Recent amp fast CPU recommended Both 32 bit and 64 bit supported e You can use a virtualised server if required Client Software e Chrome any version but recent versions preferred e FireFox any version but recent versions preferred e Safari any version but recent versions preferred e IE 9 or later IE8 mostly works but is extremely slow Expected Future Changes We expect the following changes to occur to our req
294. hat provides a means of testing Booking ules The current condition of the booking There are four possible statuses Requested Approved Denied or Cancelled A user defined B Booking taxonomy A collection of resources to be displayed in the Bookings Calendar Each user can create their own personal bookmarks and there may also be system wide bookmarks Allows the user to specify under what circumstances an action such_as generating an email granting or refusing permission etc will occur Conditions work logically together using information from the database to reach a True False result A page that snow Biskits See Biskit Type P A global beet up preference that specifies the status of a booking if no Time Template is available Defines the list of users that an operation Rule 29 Permission etc will not affect This list overrules the Applies To D list ie If a user is in both lists then the Does Not Apply To is used An Exprodo SDM concept which defines a when a task needs to occur Frequently Asked Questions this page lists the FAQ s for the facility Far Term Time Time Template Time Tem plates amp allow the option of having a different Global Preferences Group Report History Layout Editor List Report Mapped Integer Mapped String 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Time Template used beyond a certain time period This is usually to restrict bookings beyond this time period
295. hatever colours re eee they want to each Time Template Ideally Time Resource Type Room p Faiy Templates for the same resource would be given Repeat Repeat every Friday ve Abdicated Not abdicated different colours but it s not an absolute requirement Status Far term lies now Template Physics jen Approve Everybody Automatic denial we attica Physics Auto Approve specifies that Physics people serge will receive automatic approval for any bookings made Near term 2 days i Near term template Fee for Al for the dry lab during this time Rolling transition Everybody Acceptable Ea Out of Hours Far term 6 weeks Far term template Future Instant transition Everybody Automatic denial 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 60 Calpendo User Documentation 3 4 2 2 3 4 2 3 Near And Far Term Time Templates Time Templates allow an administrator to specify who can use what when However sometimes it s more important to make sure that a resource is used by somebody rather than go unused because it couldn t be used by the right people This is why Time Templates can be configured to mutate in the near term For example if by Thursday the dry lab has no bookings for the following Friday morning then perhaps the administrator would like to allow anybody from Physics or Biology to be allowed to book it This is achieved by allowing the Physics Time Time Template to mutate to a more liberal Time Template within two days of the d
296. he detail of the currently selected menu item cabar Templates Hookings Projects Uenga Smamch Admin Hepp Manu Edfior admin Raze paasei Sattinss Sion oul Saa Relesh Weer menu Open all New Delete Guptecate install Rename ey y E b aj o Boerne Booking Lantea m Page My Eookings Booking iy Projecis Book os Famas 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 312 Calpendo User Documentation The Menu Toolbar at the top of the page The tool bar at the top of the page contains buttons that operate on whole menus at a time save Refresh User menu Open all New Delete Duplicate Install Rename For aco mpete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Tool Bar Item Bar Item Description e Menu drop Shows a list of all the menus Select one of them to load that menu so a ee T it can be edited seen at all i n te curontscecta mon all the menu items in the current selected menu New Creates a new menu ss ss i i OOO a new menu Delete Deletes the currently selected menu Note that this doesn t take effect until the Save button is pressed Duplicate Creates a copy of the currently selected menu This doesn t take effect until the Save button is pressed Install Installs the currently selected menu into the browser This is not a permanent change When the browser is refreshed or when the current user lo
297. he facility may want to limit users to having a specific number of hours of bookings at any one time or in a particular time period Once a booking is used the user can then make another booking As an example a user may only have four hours of future bookings on a resource at any one time To do this create a Total Time Booked Rule give it a name Set the Maximum booking time allowed to four and Applies to in Total Both under the Rule tab Section Tab Description Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange start later than now to the second include in count The following is set up by default in this Booking Rule which defines that the bookings must be for the same booker and the same resource Section Tab Description sss s s Bookings to Bookers Users set to Matched User include in count Bookings to Resource Resources set to Matched Resource include in count s of course this could be expanded to either resource groups or resource types ensuring a user could not book more than four hours over a number of resources or removed altogether to restrict a user to a maximum of four hours over the whole facility Read the example for the Number of Bookings Rule for limiting the Booking Rule to the next three weeks or making it project based rather than user based Use the calendar in Booking Time To Include 254 to set those hours that will be counted towards the total 2010 2015 Exprodo Software
298. he name of the project and is intended to be a short description ie it should not be allowed for whatever reason Projects in this state are not bookable Terminated This status indicates that the project has been used for making bookings but that the project has now come to Unbookable some other reason Typically the Project Template is given this status This is the user that owns the project Normally this would be the user that created the project but an administrator could change the Description This is a longer description of the project Project This is a list of settings for each resource that give per project and Resource per resource information This is described further below Settings This is a list of the services available to the project Users This is a list of the users that are associated with the project Only users associated with a project may book against that project The exception to this rule is that a user with the Admin role may book for any project Project Which project groups the project is a part of Groups 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 145 These properties represent a reasonable minimum that would be required to get started but any facility that makes good use of projects will be likely to want many more properties Calpendo may well have additional properties configured for its projects See the Bakery for the details
299. he same Time Template and so the same Everybody Automatic denial restrictions apply E Free for All Abdicated This facility allows users to give up their saved time slots if they know no one will be using the resource This means that the standard Time Template will now use the Near Term Time Template definition Only users with the appropriate permission can abdicate a time slot and these will be set up by the administrator Status This indicates which of the three possible Time Templates are currently being used for this specific time slot They are Template The standard Time Template with information on the restrictions enforced by the template Near term A different Time Template used due to the proximity of the time slot to the current data and time defined is when the Near Term starts Near term template These define the Time Templates to be used what time period defines near or far and the booking acceptability for different groups and how the transition is made Far term A different Time Template used due to the need to restrict bookings too far in the future Far term template These define the Time Templates to be used what time period defines near or far and the booking acceptability for different groups and how the transition is made For more on Near and Far Term Templates see the appropriate section later in the chapter Note that the Time Templates Calendar does not say exactly what is meant
300. he user can choose whether a reminder email should be sent ahead of the time that has been booked This is described in Creating Bookings Each of the settings on the reminder email section are given default values and this Booking Reminders tab of the User Settings page sets up what those defaults are lf it is preferred that booking reminders are to be off by default when creating a new booking then just untick Enable Automatic Booking Reminders Set up the default for who should receive an email and the notice period ahead of the booking when the email should be sent Booking Reminders Tum On Booking Reminders By Default Calendar View Reminder Notice Period 30 minutes Send reminders to Date amp Time Email Booking booker Menu Booking owner Project owner Project users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 33 Calendar View This tab customises some aspects of the way the Bookings Calendar is displayed Booking Reminders p woking tooltip delay milliseconds zero to disable 1000 Calendar View 7 pa era NR ata Number of vertical pixels per 30 minutes Date amp Time Default Calendar View Type Use system default Email Bookings Calendar Background Colour Colour when bookings would be automatically denied Use system default Colour when booking warnings would be given Use system default Colour when booking requests can be made Use system default ae Colo
301. heir relative priority This means they can be confusing because if many of them are created it s not always obvious which one will be definitive In summary 1 2 If you can achieve what you want with a Time Template then you should use that lf the control needed only requires information that can be found on the booking or the time the booking is being made and it is not a problem that the user is givena generic Permission Denied error message then it is possible to use a Permission If the above don t apply then a Booking Rule is needed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 215 6 6 2 Configuring Time Templates Time Templates let you assign an acceptability rating to bookings depending on when they are booked who makes the booking and the project the booking is for This is done in two separate parts 1 Create one or more specifications of acceptability according to who makes the booking and the project but ignoring when the bookings are for 2 Apply those specifications to various periods of time The first part is done 2y the Time Template Editor and the second part is done on the Time Templates Calendar 6 6 2 1 How Time Templates Work New Laboratory Example Calpendo s Time Templates which are created in the Time Templates Editor are quite powerful and best explained by an example Suppose a new laboratory opens with a scanner and the building is only open fr
302. her the email should go to the person that made each booking the person that owns associated with the booking to choose whether to send the email to the project owner or the project users 450 selection of bookings it and for any project re Email Addresses Users User Staluses UserTypes User Groups To Cc BCC Email Addresses Users User Statuses User Types User Groups User Roles include project ovner l include project users Projects radiation radiation i sea Saal Type Sta oa Name start Finisn imaging Approved rontgen Wvilheim Lon ld Kiedacal imaging fmn _ Email Addresses Users User Statuses User Types User Groups User Roles Projects include project owner linchade project users Project Groups Physics Experiments 7 name Physics Experiments Email Airgas Users Uem Sisluses Liser Typis Usm oups Use Roles Projects Project roupa Bootings fron 2d Age ttt 05 45 Becking io 30 Age 2013 S05 WC DORIS Geer d incide bookinga camer Include proyect mwner Inchuda project users Foournes Piedde paadi a fetite i o acala 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 175 When the email and its recipients are ready then use the buttons in the button bar at the bottom Button Description Recipients Calpendo calculates who th
303. here are buttons to Add and Remove items When an item is added a new Name Value pair appear at the bottom of the list to put in the new mapping To remove items select a Name Value pair first then press the Remove button Cancel Save Null Value Label Values Add Remove Name Vae id i Editing String Enum Def When in edit mode for String Enum Def to add a new value use the Enter New Value box and press Enter when finished The new value is added to the bottom of the list To remove items select the check box for the items to be removed and then press the Remove button To move an item to a different position in the list use the drag column Select the item to be dragged and then drag and drop it where required Cancel Save Enter new value ES E Coe calf E fom mewa caf E foi Peyeroogy A calf fors raf eero raf Ll eraan E frenoa Nuffield Dept of ffi f drag al Nuffield Dept o Surgery jerar E fP 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 383 Editing Units When in edit mode there is a list view once a unit is selected there will be a single record view underneath the list view For more information on How to Edit Multiple Items At Once in the list view and How to Edit A Single Item in the record view read the appropriate sections of the Data Explorer chapter Cancel Save Dfe p pos p p re aves Im fo OOO mas C CC E c
304. hese projects are not available for bookings Typically this is used only for the project that s used as a template for newly created projects Terminated This is the status used for projects that are no longer active Additional conditions for your search can also be set up For more information on how to set up conditions read the information in the Search page Condibions x There are no conditions Add condition K 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Columns Reset W Project Code I Type Status W Owner Name Y Start vI Finish ab Gab Reset Go Autorun Calpendo User Guide And finally change the columns displayed in the output Reset Resets the search conditions to the defaults set up on starting the search Go Runs the search with the current conditions Autorun If this button is ticked then searches will run aS soon as any conditions change lf a number of the conditions of the search will be changed then it is more efficient if this is not ticked as each change will start a search and the appropriate transfer of data from the server For a more complete explanation on how to edit records in a project search view read the How to Edit Multiple Items At Once section of the Data Explorer chapter The only difference is in the booking search views as well as Edit and Delete there are also options to Approve Deny or Terminate mult
305. hich they must be given Automatic Emails can be configured to send the next person in the chain an email indicating it s time for them to approve a proe chy The detail of this process is described in Configuring The Project Approval Process This all means that approving a project can mean quite different things depending on how Calpendo has been configured However the multi step project approval process can always be characterised as some people modifying properties on the project while its status is Requested and then finally somebody changing the project s status to Approved or Denied This means the project approval process is a matter of all these approvers editing the project in turn and then somebody edits the project to change its status The Project Requests Page amp is still the preferred way of achieving each of these changes since this page provides a convenient means of locating the requested projects and the page allows modifications to be made to the pro ygcis in exactly the same manner as the other methods as described by Modifying Projects or using Data Explorer P However the multi stage approval process might send Automatic Emails with a nested HTML link directly to the project in question If that is done then locating the requested project does not become an issue and so the email could include a link to the List of Projects page or Data Explorer The Project Requests Page The Project Requests page shows y
306. i leonardo Leonardo Da Vinci Spectral Karotyping SKY Requested 6 Sep 2013 11 41 SS all Leet The following section goes through the options available after the search has completed enabling the search parameters to be changed saved or the data exported as well as change the information viewed by the search Not all options will be available for every order search type but that will be outlined in the specific search t Apes chapter For more information on any of the features shown read the Search chapter _File Report ty Save As Saves the report for later use Save As Export Export the information found in the search to a file Export This button determines what type of report will be seen List Report Lists each record Report type Group Report Co found that matches the search one under the other Summary Report Allows a summary of the information found Group Repot Allows the report to be shown by groupings with a count of the number of records that fit each group 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 92 Calpendo User Documentation To change the search parameters Service There are a number of options that Selected service can be used to filter the services Assisted Offline Data Analysis They all provide a drop down menu pitta A La Data Analai so that a choice between any none Cell Sorting Request cee nelle aie or a particula
307. ibility in groups one might ask what the point of types is The answer is that it is sometimes useful to have a taxonomy in which every user has a type whereas a user may belong to no groups at all In exact the same way that a User has a User Type and may belono aC User Groups a Project has a Project Type and may belong to Project Craps and a Resource has a Resource Type and may belong to Resource Groups The same Booking Rule about having precisely one type and belonging to any number of groups applies to projects and resources in exa A the same way as it does to users These types and groups can be used for Permissions Automatic Emails Manual Emails and Booking Rules Bookings may also have a type If you create one or more types in the Types and Groups Editor then when somebody creates a booking they will be asked for its type However there are no booking groups in Calpendo One might want to use a booking type for several reasons For example in a clinical or mixed clinical and research environment it may be required to categorise scanner bookings according to the nature of the subject of the scan That is to record whether they are fully healthy walking patients patients in a chair or patients in a bed If using booking 4 types then this allows the setting of different Booking Rules GB o Permissions based on the bookin ng type and the different booking types can n be displayed differently on the calendar
308. ich this Booking Rule will either reject bookings or give a warning 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 245 6 6 3 4 5 Booking Interval Rule The Booking Interval Rule lets the administrator specify that the time between some or all bookings must be at least a part rticular time This can be used to enforce gaps between all bookings or to prevent projects that overheat the scanner from following each other too closely Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Message to show Preceding Bookings Booking Biskit Type Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions Requested bookings Bookings approved by template Bookings approved not by template Cancelled bookings C Denied bookings C Property Description Reject or warn when Decide whether to reject the booking or just post a exceeded warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry Retry approved bookings sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Required Interval Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued Preceding Bookings The Preceding Bookings and Follow ae Bookings work in exactly the same way as Applies To read the chapter on Choosing Which Bookings A
309. icular while Calpendo is being configured Email This is a signature that is included at the end of every outgoing email If Signature left empty then a default signature will be added 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Limited Recipients Email BCC Calpendo Configuration Guide 339 6 16 6 General The General tab of the Global Preferences page provides the following Past Repeatable Minutes Between Flushes Minimum Time Between Database Dumps In Minutes Temporary Directory tmp Run Data Definition Validation At Boot false Read Only Mode false Check Reserved Words true Y Submit crash reports true Y Default Initial Page Token Maximum File Upload Megabytes Setting Description Icon This provides the name of an image 446 display on the Bookings Calendar and using the default settings for the appearance headings on the login page Past Repeatable Minutes Between Flushes Calpendo has some Biskit Types that support repeats such as Events Bookings and Time Templates As the time for each instance of the repeat passes a new Booking or Event etc is created to represent the instance of the repeat that happened This is done so that when a repeat Booking or Event etc is changed you do not change the record of what happened in the past This setting sets up how often Calpendo looks for repeats that have just happ
310. idual occurrences of the Biskit Type i e User is a Bisket Type Joe Bloggs would have a Biskit in the database defining his information as a specific occurrence of the User Bisket Type with the properties of that Biskit filled in with his specific information It also stores a list of property definitions with each property definition defining its Biskit Type how it s stored in the database how to display the label for the property the tool tip text to be displayed when the mouse hovers over each property value and a number of other aspects of the property When saving Biskit Types and properties Calpendo does check that reserved words have not been used for column names table names Biskit Types and property names There are currently over eight hundred words such as Select Into From Start Full which are reserved The system administrator can switch this checking off in Global Preferences General section but this is not advisable The Bakery allows these things to be customised as well as adding the users own BiskitDefs so that Calpendo can be used to interact with the users own data Property Storage Mechanisms A database has many tables with each table having many columns When_a new Biskit is created a new row is added to the Biskit s table containing its properties When a new property is added to a Biskit in Calpendo one would normally also add a new column to the appropriate database table However modifying
311. ie in excess of a thousand in SQL the DB cannot cope with this Ma Slave To In order to do this create Slave Biskit s that is Biskits that are created Master deleted and referenced with their Master The Master Biskit would 2010 2015 Exprodo Software need a property of type Biskit which would point to each Slave and be a Master to Slave type the Slave would need a property of type Biskit which would point to the Master and be a Slave to Master type A Master can have many Slaves in order to reference as many properties as needed The only caveat is that the Primary Key Column Name for any Slave Biskit must be different from the Masters defaults to id therefore needs to be changed and different from any other Slave of that Master The Inverse Property also needs to be set up in both BiskitDefs _ See Creating a Master Slave Biskit Relationship example 364 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 3 2 Boolean Property Definitions A boolean property as well as the normal settings required by a PropertyDef may also specify the text to be displayed instead of True and False 4 Default False Text Default False Text Default No By un ticking the Default option the user can then specify which text is to be used to display the value instead of True False When used in a formula the values are T or F 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 35 6 17 3 3 Double Prop
312. iew or as an individual record the information can be edited if the user has the permissions to do so The administrator will have set up the permissions for your Calpendo For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Found amp resources l l o l name Jlscation type Project Required Contect Actual Usag Scarner Project Requrea ve E feet paner sann Scanner Proiect Requres_Jwe id E fiora Tuscany Room Project Not Regureafiue li E EE e voices e ove tS Edi Delete Edit Create Create copy Delete References History For a more complete explanation on how to edit recordsin the list view read the How to Edit Multiple Items At Once section of the Data Explorer chapter ef 1 Select records to edit 2 Select properties to edit 3 Charge property values Usage Session ID Tem IP Address for usage Usage Recorder Lange F Require Reason Nam eee fT a Eed Actual Usagel _Usage Session ID Template IP Address for usage recorder _Usage Recorder Large Font l I In Progress Change Allo After Finished Cha t efaa Later Change Allo 4 Apply changes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software ons Calpendo User Documentation For a more complete explanation on how to edit records in the record view read the How to Edit A Single Item section of the Data E
313. ifies whether this property should be visible when a list of Biskits is Biskit List displayed Visible in Specifies whether this property should be visible when displaying a Collection collection of Biskits of this type Normally when editing a collection of Editor Biskits the number of properties displayed would be kept very small Editable 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 362 Calpendo User Documentation Required Fields And Null Allowed Required and Null Allowed sound like they are exact opposites and therefore Calpendo shouldn t support both of them However there is a subtle difference that means that it is sometimes useful to define a property that is both required and allows null The Null Allowed attribute is checked when building an editor for a property So when displaying a drop down for a Mapped Integer Mapped String Java Enum or String Enum a value representing null will be added if the Null Allowed attribute is set to true When a new Biskit is being created the default value of a property displayed with a drop down with Null Allowed set to true will be null since that is the first value shown in the drop down However if a property is set to Required then a value must be provided it cannot be saved without a non null value For properties that have Required and Null Allowed both set to true this means that the user is forced to choose one of
314. ight be a Location Biskit where the Location Oxford is a child of the Location England which is a child of United Kingdom which is a child of Europe A hierarchy is a Biskit that has a property containing a Biskit of the same type representing the parent in the hierarchy and also a property containing a set of its children So Europe has children United Kingdom France Germany and so on string property name When a user selects a Biskit from a hierarchy they are presented with a tree widget making it easier for them to choose the right item For this to work Calpendo needs to know which property contains the children This must be a OneToMany Biskit property Label Lower Strin Text used to display the Biskit Type when the context calls g for a lower case label Label Upper Strin Text used to display the Biskit Type when the context calls PP g for an upper case label Labels Lower Strin Text used to display the Biskit Type when the context calls g for a plural lower case label Labels Upper Strin Text used to display the Biskit Type when the context calls PP g for a plural upper case label Null Value The label to show for Biskits of the type represented by this Label Read String BiskitDef when that Biskit is null and we re displaying in a Only read only context Null Value The label to show for Biskits of the type represented by this Label Read String BiskitDef when that Biskit is n
315. iguration Guide 341 6 16 8 Menus When a new user logs in to Calpendo for the first time they are assigned a menu This can overridden by specifying a menu as described in Changing A User s Settings However if settings for a new user have not been set up then the menu they are assigned depends on their user roles and this is controlled by the Menus tab of the Global Preferences page Default User Menu Default Admin Menu Default Root Menu Setting Description e Default User This is the menu to be assigned to users that have neither the Admin Menu nor the Root role Default Admin This is the menu to be assigned to users that have the Admin role but Menu not the Root role Default Root This is the menu to be assigned to users that have the Root role Pn 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 342 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 9 Network Metrics Calpendo can keep information that tracks how long each network call took This information can be turned on if you want to investigate network performance but it should normally be left turned off The Network Metrics tab of the Global Preferences page provides the following Network Metrics Enabled Number Of Network Calls Between Sending Metrics Minutes Between Sending Metrics Setting Description Network Metrics Enabled Number Of Network Calls Between Sending Metrics Minutes Between Sending Metrics lf this is set to true
316. ih subtypes rar Alkas Deletion While Referenced Does not allow deletion paray rer comana e OOOO 50g Type unconstraines Z 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 403 Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delate a Change New Parent Property 6 Create a new property a Change Type to Biskit b Change Name to Parent 7 Eotabie c Change BiskitDef to BiskitDef alae Organisation is not know yet because ee ee we have not saved so use this as a 7 visible in Biskit List holder IO visible In Collection Editor ee he a foownn name poet E d Leave Biskit Property Type as To One c Change Biskit Det to Biskit Det temporary change Biskit Ea Property Type 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 404 Calpendo User Documentation Properties Add New Cut Copy Paste Delete a mene i E i ppe to Sel Mare Type Primary Key fo 6 Descrption none b Change or Sacer Name to Children Children Hane Toon Minne ter Create a new property a Change Type to Set b Change Name to Children c Change BiskitDef to BiskitDef W Persistent W Mull Allowed Organisation is not know yet because Required P Wisika in Biskit Detail we have not saved so use this as a F visible in Stadt Lisi
317. iled filtering options Using a filter can restrict which bookings are a a displayed by E selecting who See a booked or who Anybody E l owns each booking owner a E Click My Project s hy Projects bookings p Fa Bookings to show p L E only bookings for Project P projects that the Any projet Pa user is associated F with Select a particular project to show only bookings for that project 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide oat The button bar at the top of the calendar allows movement through time refreshes the currently displayed bookings exports iCal information or switches to a view suitable for sending to a printer forward Set up the calendar to weeks i bookings print N The forwards and backwards buttons change how far forwards P week 34 E AD Today Refresh iCal Printable View and backwards they go depending A E on which view is currently shown EE astia ae ojects Usage KEI EE vices 3 E akaah iret Dantan ie EEI EH week 34 MI EI Today Refresh iCal Printable View 1708 Mon ied jeu eg 2008 Thy 2108 Fei zane sx day week or month view In a day view the buttons go forwards or backwards one day or one week In a week view they go forwards and backwards one week or one month In a month view they go forwards and backwards one month or one year The Today button will a
318. ime slots required Use same slots Use the time slots defined for a different day If that days time slots as day are changed then they will change on this day as well with the exception that if the day that is being copied is changed to Any times allowed then the current day will keep the slots defined before that happened and its option will change to Specify times Sunday Specify tines Monday 10 00 12 00 Add Tuesday Thursday T Remove Friday Saturday To specify the times choose the start time and end time and press the Add button Once the first one is created Calpendo will set up the times for the next slot to be of the same duration and starting at the end of the current time slot so if that is what is required just press Add again Click the check box next to a slot and use the Remove button to delete any slots that are no longer required The final slot of the day will end at 23 59 not 24 00 Also required is that that the Predefined Slots Booking Rule Predefined slots must be adhered to is the default Rule is enabled 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 276 Calpendo User Documentation 6 10 Configuring Services and Service Providers Service Providers and Services are configured in the Service Manager which is by default available on the menu as Admin gt Service Manager Service Providers Service Providers have a name and a parent this allows a hierarchy of Service Providers to be
319. in a light shade This screen shot shows a week s bookings for two resources the bookings for one resource in green and the other in red iba ree Adel Sse Sas See el Coy Writ Bio 1i oll med Sat Approved booking i dark background Requested booking Light background Colour indicates which resource this iz a booking for Repeat booking ior eae Vite The navigator and filters selectors can be removed returned by pressing the arrow button found in the top left hand corner of the screen This can be found on all calendars The month navigator quickly changes the date being displayed Click on any date to display bookings for that date This will work the same regardless of whether the view is for a day week or month of bookings Today s date is shown with a dark background 4 August 2010 MoO TW IT F CO Con con Su S EHEHE 6 10 fit f2 fig ais i9 20 24 25 26 27 7 ae 7 8 9 10 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 38 Calpendo User Documentation The Bookmark selector allows users to display only the resources they wish to see Bookmarks can be system wide or on a per user basis Click on any bookmark to see the resources that bookmark shows For more information on how to set up and use bookmarks see the Bookmark Manager chapter a Y Bookmarks Show All Show All Labs only Scan rules Scanner Only Bookmark manager The Resource Sele
320. ing CSS and HTML a site we recommend is http www w3schools com 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 430 Calpendo User Documentation 6 19 Backing Up The Database To take a backup of the database use the Database Dump page which is by default on the menu as Admin gt Database Dump Y Include structure Include data Add drop if exists J Compress Include all tables Dump database Before asking for the backup there are the following options Option Description Include structure lf ticked the backup will contain SQL statements that will create the database tables Include data lf ticked the backup will contain SQL statements containing the data from the database Add drop if exists lf ticked the before each database table is created a statement is added to drop that table if it already exists Compress lf ticked the backup will be compressed before being downloaded Include all tables This drop down allows the choice of one of the following options Option Description Include all Tables Dum ps all tables Include all tables except Dumps all tables except history and statistics history and statistics Select Tables Provides a simple choice of tables to be dumped Use Custom per table See below for complete settings description When all the settings are as required just press the Dump database button to initiate the backup When the backup is complete the browser should download the back
321. ing pop up to see the reminder options The default reminder options are taken from the personal booking reminder settings The notice period indicates how far in advance of the booking the email is to be Send reminder email sent Notice Period 30 minutes Send reminders tt Then choose who gets a reminder email V Booking booker with the options being n Booking ower e The person that made the booking sili al e The person that owns the booking e The person that owns the booking s project If there is no project on the booking then this setting is ignored e The people associated with the booking s project If there is no project on the booking then this setting is ignored M Project users lf a person falls into more than one category they will only receive one reminder email for example the project owner is also the person that made the booking Reminders are not sent to users who can no longer login unless their status is set to Lurker 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Repeat Bookings Calpendo User Guide lf repeat bookings are allowed then the Repeat option will be viewable Select the type of repeat and then set the configuration options for that repeat type No repeat Lm No repeat Weekly Monthly by date Monthly by day E N Every 1 T week s Endon No end date B on S M T W T Repeat every Thursday When creating a booking it can be set up to automatically repe
322. ion s In particular if a status is selected under DoesNotApply To that is not selected in Applies To then it will give a warning Changes To Licence Tab The Licence tab of the Global Preferences page has changed a little Time Template Transitions When creating P a Time Template a_ Time Template can be specified that applies far into the future and also in the near term For example booking may not be allowed more than 6 weeks into the future It used to be the case that a Time Template from 9am to 5pm would only use a rolling transition which means that if it is now 3pm then 6 weeks from now the user can book from Yam to 3pm but not yet 3pm to 5pm There s now an option for an instant transition as well as rolling transition With instant transition at 9am the whole of the Time Template from 9am to 5pm 6 weeks into the future would become available for booking 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 16 Calpendo User Documentation Add Custom Properties To TemplateGroup This can be used together with an Advanced Booking Rule to set up different people as administrators for a booking depending on which Time Template applied to it Boolean Properties Boolean properties have always existed in Calpendo and they allow the specification of a true or false value However sometimes it is necessary to call them something different from true and false such as Yes and No or On and Off The Bakery has no
323. ion has disappeared as no longer required import usertxt Choose new file Biskit type User Insert New Data Preview Import ee rn ee a i ld a ss al ignore _ Ignore _ Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Choose the columns to be ignored during the import by clicking the Ignore option below the property name or by putting Ignore before the property name in the file and then press the Preview button to see the data before importing or go straight to importing by pressing the Import button If previewing once the data has been loaded into the top pane select an individual record and see the record to be created updated in the bottom left pane and if doing an update the original record is in the bottom right pane import user txt Choose new file Biskit type User Update Existing Data v Preview Import Ter 8 H password 2 gt Normal gt Normal gt Normal gt Normal Normal o gt Normal E ed Other name a Other name SO address pe pendo com aE im calpendo com User Type user Tye e Password satus Status Jokes Expiry Date Expiry Date mem Mar 2015 09 23 Requested Project Code s Project Code s Timb Authentication Method Updated 2 Mar 2015 09 23 Requested Project Code s E y Projects Authentication Method Press the Import button to import the data into Calpendo While the import is being run a progress
324. ion Guide 199 Booking Requests e Are users going to create requests that are then approved by an administrator e Or do users create pre approved bookings e Are bookings to be pre approved for some people and or some of the time e Who can make bookings for which resource What if any information is required for a booking to be made for a particular resource Booking Restrictions e s it required to put users into separate categories for booking restrictions and how might that to work e How might the Time Templates work Are bookings going to be prohibited in other people s time Is that behaviour going to change when it gets close to the time Soa slot left free with a day or a week to go becomes up for grabs to everyone e Can everyone book as far into the future as they want e Are double bookings allowed Perhaps for some resources it might be allowed e g a computer room with numerous machines e Are pre requisite bookings going to be enforced That is that a user must book resource X before they are allowed to use resource Y e s there a limit on how much time a resource can be booked for in a given period of time If so who should be allowed to book how much time Booking Modifications e Do users have to downgrade approved bookings to a request so they can then make changes to it that need to be re approved e Or are users to be allowed to make some changes to approved bookings e Some users may
325. ion Guide 39 6 17 3 5 Java Enum Property Definitions A Java Enum property P as well as the normal settings required by a PropertyDef must also specify its Java Enum This indicates which of the Java Enums to be used None com springsolutions biskit core CRUD com springsolutions biskit core PropertysDynamic Type com springsolutions biskit core Property Type com springsolutions biskit core def_AutomatedProperty Type com _springsolutions biskit core def_BiskitPropertyT ype com springsolutions biskit core def ProperntyDef integerT ype com springsolutions biskit core_def PropertyDef String Type com springsolutions biskit core def_ReferenceDeletionOption com springsolutions biskit core def_StringProperty Type com springsolutions biskit core def UserVisibility com snrinasoalutions hiskit core lawnt Riskitl avwoutl oralbisnlawiyne _ Java Enum z mi 6 17 3 5 1 Java Enum Definitions A Java Enum is a representation of an enumeration defined in the original Java source code End users should not create change or delete any Java Enum defined in Calpendo You may create properties of type Java Enum and use any of the existing enumerations but you should do so carefully in case the enumeration changes or is deleted in a future release Properties of type Java Enum are edited with a drop down list box showing the values from the enumeration In special cases such a drop down list box might displ
326. ion In And Out Permissions can only use the information in the booking s properties as well as information about who was making the booking and when There is no access to other information in the Calpendo database For example Permissions cannot be used to control the time booked per week or to prevent double bookings because that would require information about other bookings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 214 Calpendo User Documentation Comparing Time Templates Booking Rules And Permissions Comparing the methods gives us these differences They each provide different levels of feedback to the user Time Templates provide graphical feedback before a user tries to make a booking and can stop a user from even entering a booking s details by providing a message you have specified in the Time Template Booking Rules provide no graphical feedback and can only give an error message after the booking details have been entered but the message that will be provided can be chosen Permissions also provide no graphical feedback and can only give a generic Permission Denied error message after the booking s details have been entered A single Time Template can provide a different message to different groups of people Booking Rules and Permissions can each only apply to one set of people Time Templates can be used to choose whether when and which bookings should be made as a request or automatically approved Booking Rules and Permiss
327. ions after the change being made if it were allowed For example if somebody changes the project on a booking then Booking Rules that apply only to certain projects will apply as long as it matches the new project not the old one However conditions allow explicit reference to the state of the booking both before and after the change Within each activated tab Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources if a booking passes any one of the sections set up in that tab then the booking will be accepted for that tab So if there are items in more than one section of a individual tab i e groups types etc then if any of the sections within a tab is true then the tab is true This if a Booking Rule is applied to project type P and project group G then the Booking Rule applies to projects of Type P or any projects in project group G The project doesn t have to be both of Type P and in Group G for it to pass just one of them If may be required that the Booking Rule may only want to apply when the project is in a particular group and also has a particular project type In order to achieve this specify the project group in the Projects tab and then add a Condition in the Conditions tab to require that the project type be what is required In order for a booking to be finally accepted it must be accepted in all the activated tabs So if Bookers and Resources are activated and there is also a Condition then the booking must be accep
328. ions can only deny or accept a booking For example Booking Rules and Permissions cannot choose to automatically approve a booking Time Templates are the most convenient way to provide a warning for a specific period of time For example if a user is making a booking for an MRI scanner and there are no operators available one particular week due to annual leave there could be a Time Template that applies during that week to give users a warning that they need to make their own arrangements for a scanner operator to be available While a warning message can be provided using Booking Rules it s not as flexible in setting the start and finish time it should apply and it provides no feedback to the user until after they make their booking Time Templates work when the control to be applied relates to when the booking is made Permissions apply to any property of the booking while Booking Rules can use any information even if it s not on the booking For example Time Templates and Permissions cannot be used to prevent double bookings or to limit the amount of time somebody can book per week Time Templates are simpler than Booking Rules and Permissions Permissions are the most difficult of all three techniques to understand This is because many Permissions may be set up some of which give permission and some of which may refuse permission Calpendo then chooses which Permission is the definitive one from all that may match depending on t
329. iple projects 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 76 cal oendo User Documentation 3 5 3 2 My Projects The My Projects search page does a search for projects that the user have created or is a member off By default the My Projects page appears on the menu here However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Projects page looks like once a search has been done File 7 Report type List Report Type Status Conditions Columns Reset Go V Autorun Projects where owner equals curie Marie Curie or users contains member curie Marie Curie and status equals Requested or Approved Found 2 projects es cose ese veer _ omen _ rotenone OF pn OF pee eer ree Cfspace t enses Approved ansion gawen Einstein Spa J a E E t Edit Delete Approve Deny Terminate The My Projects search is run with the following default parameters Projects where owner equals current_user or users contains member current_user and status equals Requested or Approved Because the owner parameter is set specifically to current_user there is no Owner button available but the other buttons can be used to change the parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Softw
330. is a way for you to create a Booking Rule without making it take effect immediately or to turn one off without deleting it A disabled Booking Rule shows in red in the tree Change Type What type of change to the booking will fire this Booking Rule There are three options Create Update and Create and Update Booking Rule Type Which Booking Rule Type will be used See Types of Booking Rule for a full list of the Booking Rule Types Finally the order the Booking Rules will run in is determined by their order in list of Rules on the left hand side of the Rule Editor starting at the top To change this order drag and drop a Rule to its new position in the list 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 226 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 3 Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies To This is split into two sections Applies To Determines the bookings that the Booking Rule applies to Does Not Apply To Determines the bookings that the Booking Rule does not apply to By default a Booking Rule will apply to all bookings so if there is nothing in both Applies To and Does Not Apply To then the Booking Rule will apply to all bookings Therefore using Does Not Apply To only the bookings the Booking Rule does not apply to can be specified Also combine the two types and a Booking Rule will apply to a booking as long as its accepted by the Applies To but not accepted by the Does Not Apply To Of course Applies To can be used by itself to
331. isplay with the menu at the top of the page and then the content of the URL specified below Run Predefined Report Runs a report either system or personal The report to be run The following page type may be useful when customising menus Page Description Parameters Example Opens up an editor which allows the user to define how to layout properties in a Biskit so that they can be read and managed easily This is useful if your type has a large number of properties to be displayed Opens up a page based on a URL searchtype Find by URL 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 317 Biskit Tree Viewer Create a custom biskit and give ita Name property and a Content property The Content property should be of type String and of subtype HTML Create a number of instances of the new Biskit Type giving each a name and adding content in rich text associated with the name This can include links and images Use the Menu Editor to add a custom page of type Biskit Tree Viewer and specify the type of biskit and which property contains the HTML content to display Users then see the names of the biskits appear in a navigation pane on the left with the associated content on the right Bioimaging This is the Electron Microscopy core facility All bookings for our instruments must be associated with a project You must be associated with a project in order to book against it Ele
332. it and there will be a Choose File button which when pressed will provide a file browser so the file to be attached may be chosen I Documents My Documents Import Files Organize New folder vr Favorites Documents library W Desktop Import Files 1 Downloads Recent Places f OneDrive Arrange by Folder Name Date modified Type equipment Slawe tt 14 02 2014 10 33 Text Document equipment txt 26 05 2014 08 50 Text Document Import bad Booking bet 16 05 2015 13 49 Text Document __ import bad resource txt 16 05 2015 13 47 Text Document Libraries Documents d Music import bad user txt 16 05 2013 16 35 Text Document C import bad userl bet 16 05 2013 13 33 Text Document C Import Booking tt 27 03 2014 14 53 Text Document Pictures E Videos import project resource settings bc 16 05 2013 16 5 Text Document Import project bet 04 06 2013 12 00 Text Document jE Computer i Cl Pafi OMA 10 19 F Locum a Local Disk C C Import resource bet 21 05 2014 10 0 Text Docurnent Import resource unicode bt 26 01 2014 16 24 Text Document __ Import termplate te 16 05 2013 09 45 Text Document G shared zack 2 iy Network All Files Open ka Cancel Updated Jun 2014 16 28 F Button to choose file to be attached Once selected the file name is shown along with a red button to remove the attachment Pressing Choose Fi
333. it Type as the child 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Please select a Note Category Person Communications and events Facilities Finance Human Resources Damen den 4 Calpendo Configuration Guide 427 Once the Category is enabled the use will need to set the Category property This is the property on the Note BiskitDef that points to the Category BiskitDef Then the user will need to define which of the Category s the current Notes section will save Notes as Any Waterfall enabled in this Notes section will only display Notes of this Category If no Category is enabled then the Waterfall section will display all Notes no matter what their Category An Add Note can define a Category to create a Note under in one place in the Layout and a Notes Waterfall can be enabled with that Category defined somewhere else in the Layout if required Permissions may be assigned to Category s to stop allow viewing editing of notes A Permission assigned to a Category in a hierarchy will be inherited by all its children 428 Calpendo User Documentation CSS Rule Editors The user can define their own CSS information for each Table Row Column or Cell using the CSS Editors These editors are displayed as small icons with CSS written on them In order to bring up the icons 1 For a row move the cursor to just to the left of the start of the row 2 For a column move the c
334. it is view or read 2 Biskit Type Next look at the type of the data the action will affect In the example in order to control viewing of the content of a booking the Biskit Type is booking When trying to read or update something as in the example then the action has an impact on individual properties That means the user may have permission to read some of the properties on the booking but not all of them So for some Permissions it is necessary to define the property controlled by the Permission For example to grant or deny the ability to view a particular property ona booking create a Permission that affects just that one property Permissions that apply to individual properties are only relevant to reading and updating things For example when deleting something the whole thing is deleted and not just individual properties So it makes no sense to specify a property ona Permission that controls who can delete data Layering Permissions When defining Permissions specify the action to be controlled and optionally the Biskit Type and property Permissions that specify only the action are known as action Permissions Permissions that specify the action and a Biskit Type are known as Biskit Type Permissions and Permissions that specify action Biskit Type and property are known as property Permissions In a typical system everybody can read most things So it is usually easier to start by giving read Permission to ev
335. ith d and collectUsage equals true or type name equals Room or requireCancellationReason equals true In order to test the condition the following steps will be used 1 Check the nested condition if both conditions are True then the nested condition is True otherwise False All conditions apply 2 Check the top level condition if any of the three top level conditions are True or the nested condition is True then the whole condition is True Any condition applies 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 107 Referenced Ticking Show advanced allows the use of Referenced as a Condition Type Using Referenced it is possible to search for BiskitDefs that are referenced by other BiskitDefs Using the Relation Statement and the Value this can be further refined to find those that are referenced a number of times e g more than once less than three times etc Conditions x 7 of the following apply 7 Show advanced cs Referenced by Select a path greater than 7 0 times Eg CAPIUUU UStl Sety j AIl references td Network Metric Ge CORDES Permission Report owner Report Schedule users System Usage T When using Referenced the application looks for all those BiskitDefs that have a property which points to the BiskitDef that is the object of the search In this case the search BiskitDef is Exprodo User the application will give a drop down that li
336. ity will be used If there are multiple Permissions with the same priority then it is undefined which one will be used The reason this is required will become apparent after going through the way in which the conditions under which each Permission may be used can be specified High precedence Property Permission Biskit Type Permission Achon Permission Low precedence Precedence of permission types When a BiskitDef has another BiskitDef as its parent it will have access to the Permissions created for the parent When checking Permissions all the child Permissions will be filtered and acted on If there is not a relevant Permission then the parents Permissions will be filtered and acted on for each type of Permission in order of precedence For the action Update this will be done first using property Permissions and then BiskitDef Permissions and finally the action Update Permissions This means all property Permissions on the parent will be checked before any BiskitDef Permissions on the child will be checked 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 281 Conditions The conditions assigned to a Permission provide a means of very precise control over the situations in which a Permission will apply For example there may be different Permissions that apply depending on e the resource a booking is made for e the status ofa booking for example a booking may be editable while it is a request but
337. ject e What per project and per resource information do needs to be stored For example the price for using each resource for a project Services e What services are available e When ordering a service what information is required e Costing for services Automatic Emails e Are emails to be sent when bookings are cancelled e Should any cancellation trigger an email or just some of them e Who should receive such emails Permissions e Who should be allowed to do what within the system 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 201 6 2 Initial Configuration When Calpendo is first installed have a play with it to help understand the way it works and to become more familiar with the configuration options There are some things that need to be set up as soon as you start playing with Calpendo and some things that must be done before going live and using Calpendo for real These are described here Resources For each resource that is to be bookable rooms scanners people or whatever create a resource using the Resource Editor as described by Resources There is no need to worry about resource groups or locations just yet Just make sure that all the resources required for now are created Email Preferences Tell Calpendo how it should send email so that Automatic Emails reminders and manual emails will work properly Set the email preferences on the Email tab of the Global Prefere
338. jenecrone ciel Empty lines make no difference it all appears in the same paragraph and line breaks can be anywhere without changing how it actually TE e Bury tk wyVOU E an HEM rne break UsenG the right lt br gt tag then you get a new line You can also use a new Paragraph tag lake thas lt poThis wall Stark a new ine and leave space as well lt p gt HOw soullker Dosis lt VOU Mee can more req Mins im ail wow he les ae iweme alan hikes iehiss lt a de Le Fret LeS A E E e S E e a o e ao E For numbered sections use an ordered list ol with list items lt ole gt A S S ee ES lt i gt Seon stem lakes Seine ie Saihe oe Tf you want a section that s indented a bit then there are various ways EO Co thar ih AIME One Ope Lon 6s Or a reae a Giy wire Ser y line that Gives Le a Margin lt div obylo margin er ato Opa s This 1S some indented text If you make it very long you should see that the line will wrap around the way you d expect it to with each line continuing to be indented You will need to make sure your web browser iS narrow enough to show how this wraps onto other lines lt j elaine You can put some lt b gt text in bold lt b gt and some other lt em gt text can be emphasized lt em gt which usually means italics You can choose Span Sey le COLOmiwhicse backGround CoLon lughtGrceen gt y colours as well lt span gt You can provide a lt a href http www calpendo com gt link
339. king Rule this will be the value of the property on the Booking bisikit type A Condition Type of Old Value is only suitable when the condition context specifies a bisikit type When a Condition Type of Old Value is specified the property path will show all the properties of the type defined by the context s bisikit type and any properties that can be reached from those properties When the context bisikit type is set to a Resource clicking where it says Select a property shows this afterFinishedChangeOption collectUsage inProgressChangeOption largeUsageRecorder laterChangeOption laterTermMinutes 9 location name nomiectRemured A Resource has a number of properties as shown One of them Location is itself an object that has properties of its own that can be selected As soon as you select a property from the drop down the Relation part of the condition will change from No property path selected to something appropriate for the property selected described further below Condition Type New Value A Condition Type of New Value is only available when a bisikit type has been specified and even then only in some contexts For an Automatic Email Permission or Booking Rule 9 a Condition Type of New Value is only available for the Update action Selecting New Value means that the condition will be placed on the value of the property after the update has occurred The property path will display the same as for a C
340. king Rules 236 Banner Global Preferences For 329 Global Preferences For 345 BeanShell Holiday Rule 244 Advanced Booking Rules 256 How They Work 223 Biskit Interval Rule 245 Biskit Property Definitions 363 CAVA RUES 1299 Biskit Property Type 363 371 Number Of Bookings Rule 246 Collection Editor Properties Visible In 132 361 Predefined Slots Rule 249 Definitions 353 Pre requisite Booking Rules 236 Detail Properties Visible In 132 361 Se AN Dynamic Biskits 356 Simple 230 Format 356 Total Time Booked Rule 251 Inheritance 357 WIPES tae Integer Property Definitions 366 Validator 264 Integer Type 366 Booking Sub Type Java Enum 369 Example Creating An Inheriting Biskit Def 412 Java Enum Property Definitions 369 Setting Up 203 List Properties Visible In 132 361 Bookings 36 Many To Many Properties 371 Administration 136 Master Slave 363 Approval Process 138 Properties Visible In Biskit Detail 132 361 Approving 139 Properties Visible In Collection Of 132 361 Automatic Booking Approval Process 210 Properties Visible In List Of 132 361 Background Colours 331 Run Data Definition Validation At Boot 339 Background Tooltips 331 Set And List Property Definitions 370 Best Possible 50 String Enum 374 Bookmarks 38 String Enum Property Definitions 374 Calendar 36 String Property Definitions 372 Calendar Creating Bookings 49 String Property Type 372 Calendar Display 47 String Type 373 Calendar Editing and Cancelling Bookings 54 Biskit Property Ty
341. l Any target group that gets an Automatic Denial or Warning should have a message set up although if there is no user defined message an automatic one will be generated by Calpendo Once the target groups are set up for a Time Template click on the Save button to save the new Time Template or Cancel to discard 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 220 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 2 3 The Time Templates Calendar The Time Templates Calendar works much like the Bookings Calendar Create a Time Template c2 entry on the calendar and specify the time period that it applies for Also it is possible to set the Time Template entry to repeat For example to earmark Tuesday mornings as Physics Auto Approve then create a Time Template entry on a Tuesday morning set it to use the Physics Auto Approve Time Template and make it repeat every week Here is an example of Time Templates set up for a resource over a single week A Time Template can choose one of four possible states for a booking request _ Automatic Approval N Acceptable bookings will be given the status Requested Warning bookings will be given the status Requested but a warning message will be issued gt Automatic Denial OEDS Mog 7706 Tii DDS Wits DAOA Thi 105 Er As Sat 100i Sut TS EE a a E E CNS kaannidnialiah Masam acai nani baia E Bui IOE WHT Th Guiding access warr All bookings set to se OTOU fpes dewi Oe 06 30 8 0
342. l Allowed Required v i Visible In Biskit Detail Visible In Biskit List Visible In Collection Editor String drag String Set drag cc String String Property Type Single Line F 6 Update the meta properties of the property Most of them will not need to be changed but as a minimum a Decide on the Type required b Give the property a name this needs to be unique Calpendo will update the Label and Column Name meta properties at the same time Usually these can be left alone but Label may need to be modified as this is what is displayed for this property in reports etc c When a Biskit of type Project is created by a user is the user required to give this property a value Null Allowed Min and Max also have an impact on data requirements and may be used instead of or in conjunction with Required d Will the property have a default value when a Biskit of type Project is created 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Properties Add New Cut _ Copy Paste Delete oo 7 fiorag status Java num Pomary Key a ees ae a ProfessorSignOM 386 Calpendo User Documentation etto kase o ll Professor ProfessorSigni tf O drag description jarag ownrerPnone rasouncesatiings Set CC e a rate fcrefisers _ 5e_ i Visible Y Editate Persistent v Null Allowed aan 7 Required Visible in Biskit
343. l then produce the date on which the account balance is at its minimum TCal Support Add support for iCal bookings feed to send bookings to other calendar applications eg Google Calendar iCal Outlook Android iOS Calendars Add button to hide show the nav filter panel on all calendars Services Added support for Services 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 18 Calpendo User Documentation 2 2 2 Changes in Functionality Month View The Booking Calendar Month View shows the booking finish time as well as the start time Saving Bookings Booking popup does not allow a booking to be saved while the finish time is later than start time Downloading Attachments Prevent attachment download if the user does not have access to its referring biskit or property Report Description A report description has been added to emailed reports Checked Box Editing When editing using a list view by checking the boxes of the elements in the list view if the properties have a Layout or are Grouped then they will be displayed in a hierarchical view rather than a long list of properties Changes For Administrators New Functionality Time Template Calendar Month View The Time Template Calendar now has a Month View Automatic Email Attachments Add the ability to have attachments on Automatic Emails by being able to reference them from the Email body 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History 19 Custom S
344. l to confirm its creation 2 Individual user types 3 Individual user groups 4 The roles that a user should have for example to send the email to all users with the Admin role 5 A path to a custom property storing users user types user groups or email addresses This gives the ability to send emails to users outside the Calpendo e Specify the subject of the email This can contain properties from the changed data e Specify the content of the email This can contain properties from the changed data There is a flag to be set on the Automatic Email to choose whether it is enabled or not This allows the creation of Automatic Emails that are not always in use and therefore can be turned on or off as required See Also Conditions these are central to the way Calpendo works and Automatic Emails in particular 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 298 Calpendo User Documentation 6 12 1 The Automatic Email Editor The Automatic Email Editor shows all the Automatic Emails and allows creating updating and deleting them By default it appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Refresh Open All Close All Ed Create Create Booking Requests r Create Project Requests Delete User Requests Update User Search y Bookmark Manager E Email d Automatic Email FAQ Editor Manual Email gt Global Preferences popa b Import F Me
345. lar time period or always Thereafter While booking is in progress Allow some changes After booking has finished Allow some changes m untu f 5 minutes after booking finishes and then no changes thereafter if Allow any changes is chosen for After booking has finished it can be specified whether to allow them for a particular time period or always but it can also be specified whether to Allow some changes after that time All times are taken from the time the booking finishes It will not be possible to put in a shorter time into the Allow some changes option than is in the Allow any changes option While booking is in progress Allow some changes After booking has finished Allow any changes Until z 5 minutes after booking finishes and then Allow some changes x Until fx 6 minutes after booking finishes Thereafter and then no changes thereafter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 275 Enabling Predefined Time Slots For Bookings lf the Enable predefined time slots box is checked then the Time Slots tab can be viewed Sunday Any times allowed Monday am ime oe Specify times Tuesday Lise same slots as Monday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday For each day the time slots available can be defined Setting Description Any times allowed This is the normal operation where anyone can book any time slot Specify times Define any t
346. le will replace the attached file with a new one import Booking tet File Attachment hipoi Kankay aria Choose File Mo file chosen 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 25 6 4 Converting From An Existing Booking System lf there are already bookings and possibly projects that you would like Calpendo to take over then the process of migrating to Calpendo may feel daunting The following method is the recommended route e Pick a date in the future maybe 6 to 8 weeks away e Any bookings for the resources beyond that date should be made through Calpendo Any existing bookings should be imported into Calpendo This can be done manually and by picking a date far enough into the future it should reduce the number of bookings sufficiently so that a manual import process is acceptable If there are too many bookings to do this manually and the existing bookings are stored in an electronic system then it may be possible to automate their import Email info calpendo com for help with this e lf there are existing projects then create them in Calpendo It is important that the properties on a project get configured to your requirements first so that when the projects are created all the information is provided e Send an email to everyone who may want to use Calpendo and invite them to register If everybody is getting a user type then it is important to configure the user types before
347. llows a summary of the information found Group Report Allows the report to be shown by groupings with a count of the number of records that fit each group 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide oe To change the search parameters fm x s nati Des A aay ape a j eE EN First select an appropriate range of dates for the new search l Then select the resources ltelescope required v wet lab ll dry lab library scanner article accelerato Selected project Helicopter My new project Helicopter My new project fMRIi mein erstes fMRI Experiment genetics heritabililty imaging Medical imaging lt a Then select the project required inventions inventions light bulb light bulb radiation radiation Additional conditions for the search may also be set up For more information on how to set up conditions read the information in the Search page Thore are no conditions Add condition 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 86 Calpendo User Documentation Reset Go Y Autorun fetices or Subject Room and project is am Columns BE Conditions ary Scanner particle J Resource T User reato 2 Project Mouiier mN M Outcome 2013 09 05 curie Ma 013 11
348. looking for other bookings to include in the count towards the amount of time used specify bookings using the same tabs that appear in the Applies To and Does Not Apply To sections of every Booking Rule However by default a simpler interface is shown This chooses whether to count bookings e with the same booker e with the same owner e with the same project with the same resource e of each possible booking status Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject B Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request Maximum booking time allowed Fixed value el 4 Hours x Applies Every T Days Show advanced settings E Message to show Bookings to include in coun Match Booker Match Booking Owner C Match Project E Match Resource Requested bookings Bookings approved by template Bookings approved not by template Cancelled bookings E Denied bookings E Tick the Show Advanced Settings check box if it is required to use the extended options that include the extra tabs The advanced Bookings to include in count works in exactly the same way as Applies To read the chapter on Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies To for more information on how the sub tabs work 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 254 Calpendo User Documentation Booking Time To Include The Booking Time To Include tab does not show unless the Show Advanced
349. lue templateApproved is false The templateApproved property is set automatically when a booking is approved by a Time Template and so we can use it to detect how the status was changed New value e of templateApproved equals Specified value x false 5 Under Applies To untick Include Everybody select Use Roles and then add Admin 6 Save the Permission 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 235 Example 6 No One Can Email Password Details In this example we are going to create a Permission that stops everybody from putting the value of the password property of the User Biskit Type into an email To do this we will be using the special user nobody 1 Create a Permission that applies when a User is Read give it a name select the property Password make it negative Authorisation is Deny Permission Include Everybody fe Jroveay _noveay User Groups Please select a User Group to add Y Selection empty Property Path to User s or User Group s Individual Users nobody nobody T Login namel Given name Other name Family name Sr ae Roles lt lt Use Roles 2 Under Applies To untick Include Everybody select Individual Users and then nobody 3 Save the Permission Use this mechanism on any information you do not want sent by e mail 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 2 Calpendo User Documentation Example
350. lus 24 hours to the minute wese To Conditions Old Value of status not equal to Cancelled Applies To Applies To Conditions New Value of status equals Cancelled pom To user roles does not include any There are some important things to note about these conditions e By checking the meta property called user person that makes the change is being checked regardless of who is set to be the booker or owner of the booking e We could have moved the user roles check to the Does Not Apply To section by negating the sense of the condition That is by adding a condition to the Does Not Apply To section that said Meta property user roles includes Admin This would have been functionally identical as long as there were no other entries in the Does Not Apply To section In the Rule Tab enter a message to be displayed to people who try to cancel within 24 hours of the booking 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 236 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 3 4 2 Double Booking Rule Prevention of double bookings is clearly something that a booking system ought to be able to do Calpendo doesn t automatically prevent double bookings but instead provides a Double Booking Rule to allow the system to define precisely how it ought to behave in this area For example to create a Booking Rule that doesn t allow more than one booking for the same resource at the same time That might seem sensible but it s not always that simple Supp
351. lways jump to today The Refresh button will refresh the display and find any changes that have been made since bookings where last fetched At the top of each day in the week view is a label showing the date Click on that date to go to a day view of that date There s also a tab selector on the far right to choose the day week or month view Switch to Switch to day view month view Day Week Month Showing week wiew Click to switch to day view of the selected day 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Documentation This is a day view Bookings for different resources may display in the same column as long as they don t conflict with each other This is shown in this screen shot by the yellow and blue bookings Calendar Tamplates Eechings Project Search Help Wii Babel pitted Setuegd Sigh cul EE EE wa BD Toray Retesn Printable view Bay Week perih 4 August 2010 F M T T F a nf 8 A zt 2 4 5 7 W N i G 6 Mie 2 J H He ar w 7 i z2 3 6 fF 8 1 T Figo This is a month view It can get very cluttered if bookings are not filtered T lemi ai Tamplate Becking Fiajact Search Help EEI EE pusi 2010 MA ED Teday Fiedresh Prntatie view Day Week Month s N Wied Thu Fri Sal Sen 1 3 2 H s ow TF TST GT CS Ee Ee a7 8 9 oD Pit Peirce j her i ri RECO heim Re 234 6 6 oT CT 7 W WW g FERGE r00 Wiel fF 6 fee a 20 a aoa e EEA E sni iit E E
352. matic Email configured that will tell all administrators when there is a new user request The email received contains links to approve or deny the new user request Just click on the links in the email to approve or deny new users Please note that if a resource requires a project to be entered when a booking is made a user cannot book that resource unless they are assigned to the project being used to make the booking The User Requests Page The User Requests page shows users whose status is Requested By default the User Requests page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Booking Requests User Requests EE bees thy E Manager Global Preferences e user s password pr E o Menu Editor EE nien Permissions Approve Deny Blo Force passw eens Delete Refresh save stor Lo J E a u i a a However your administrator may have configured the menus differently This is what the User Requests page looks like when some users are awaiting approval Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help User Requests admin Change Password Settings Sign ouii Lea Other Family Email Identity Password Roles Version Created Updated name name address pa ae ee E ocavsarsin foranes o hangman con blah com Reaves Biology eae ei eee e p Jun 5 sun 2014 18 29 14 33 5 Jun 5 s
353. mber whether this is a patient or healthy volunteer and any other required data For each configured item a user can specify whether Calpendo will store it in its database or not In a future version it will be able to send data to another system via http https and this will include those things Calpendo doesn t store in its own database First select the booking to record resource usage for When sre else the pop up Booking Selector will display the bookings the user has permission to access for the current resource around the current date and time This should make it easy to select the right booking 14 Apr 2013 19 00 4 Earlier Now Later OK Clear Selection Cancel lf a project is requested then one must be selected Note that if a booking is selected then the project will be automatically selected Also select the user that is using the resource here again Permissions may apply Once the user and possibly the project is selected then press the Start Session button when the resource usage begins At this point Calpendo records the time and other information entered and displays the During Usage page 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide at During Usage Page This page shows the following information in a read only format e The resource together with a button to allow the resource to be changed by going back to the Resource Selector page e The project if applica
354. mber of bookings allowed to one This means that there can only be one booking at a time In the case of the computer lab with ten computers this could be set to ten Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued This tab is only shown when the advanced settings B k t t a Sa E option is selected This is described in detail below l This tab is only shown when the advanced settings B k t N a ial aca option is selected This is described in detail below Rejection Type Retry approved bookings Limit or Require coincident bookings Number of coincident bookings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 238 Calpendo User Documentation Advanced Settings Turning on the advanced settings option in the Double Booking Rule displays two extra tabs Bookings To Count and Bookings To Ignore These tabs are not required in the simple case where we only want to prevent multiple bookings for the same resource to coexist They are required when bookings for one resource need to influence bookings for another resource Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request w Limit or require coincident bookings Limit how many bookings exist at the same time W Number of coincident bookings Wo Show advanced settings
355. me of the resource It can be anything required except that s and Groups Editor it should be unique and it is better if the name is not very long so that its a Resource types are configured using the Type as described in Configuring Types And Group Resource types can be used for Time Templates Permissions and Automatic Emails display doesn t take up much space Type ZD T et gt It is not necessary to set the location of a resource but there are many resources it may help to specify the location of each The location can There are three possible values 1 Project Not Required 2 Any Project Required 3 Authorised Project Required This allow a choice of whether bookings for this resource must specify a project Typically there might be different types of resource and projects are only required for some For example projects may need to be associated with bookings for an MRI scanner but not for a conference room Also there is the option of allowing projects to book a resource only if they have an entry for that resource in their Project Resource Settings 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 272 Calpendo User Documentation Property Description Manager User To allow the administrator to point to a group of users that will manage this device This property can then be used in Rules Permissions Automatic E mails etc To allow the administrator to define different Booking Biskit Typ
356. me properties and it specifies how accurately the comparison is to be Then when the Condition is checked and Calpendo compares two dates it first rounds both dates down to the year month day hour minute or second After rounding both dates it then compares the dates using the specified relation Combination Option Once all the conditions have been created choose how logically the conditions will work together the combination option Click on the drop down button in the top left corner of the condition box equals Specified valus Harvard Stans wath ends with Combination Option Description For the combination to be TRUE All All the individual conditions must be true Logical AND Any At least one of the individual conditions must be true Logical OR As long as not all the individual conditions are true this includes none of the conditions being true Logical NAND nai As long as none of the individual conditions are true Logical NOR This creates the following search condition Resources where location name starts with h and type name equals Room and requireCancellationReason equals True At this point use OK to save the condition and Cancel to start again 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 106 Calpendo User Documentation Nested Conditions Nested conditions allow as many levels of conditions as the user requires Each set of nested conditions also has its own combi
357. mitted users may test Booking Rules This is important because an Advanced Booking Rule contains user supplied Java code that will be executed on the server To cover the potential security issue users require Execute permission on the Booking Rule To allow a user to validate Booking Rules there must be a Permission for the Rule Biskit Type that must have no conditions A future version of Calpendo will allow the administrator to control which Booking Rules a user can validate Currently users can either validate all Booking Rules or no Booking Rules Dump Database Dump Database action Permissions are checked when trying to using the Database Backup page to generate a copy of all the data in the database Update Database Schema Checked when using the Bakery to modify the database schema for newly added dynamic properties 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 285 6 11 2 The Permissions Editor The Permissions Editor shows all the Permissions and allows the user to create update and delete them By default it appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help 5 Refresh Open All Close All Edit Create Create Booking Requests es History Create Project Requests Delete User Requests Dump Database User Search Execute a Bookmark Manager Exists a Email d i j a Automatic Email j FAQ Editor Manual Email Run Report Updat Global Preferences
358. most calendar applications Start by choosing from the options below Select the resource to include in the feed MEG hi Select whether to include only your own bookings in the feed Include only bookings related to me Select which of your bookings to include W Bookings you created i Bookings You own Bookings for projects you own Bookings for any of your projects Copy the link below and paste it into any calendar application that takes Cal feed eg Google Calendar iCal Outlook etc http xps Calpendo downloads type ical resource 7 user 34include ynnn Click to view the feed The link to be copied is made up of two parts the first part is extracted from Admin gt General Preferences gt Email gt Emailed Base URL and then the downloads section is appended Please make sure that the base URL is set up correctly 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 46 Calpendo User Documentation Printable View In the bookings calendar you can bring up a printable view Use the pull down to determine the hours you wish to view and then click on the OK button The Printable View you get will be the same type of view as you were originally in day week or month but with only the hours requested being shown To exit the view either press the browser back button or left click the mouse anywhere in the window Here is an example of a weekly view showing from 08 00 16 00
359. n to edit the project and add themselves then they can ask the administrator or they can make a request using the Project Membership Request page The default place on the menu for this page is at Projects gt Project Membership Request However Calpendo may have been configured so that this page is called something else or is not shown at all Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Anp Request Project Membership Create Project Enter the codes for your requested project My Projects p Submit request Project Search ant Project Membership Reques Enter the code s for the project s for which a joining request is needed and press the Submit Request button This will notify the administrator who will see whatever text has been entered There is no automated response to this Once the request has been submitted wait for your administrator to respond to it Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help Request Project Membership Enter the codes for your requested projects Submit request X 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide While Calpendo is primarily about bookings it can also record the actual usage ofa resource This is done with a page that essentially offers a start and a stop button and captures information about what the resource usage was for and whether it went well or not Typically this would be done with a computer that is next to the equipment whos
360. n that is particular to the resources they have if there is an MRI scanner you will probably want to know what people are intending to do both in the scanner room and possibly outside Are they going to use lasers gases pain devices collect blood or give drugs Are they going to take any new equipment into the scanner room and if so what These questions are just examples of things that may be appropriate for one facility and not for others This is why Calpendo allows you to configure your projects to contain the properties that make sense for your facility 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 207 some properties exist for every Calpendo installation and these are described in Project Properties For example every project has a name status and a list of users that are associated with the project The properties on a new project in a new Calpendo installation are a default set that may well not be appropriate for your use and so as well as adding your own required properties it may also be necessary to remove some Adding removing and relabelling properties is done in the Bakery Properties can be added to bookings as well as projects so its possible to always capture the information required When creating your own properties for projects each property has a required attribute that can be selected this will force a user who is creating a new project to enter data into this field For
361. n the Booking Biskit dateRange start will refer to a property called dateRange found on the Booking Biskit dateRange is of type DateRange this type has some sub types one of which is start start holds the date and time of the start of the date range cancelled will refer to a property called cancelled found on the Booking Biskit datediff is a MySQL function that returns the difference between two dates as a whole number of days For more accurate time differences use a combination of time diff and time_to_sec i e time_to_sec timediff date1 date2 returns the number of seconds between the two dates We will be using the costPerHour property that can be set up for each resource a project 9 can use This way individual projects can be set up to pay different amounts for each resource 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select the Biskit to add properties to in this case Booking 4 Press the Edit button to get the Bis kit into edit mode 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 388 Calpendo User Documentation 5 Press the Add New button to add a new property 6 Update the meta properties of the property Most of them do not need to be changed but as a minimum a Change Type to double b Change Name to BookingCost c Make it not Editable d Make it Formulaic Properties Add Mew Cut Copy Paste Delete a j AA CELT agipttie jamma min
362. n the database that reference the item then it may be difficult to delete it because the references must be removed first Press to delete the selected items from the database The Create button will create a new item of the selected type but it will be greyed out if the user does not have permission to create items of that type Once pressed the item will go into edit mode The item will not exist in the database until either Save or Apply are pressed The Create Copy button will create a copy of the selected type but it will be greyed out if the user does not have permission to create items of that type Once pressed the item will go into edit mode The item will not exist in the database until either Save or Apply are pressed Apply Cancel REL Create Create LER Cut The Cut button cuts the currently selected item removing it from its current position and puts it in the edit buffer for later use overwriting the current buffer contents Copy The Copy button takes a copy of the currently selected item and puts it in the edit buffer for later use overwriting the current buffer contents Paste The Paste button pastes the current paste buffer contents to the currently selected position 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Li Calpendo User Guide Viewing Buttons Button Description Refresh The Refresh button reloads the current page from the database
363. n the system has a predefined set of actions that need to be controlled However Calpendo is designed to allow for precise control over the detail of what people are allowed to do This means that it is much more flexible for a variety of situations That flexibility also leads to a degree of complexity but this section of the manual will try to make this topic as simple as possible Permissions are not im plemented with an all encompassing list of actions The method that is used is to define a small set of simple actions and then create customised and highly targeted individual Permissions to control what can be done The overall picture is then obtained by aggregating those individual Permissions That aggregation is possible due to a mechanism that allows layering of Permissions where some Permissions can override others The crucial element in allowing this is the concept that Calpendo supports both authorising Permissions that permit something to be done and non authorising Permissions that deny the right to do something 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 279 Breaking An Activity Into Its Parts Let s start by looking at an example viewing the content of a booking This breaks down into the following items 1 Action Start by looking at the underlying action Everything is broken down into an action of some sort and the most common actions are create read update and delete In the example
364. n the user s row apart from the check box The user s details will appear at the bottom of the page already in edit mode and the values can be changed as required It is useful to define the users roles at this point A new user can be assigned any role the person doing the assigning has If the assignee has Admin Guest then they can assign Admin and Guest ro es to another user pev Jez fore fe pemen eres fn feeen fano jaa Ap B k Fo set Delete prove Deny orce password re Refresh Save History C A er identity Projects Groups Local Y Watson Choose the status you want the user to have from the drop down There is no difference between selecting a status here and using the buttons in the checked button bar To associate this user with some projects select the Projects tab at the bottom and select the projects you want to add Please select a Project to add Please select a Project to add genetics heritabililty null My new project radiation radiation space the final frontier 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 156 Calpendo User Documentation After projects have been added they are shown in the table imaging Medical imaging CT aT OG imaging _ Approved rontgen Wilhelm Rontgen Medical imaging t_ Remove When finished press the Save button A pop up will appear briefly in the bottom right corner to indicate
365. name of the service provider There are three possible values 1 Project Not Required Order Definition Location 2 Any Project Required 3 Authorised Project Required This allow a choice of whether a requester of this service must specify a project Typically there might be different types of services and projects are only required for some Option three allows projects to book a service only if they have an entry for that service in their project service settings Description lA full description of the service Users Those users that will be emailed when an order is made for this service User Groups Groups of users that will be emailed when an order is made for this service 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 278 6 11 6 11 1 Permissions Calpendo User Documentation Permissions are designed to be very flexible so that you have fine grained control over who can perform what action on what data This can be done by creating multiple Permissions objects Calpendo looks at all the Permissions that apply to the action the user is trying to perform and uses them to work out if Permission should be granted or denied How Permissions Work some systems have a large master list of actions and then for each role there would be a tick against each of the actions that users with that role can do The problem with that kind of approach is that it is best employed whe
366. narcio 27 uc 2040 09 00 10 00 18 Aug This is what the Booking Requests page looks like when there are some bookings awaiting approval Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help admin Reset password Settings Sign out Weekly leonardo Every 2 weekis oh End on Oct 1 2010 Weekly So l T fe am en O leonarao 27 aug 2010 os 00 1 00 aug 201014 22 _frontgen Medical imaging fary tab C Jieonarao 16 Oct 20101400 15 15 3 Sep 2009 20 09 ione gen Medical imaging scanner ntqen Weekly leonardo 29 Oct 2010 11 00 13 00 9 Sep 2009 20 09 ronte canner Feguested Every 2 week s End on Mo end date Approve Deny Cancel Delete button bar Refresh Save History The regular button bar f Bookings will only appear in this page if they are repeatable or are currently in the future Any request which is now in the past will not be viewed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 140 Calpendo User Documentation Approving Or Denying Bookings As described in The Booking Approval Process approving or denying bookings means changing their status The top part of the Booking Requests page provides a quick way to do just this Tick the check box next to each booking whose status is needed to be changed ja F ra wie Tf ee ia T Mitin a r ie Approve Deny Cancel Delete Note that as soon as there are any bookings checked then the
367. nation option allowing the user to create as complex an overall condition as possible Each nested set of conditions is evaluated separately and the overall result of the nested condition is then used as an individual condition result as part of the level above s condition calculation In order to use advanced conditions tick the Show Advanced box Once ticked the Create Advanced Condition icon appears at the top of the condition list and on each of the current conditions pias Advanced Create Advanced ERLE LS Conditions Selected nested Condition All of the following apply Show advanced F Es Value of locaton name starts with Value of typ name equals Specified value Room value of fequireCancellationReaso equals Specified value true Below the conditions have been expanded using a nested condition The nested condition has two parts name and collectUsage and it will be True if both sub conditions are True Conditions x Any of the following apply Value of location name Starts with Z of the following apply Value of name starts with Value of collectUsage equals z Specified value tue Value m of type name equals Specified value Room value of requiraCancellationReasa equals Specified value true This creates the following search condition Resources where location name starts with h or name starts w
368. nces page f Calpendo is hosted on calpendo com then the SMTP host and emailed base URL will have been configured already However it is possible to choose the name that Calpendo reminders and Automatic Email appear to come from New User Requests When a new user registers in Calpendo by default Calpendo is configured to send an email to administrators This means any user registered in the system whose roles include the Admin role Who gets Automatic Emails can be changed but for now it is best to make sure that there is at least one user with the Admin role that has a valid email address configured See Modifying Users for information on how to do that Before Going Live These are the things that need to be done before you go live and use Calpendo for real e Work out what properties should exist on a Project and bookings for different resources e Work out how projects will be approved and who will assign the project a unique code e Use the Bakery to configure the properties on a Project and then modify the project template which is copied each time a new project is created e Use the Bakery to create any required Booking sub types and configure their properties e Create one or two projects in Calpendo and configure them to mirror real projects to see if all the information required can be specified e Work out whether to n all users a User Type and whether to assign all projects a
369. ndar This allows selection of the format for items displayed on the Resource Usage Calendar Format for Actual Usage on the Calendar Usage day week title format Lise default format Usage day week content format Use default format Usage month title format Use default format Setting 8 8 Description esses Usage day week title This specifies what information should be displayed in the title bar format of each resource usage in the day and week view Usage day week This specifies what information should be displayed in the main content format body of each resource usage in the day and week view Usage month title This specifies the content of each resource usage in the month format view Oe The format is specified by providing a single line of text using a particularly complicated syntax A future version of Calpendo will provide a graphical editor so that it s much easier to specify how usage should be laid out on screen For now if this is required please contact support calpendo com 6 16 12 Rules The Rules tab of the Global Preferences page sets up the following Rules Apply To Admin Setting Description Rules Apply To Admin This chooses whether or not Booking Rules apply to users with the Admin role 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 346 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 13 Security The Security tab of the Global Preferences page sets up the items below Browser A use
370. ndo User Documentation To change the search parameters rset es a EE C e Choose Selected User Type then select a user type from the drop down options pm Eia Coa gt Status Roles Conditions Normal Requested Blocked Password must be reset at next login Denied Ta Then select the user status required Fia E Rapant tyo Lent Aapon E Uvar Typa E Siaa E Roia E Condtii Corri Retan Go Avtorwn L wee ate y ak Bae mee piua equate n oe A Ii read y o peal AS aie i or aiit Ecurnd d uii And select the user roles 2 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide ter Set up additional conditions for the search For more information on how to set up page conditions read the information in the Search There are no conditions Add condition LOK Conca t_ cam Ketan i Login name V Roles N Given name W Other name Family name N Email address User Type Status Expiry Date And change the columns displayed in the output Reset Resets the search conditions to the defaults set up on starting the search Go Runs the search with the current conditions Autorun If this button is ticked then searches will run aS soon as any conditions change If the user will be changing a number of the conditions of the search or sea
371. ng Rule for every user in the system 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 247 Example Allowing a user to only have a certain number of future bookings at any one time The facility may want to limit users to a specific number of bookings at any one time or ina particular time period Once a booking is used the user can then make another booking As an example a user may only have three future bookings on a resource at any one time To do this create a Number of Bookings Rule give it a name and set the Number of Bookings to be 3 Under the Rule tab Then set up some Booking Rules the first part will count bookings matching the current user the second part will count only future bookings Use New value rather than Old value so that already created bookings that are moved from somewhere where they are not counted to somewhere where they will be counted will be caught Section Tab Description Bookings to count Bookers Users set to Matched User Bookings to count Conditions Value of dateRange start later than now to the a Double Bookings Enabled Enabled Y Change Type Create and update VW Rule Type Number of Bookings V C CCSC d Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Reject Retry approved bookings Do not suggest a retry as a booking request V Number or Bookings Fxea vawe V T M Specify bookers Users Any User Vv User Types
372. ng message e Refuse the change and show an error message The administrator should give indicate which Booking Rules are being used by the facility The configuration of Booking Rules is beyond the scope of the Calpendo User Guide but read the Configuring Booking Rules section for more details Permissions Permissions are not discussed much in the Calpendo User Guide because the Permissions that exist are completely configurable for the facility by the administrator and the user should not need to know much about them A user will be subject to whatever Permissions have been set up for Calpendo and the only way a user will know when something is not allowed is if the system prevents them from attempting to do something such as greying out buttons that lead to actions that cannot be performed or by giving an error pop up that will say Permission Denied To know more about Permissions then see the Permissions chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide ot 3 4 3 Searching For Bookings Calpendo has multiple ways of finding out information about the bookings apart from using the Bookings Calendar 3 4 3 1 Using The Booking Searches All the booking search pages work in a similar way This chapter explains the basic mechanisms for all the booking searches To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search
373. ng the database changes to be implemented 12 Press the Apply Changes button to update the database There will be a response saying how many rows affected Press OK to finish a Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits b Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo c Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 394 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 5 Adding ANew Yes No Mapped Int Property An example of adding a new Mapped Int to the Database for use in integer properties giving Yes No as the drop down values rather than True False 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Open up the Mapped Int tree 3 Select one of the Mapped Int s 4 Press the Create button to create a new Mapped Int 5 Update the meta properties a Change Name to Yes No b Change Null Value Label to Not Selected 6 Use the Add button under Values to create a new value a Change Name to Yes b Change Value to 1 Use the Add button under Values to create a new value a Change Name to No b Change Value to 0 5b Change Mull Value Label to Hot Selected Vee ba Change bb Change es Mame to es Value to 1 Pu fa Change l Value to 8 Press the Save button 9 Refresh the browser 10 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 11 Select the Biskit to add properties to in this case Project 12 Press the Edit button to get the Biskit into edit mode 13 Press the Add N
374. ng to be flexible so that it could meet the requirements of many different types of facilities It s targeted at people who have shared but within that there are many different ways you might like a booking system to work Consequently there are many options for how Calpendo can be configured When first using Calpendo it is unusual to know exactly or even approximately how it is required to be configured for the facility This section poses some of the questions to ask yourself as the configurer but understand that most of them will not be answerable initially The options are numerous enough that it is expected that the system will be configured over a period of time as a better feel for what can be done is acquired and more information on how it needs to work for the facility is realised Also these questions only give a taste of some of the things that can be done Please understand that things can be made as simple or as complicated as required If the facility is relatively new and the resources are not yet fully utilised then some of the things that Calpendo allows may not be required Resources e What resources are there that should be bookable e Is there going to be a single resource to record annual leave e Is there going to be a resource to represent individual people whose time can be booked e Do bookers of a resource have to have an allocated project 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configurat
375. nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunne 133 Part IV Calpendo Administration Guide 136 4 1 Booking Administration siccve vice vetsanatc vances aaa vcauetcines bc eeveheuues eee evnce cet auc eeieguers 136 4 1 1 IBOOKING PrOpertie Sie cesteee seer cnet ee eee ee Se ee ee ee een eee 137 4 1 2 The Booking Approval Process sunieuehieweeercstencteereieee tee eierxtereesei eter 138 4 1 3 The Booking Requests Page Aviccie caceias ee ie ee eee ae eae eee eee 139 A 2 Proje AGMINISUACION seasccs soi sanecouraeieaninecessacs sive E 143 A2 I Project PIO Pe Rie Ss r aaa a e r a E AAA Re Aaaa aa aoa a a 144 4 2 2 The Project Approval ProcesSS ssassssssssssnnsnnssnnsrnnennnernnernnernnernnennnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne ennenen 145 42 3 The Project Requests PAGe ea aE Se ese A a ae aeaa AA aaa A aE AEEA 146 4 3 User AdmiNIStraton aooiee a a eee wan aaa aaa aa a 150 A 3 1 Us rProperlieS sein beoutbatecuasausasaommatargouenee 150 43 2 Th USEF Appr val Prot sSsS oiserninano a E E aa a EAAS 153 4 3 3 The User Reguests Pag ninini i a a aA en S aaa Eaa aaea eai niasin 153 7s es A U eo A a ANA EAE EE Dr ES E AAEE EE E EEEE A T EET 158 43 9 COO AUN GUS CFS arcsin aa a cp boucudesnscdaaveusiasionanceee 162 4 3 60 MOGIFYVING US CRS arrosan veces oleae oe a vat ase ated eee cee ete 163 4 3 7 Changing A User s Settings cccccccsscssssscesssessscessssnesssnesssoesssnevesneeusneessanessenesusonseeaeesseneeseneauaeesanneaeas 167 A 3 GO DOE Cla WS ET anaana a
376. nnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnennnnnnnn annn 324 6 19 FAQ Editor conna a a a a aa a ah Sa SN 325 6 16 Glo obD l Preferences siniwinnine iaee a a a a ieee 328 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 6 Calpendo User Documentation 616I AAD AN E etic cece Beha chek ee cccictedecsceviad cuudaeasasaeveuaevaunsiiaususeacetasedunuaneasusnvaabenaeeusaacceaveuunicuestuanvievene 329 6 16 2 Booking Reminders cece steaasicicec tie casctivanceduetachocis dean tvedsaviivseucedetwaniaudeaanasoiveiuncieulcaavabveadabesvedenanesvantiusxavataeendting 331 6 163 IBOOK GS arisin es ance we Soccer aa aa aV unten 331 6 16 4 Date And TiMe hostess eco tariseciain tacdntsdeennatrdetwvn cea va virras beiavebeanasenereetunrwovcieriiwardseduauaebnevedraviuusvaeceaaeed 337 6 16 5 ENV a gaene O AE E E S A Ea 338 60 16 6 General cececce avast ia a a a S 339 6216 7 E e A EE T E E E E E E E EE E E E E E T T EET 340 6 16 8 IMSS irem a E a a a E E E aE 341 6 16 9 Netw rk Metrics sorsan E E E 342 O 16 10 Proje CES nornin i aaO aa a A e Ae ENRETA 343 6 16 11 Reso rce Usage sanarronii oaa a a acetate eaten 344 3 lg e ag a e e E ee Ee 345 a h aa e EES 0 E A E E E A EE A E ET E A AE A EE A E EE 346 6 16 14 System Usage Statistics ccseissevciaccscaeusiveadatesanacesicnedettivecietcetusiantocanndeuniaetdninsde vincaiveadsaascearaonsaniedivsaxadvacbenas 348 6 16 15 Ome Template S vanai ii E E A a n aAA 349 6 16 16 US rs karned ae aa a aaraa
377. nsible with the choice depending on how Calpendo should be set up to meet your general requirements Let s suppose we want to allow users with the Admin user role to book well into the future for any project Then the physicist and biologist Booking Rules could be changed from the previous example so that their Does Not Apply To sections contain this Section Tab Description Does Not Apply To Projects Add the Special Projects project group to the list of Sg ee ee projects Does Not Does Not Apply To To Bookers _ Add Admin to the bookers user roles selection Admin to the bookers user roles selection However this is probably not what is required With this prescription any booking whose ig set to Admin and whose project is in the Special Projects group will be allowed to book well into the future For a Booking Rule such as this it may be required to exclude a booking from the Booking Rule if the project is special or if the booking were made by an administrator To achieve this replace the Bookers entry with a condition like this Section Tab Description ss s sS Does Not Apply To a Add the Special Projects project group to the list of targeted projects A plies To nnes fa Value of booker role does not contain any Admin Note that we also put the condition on the Applies To section Had we used a condition in the Does Not Apply To section then we would still have required all of the Does Not Ap
378. nt Many to One v a Change Inverse Property Inverse Property Attachments to Attachments Default Value Null 13 Press the Save button 14 If there are no errors the database will need to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 402 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 8 Creating AHierarchy Of BiskitDef An example of creating a hierarchy of BiskitDef similar to Location Where a parent can have many children of the same type of BiskitDef and a child will have only one parent We will create one called Organisation Go to Admin gt Bakery Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree Select any Biskit Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this case Organisation b Change Group to help find all the new BisketDefs using the Filter Biskit Group button c In Properties Add New Change Name to Name d Change Name Property on the BisketDef to point to the new Name property Or KRG DH eS Trenen Zvane n tO Null Value Label Read Write Muse default gt Visible in Collection Editor e Shareable w
379. nu Editor M i Permissions Resource Editor r mesg Rule Editor System Events F gt G O r The Tree Of Automatic Emails Automatic Emails are triggered when data of a particular Biskit Type is created updated or deleted Each Automatic Email defines which Biskit Type triggers it and which action created updated or deleted triggers it This means all the Automatic Emails can be categorised by Biskit Type and action The above screen shot shows all the Biskit Types for which there are Automatic Emails Note that an Automatic Email can be defined that will trigger for any Biskit Type For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter eteen Cenn all conn ceee Once all the items in the tree are viewable the emails in Something created E Ee pi econ their Biskit Type Action Automatic Email i request enna categorisation will be seen with any that are disabled Permission User 4 shown in red The tree shown here shows fourteen Exprodo User n n 1 a Automatic Emails four of which are disabled and so are New user request to admin 7 I New user request wait a shown In red Project si i The first one shown under User called New user System Event _ request to admin is an Automatic Email that is Exception to email f m d triggered when a user is created Something deleted Update Something updated a Login Attempt f tester
380. o Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 329 6 16 1 Appearance Appearance controls the look and feel of Calpendo It does this by allowing the creation of CSS to overwrite the default values The user can also set the headings for the Host Page and for the Login page as well as a banner to be displayed at the top of each page The Headings debug setting will only be shown when the Show advanced appearance box is ticked Setting Description User CSS To specify Cascading Style Sheets CSS that you would like to be used by Calpendo Anything specified here will override the default values so that you can customise the look and feel Headings This sets several properties that control the look of Calpendo see the table below for the headers that can be changed Headings To specify the same sort of content as used for Headings above but debug allows alternative values when Calpendo is in debug mode An example of User CSS would be the following registerButton display none This would remove the Register New User button from the login page An exampleof User CSS for Calpendo would be to change the way Cancelled bookings looked This would draw a line through the text in the header strike through Booking CANCELLED Booking heading text decoration line through This would draw diagonal lines through the body of the booking these lines can have multiple colours here they are set to be th
381. o User Documentation e t used to be a requirement that http access was required at least from localhost even when you only wanted https access to be remotely accessible This requirement no longer exists so you only need to configure the SSL VirtualHost with the above directives if you only want to provide SSL access SELinux Settings lf you are running a version of Linux that uses SELinux then you may find that your Apache HTTP server is prevented from opening further http connections thereby stopping the above from working You can check whether you will need to do this by running this command Getsebool httpd can Network connect lf this returns zero or off then you will need to change this setting by running this command Setsebool P httpd can network connect 1 You can read about the httpd can network connect setting on the httpd_selinux man page If your httpd can network connect setting is zero or off then the result will be an error in your Apache logs similar to this 13 Permission denied proxy HTTP attempt to connect to 127 0 0 1 8080 localhos Rebooting Finally you will need to arrange for MySQL Tomcat and Apache to be started each time your operating system boots You should follow the standard method for your platform For Windows this means they should all have been installed as services Advanced Apache Configuration sometimes you may have an external facing Apache HTTP server through which all of you
382. o be emailed to Exprodo 340 Calpendo User Documentation Setting Description Reports Software Automatic delivery of crash reports are a very useful tool for helping to find and fix problems and are only used for this purpose Default Initial Choose which page is displayed by default when this program is first Page Token started Enter the text after the in the browser s address bar and before any non alphanumeric characters Maximum File choose the maximum size of a file to be uploaded as an attachment Upload The default is 10 Megabytes Megabytes 6 16 7 Licence This tab lets the administrator enter a licence key as well as see what the current licence key limits are When provided with a new key click the Enter New Licence Key button and copy and paste the new licence into the Enter New Licence Key text box and press OK Once you have been returned back to this view make sure you save the changes using the Global Preferences Save button Program Name Calpendo Licensed to Expires 30 Jun 2014 Multiple Logins Yes Indicates whether the same user can be logged in concu Max Number Of Bookings Limits Max Number Of Projects Max Number Of Resources Max Number Of Templates Unlimited Enter New Licence Key The table at the bottom of the Licence area will specify how many of each of the properties are being used and the limit defined by the current key 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Conf
383. o be sent by email go to Permissions and create an Email Readeable Permission for the user nobody Dealing With Sensitive Data In Emails lf there is data that any user shouldn t be able to put into an email because of confidentiality or sensitivity but the user still needs to be able to access the information in Calpendo then set up specific Permissions for data There is a special user called nobody which is used for this purpose In the Permissions page for a property or Biskit create a Permission with Action set to Read E Mail Readable or Exists Positive to False and Applies To to nobody so that the property or Biskit can still be accessed and read_by the user within Calpendo but cannot be added to an email Read the Permissions section for more details on setting Permissions 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 306 Calpendo User Documentation 6 12 2 Example Automatic Emails Example 1 Send Email To An Administrator When A Project Request Created This first example shows how to send an email to an administrator when somebody creates a Project whose status is Requested 1 First go to the Automatic Emails page and press the Create button to create a new Automatic Email 2 Give ita name like Project request to admin 3 Specify the Biskit Type as Project 4 Specify an action type of Create Project request to admin 5 Add a condition Status is Requested l of status equals Mal 6 Add the recipi
384. o drop the database recreate it and then load the backup 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 446 Calpendo User Documentation 8 Glossary Term Abdicated Acceptable Action Applies To Approved Booking Approved User Approved Project Automatic Approval Automatic Denial Bakery Best Possible Biskit BiskitDef Biskit Type Bit Set Booker Booking Booking Approval Process Bookings Calendar Booking Rule Booking Rule Type Definition The process of indicating that you will not use ab booking slot allocated to you by a Time Template so that it can be used by other people A Time Template e js acceptable when bookings s E matching the Time Template should be allowed and should be given the status of Requested See Permission Action Defines the list of users that are will affected This list is overruled by the Does Not Apply To To omlst ie If a user is in both lists then the Does Not Apply To is used Ab booking whose status is approved A user that has been approved for access to the system A project that has been approved for use by an administrator A Time Tem plate has a state of automatic approval when bookings matching the Time Template should be allowed and automatically given the status of Approved A Time Tem plate has a state of automatic denial when bookings matching the Time Template should not be allowed An editor which allows the user to Gl crea
385. o mechanism in the UI for adding a new C or removing an old C from a oneToMany property on P if that property has its ReferenceDeletionOption set to SET NULL e The BiskitDef validation done by the bakery now checks for multiple one ToMany properties with the same child type It then complains if there are many such properties and any of them don t have their ReferenceDeletionOption set to SET NULL 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 26 Calpendo User Documentation Record Which Pages A User Has Used For Exception Reports The last few application pages visited are now remembered by the web browser Whenever the client detects an error the event that is logged in the database now includes the record of which pages were visited recently lf the Global Preferences allow for error reports to be emailed back to Exprodo Software we will now receive this record telling us what was being done when the error occurred This will make it easier to fix bugs by automatically giving us better information about the context of an error The information we receive will be o The contents of your browser s address bar after the o The label of the menu item for your current page the breadcrumb o The name of the part of the program that generated the page lf anybody has concerns over privacy please let us know But you can prevent this information being sent to us by disabling the automatic exception reports in Global Preferences Also if your
386. o provide the fluorescence signal Radiological Assessment Radiciogy Bergen Radiologist to look over SCG for abnormalities Once the order option is clicked the appropriate Service Order form will appear Cancel Save Whole Chromosme Painting Please select a Project Requested admin admin 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide ot Fill in the order form and Save for the service order to be created Above is the basic order form this can be changed by the administrator by adding new properties either to the Service Order Bisket Type or creating a new Biskit Type that derives from Service Order and includes any required additional properties 3 7 2 Searching For Orders Calpendo has multiple ways of finding out information about the service orders that have been created 3 7 2 1 Using The Order Searches All the order search pages work in a similar way This chapter explains the basic mechanisms for all the order searches To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search w Chapter When entered any of the order search pages you will automatically start a search of the appropriate type This is what a search will look like when it is completed Found one service order creator owner Service Status_ Project createa___ Mmodiniea canceneq leonardo Leonardo Da Vinc
387. o the search F Trace IF EmailNotifier V Biskit Validation 02 May 2013 00 00 7 02 May 2013 33 59 Choose the start date Choose the end date 7 Debug F ExprodoBootS t E Ecot and time for the system and time for the system iyi no Ble l G E was RA ia ExprodoServicelmpi wi warn ExprodoSessionDAG v Error lvi Eror E ExtemalServicelmpl Exception Choose the __ 0 Fatal E Logging Wl Login accepted type of event ES be Reminder Manager Login failure 7 RepeatableHandier M Refresh 7 a Scheduler W Reload database configuration TRAFAN nanmissians Choose the source of Choose the category of the event the event Once the search has run the results will look similar to below clicking on an event will bring up the expanded view for that event below the list view ren sors _ Category Type User ______ Affected Type 7 RepeatableHandler eate eo OO O O TY 2 may 2013 02 00 Logging as a al al m y 2013 02 2 Reminder Manager _ Reminder unsent a E 2 May 201303 17 RepeatableHandler Update m ST 2 May 2013 07 00 Logging ae ST Es May 2013 07 00 Reminder Manage ao SO SS a say TS ca Ree a e T E a aging Ce E A 2 ages ee feet A oS 2 May 20 osas ogging JE 2 eaaa 2 May 2013 09 17 as A E E 2 Mav 2013 08 261 Looaina When 2 May 2013 08 17 Source RepeatableHandler Category Update ype Jin user Affected Type Affected iD Messag
388. o use those Rules For example by default users with the Admin role can modify more things than users without the Admin role User Settings Specifies settings that change the way Calpendo operates for this user These will override the Global Preferences User Status The current status of the users account This may be one of Requested Normal Password must be reset at next login Blocked or Denied User Type A way of grouping similar users together A user has one type See also User Group 2010 2015 Exprodo Software index as Index B Backing Up The Database 430 Use Custom Per Table Settings 431 A Bakery 351 Biskit Definitions 353 Abdicate 58 Biskit Format 356 Actual Resource Usage Biskit Inheritance 357 Enabling For A Particular Resource 273 Biskit Property Definitions 363 Admin Role Bit Sets 368 Introduction To 150 Boolean Property Definitions 364 Projects That Can Be Booked 144 Check Reserved Words Preference 339 Receiving New User Request Emails 201 Double Property Definitions 365 Advanced Booking Rule Edit Mode 380 API 258 Editor 378 Appearance Editor Example 384 Global Preferences For 329 Example Adding A New Yes No Mapped Int A Property 394 pproving Booking Requests 139 Example Adding Created Updated Version Properties 392 Example Adding File Attachment Properties 390 Example Adding Formulaic Properties 387 Example Adding Properties 384 Example Booking Cost Formulae 38 7 Example Cr
389. oes not include an This is the standard choice of relations for an integer or floating point number property A date property displays with semantically identical options but using different words to match the English you would expect Not all integer properties display using the above options That s because some integer properties are defined as a bit set of values of named integers see Bit Sets for details A good example of this is a user s roles There are up to 32 roles defined and a user may be deemed to have any number of these roles For such properties it doesn t make sense to compare two sets of roles using greater than or less than and so the available relations are changed to reflect this A text property displays with options for comparison with the starting ending or interior characters Also available is pattern matching using the following A The beginning of the line The end of the line l Any character Zero or more times One or more times Once or not at all X Y Either X or Y n Exactly n times n m Atleast n times but not more than m times a z Characters a to z a z Any character other than a to z Search conditions are not case sensitive while non search Automatic Email P Permission or Booking Rule conditions are case sensitive Depending on whether the ab mer matching is going to be done in Java Automatic Email Permission or Booking R
390. of segregating users projects and resources P The Difference Between Types and Groups The key thing to understand is that a user has precisely one type but may belong to any number of groups Your Calpendo should be configured with types and groups that make sense for you A default installation comes with no types and no groups If your installation does use User Types then when a user registers they will be asked what their type is An administrator can override that and change it when they approve the user but the user will always have a single type When users have types then the type can be used for Permissions Automatic Emails Manual emails and Booking Rules User Types are used if there is some logical separation of users that fits the notion of a user having precisely one type For example it may be that there are multiple departments in your company with everybody belonging to only one department If that were the case then perhaps you would have as many User Types as there are departments User Groups can also be used for Permissions Automatic Emails 2 Manual Emails and Booking Rules the same as for types However there is greater flexibility due to the way a user can belong to multiple groups or no groups So while a user s type may indicate their department or whatever groups could be created that reflect any sort of grouping that makes sense in your situation Given this apparent flex
391. of each booking in the month view i The format for these settings is specified by providing a single line of text using a particularly complicated syntax A future version of Calpendo will provide a graphical editor so that it s much easier to specify how bookings should be laid out on screen For now if you want to do this please contact support calpendo com 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 335 Bookings Calendar Start And Finish Time By default the calendar will display from midnight to midnight with a week view that contains seven days starting on a Monday However these settings can be changed so that for example the calender will only show from 8am to 6pm and from Monday to Friday if your building was always closed outside those hours Bookings Calendar Start and Finish Day starting hour Day finish hour 24 First day of week Monday Number of days per week 7 Setting Description Day starting hour Default O Day finish hour Default 24 First day of week Default Monday Num ber of days per week Default T Miscellaneous Settings There are various miscellaneous settings The first two refer to how the resource columns will be displayed within the calendar For each user their User Settings specifies the default values for resource columns The global preference for resource columns is similar but allows an administrator to specify the resource
392. of how to configure properties on a project A Project Resource Settings has the following properties Property Name Description Resource This is the resource this Project Resource Settings pertains to Number of This is the total number of bookings that are expected to be used by Sessions this project for this resource Minutes Per This is the expected average duration of each booking for this project Session on this resource Cost Per Hour This is the cost to be charged for each session Again as for projects your Calpendo may have additional properties confic ured for Project Resource Settings Such extra properties could be used in Booking Rules or in generating reports 4 2 2 The Project Approval Process The process of approving new projects is highly configurable in Calpendo see Configuring The Project Approval Process for details This should be configured in a manner that makes sense for your facility The basic options are whether to have a single step or a multi step approval process Single Step Project Approval Process A single step approval process is appropriate when there is a single person who decides whether a project should go ahead or the decision is made in a single meeting Under these circumstances a project changes from its Re eguested state to either Approved or Denied in a single step The project s status property is sufficient to handle this and as far as Calpendo
393. oking Sub Types The administrator now has much more control on a resource by resource basis of the properties required to make a booking Therefore the information required on the booking pop up may change depending on which resource is being booked Referenced By Condition This is an extension of conditions that is turned on when the Show advanced check box is selected It allows the addition of a condition on the number of times the biskit in question is referenced by other biskits E G finding all the projects that have not had a booking in the last 6 months or that have had more than 10 bookings in the last week Soft Locking When a user begins editing anything if it appears that anybody else is already editing it then the user will be warned Authentication There s now support for single sign on and other authentication methods This means that users don t need to have separate passwords for Calpendo and other systems This includes an updated login page and new user registration page B Is also easier to disable user self registration for those sites that prefer to do this Third Party Software The About page now has a link to a page that shows what third party software has been used in making Calpendo Automatic Timestamps As well as storing all activity in the audit log Bookings have always directly stored the date and time when they were created and last changed This has now been extend
394. oking tab is where the values of the booking being created is specified or when simulating an update this is replaced by two tabs Old Booking and New Booking where the old and new values for the simulated booking can be specified Then decide which user the test is being run as Running the test while pretending to be another user is a way to see how the Booking Rule would behave when a booking is created or update by somebody else Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Test Resource Subject Room x Type No booking type 7 Project Please select a Project When 14 May 2013 All day 12 00 13 00 Reminder Send reminder email Repeat No repeat gt Status Requested x 4 Booker admin admin KI Owner admin admin Description Finally the Test Rule button runs the test The text area at the very bottom of the tab shows the output and the rejection level returned from the Booking Rule with information about what happened If there s a message that would be presented to the user or the Booking Rule provided some other output by calling RulesResult setOutput String then it will be shown in the Message to show user area 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 265 6 7 Types And Groups For various reasons it is useful to be able to split users into sets of one sort or another This is done in Calpendo using types and groups These are two independent means
395. om 7am to 7pm Monday to Friday Since the laboratory is new its scanner doesn t get much use yet so there is no need to enforce much in the way of booking controls but it is required to prevent people from making out of hours bookings To do this create two Time Templates one for when the building is open and another for when it is closed The two Time Templates are represented by the contents of this table Time Template Applies To Acceptability Message Name Automatic Open Everybody Approval Closed Everybody Automatic Denial hone ooking 7 this time because the building is closed This means that the Open Time Template allows everybody to make bookings and those bookings will be automatically approved by Calpendo The Closed Time Template stops everybody from making bookings and whenever somebody tries they will be given the message shown in the table about the building being closed The missing element from all this is to choose the times when the Open and Closed Time Templates apply This is a process much like the Bookings Calendar but instead this is a calendar where you choose the times and resources that you want to apply to Time Templates Create an entry on Monday from midnight to 7am that applies the Closed Time Template another entry from 7am to 7pm that applies the Open Time Template and another entry from 7pm to midnight that applies to Closed Time Template In each case you make them repeat weekly for e
396. ompleted press the Save button The item is then saved and shown read only again Te Ley 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 132 Calpendo User Documentation 5 To cancel the edit while an item is shown in an editable format either click on the row for a different item or press the View button 9 Configuring The Properties Displayed The user can control which properties are displayed in the list of items in the detailed view of a item This is done in the Bakery gt Properties Visible In A Biskit List explains how to change the properties that are displayed in a list of items Change the visibility of each of the properties defined on an item gt Properties Visible In Biskit Detail explains how to change the properties that are displayed when seeing a detailed view of an item In this case it affects both the read only and editable mode detailed view of an item Again change the visibility of each of the properties defined on an item gt Properties Visible In A Collection Editor explains how to change the properties that are displayed in collection editors For example if there is a Project Biskit Type that contains a list of Users then the user can change which properties are shown to represent those users in the Project s list of users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 133 3 11 Frequently Asked Questions lf there are any questions relating to the operation of your Cal
397. on bon Value of repeat finish later than now plus 42 days to the To Ss day 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 232 Calpendo User Documentation Example Physicist Projects Can Book 4 Weeks In Advance Biologists 6 Weeks This expands on the previous example but this time we want to have a different time limit depending on the project used to make the booking Again this could be done with Time Templates but we ll show how to do it with Booking Rules Create two Simple Booking Rules this time with Change Type of Create and Update one to prevent physicists from booking too far ahead and one to prevent biologists from booking too far ahead The physicists Booking Rule would look like this Section Tab Description Applies Condition New Value of dateRange start later than now plus 28 days to To Ss the minute Applies Projects Add the Physicist project type 5 to the list of targeted projects p Sat and the biologists Booking Rule would look like this Section Tab Description Applies Condition New Value of dateRange start later than now plus 42 days to To Ss the minute Applies Projects Add the Biologist project type to the list of targeted projects To This assumes that project types are used to classify the projects An alternative would be to name the projects individually in the Booking Rule or else create project groups and use those instead 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Confi
398. on Name Meaning BiskitDef Specifies the type of Biskit this property will contain Indicates whether the Biskit value is stored as a reference Component Biskit stored somewhere else or if its properties are stored directly as a component of its owning Biskit Only used for static properties Biskit Property To One Many To One Master to Slave or Slave To Master Type explained below Must be provided when this is a Many To One property Master to Slave or Slave to Master in which case this is the name of the AAG property on the parent that points to the child BiskitDef Reference Whether this objects of this Biskit type can be deleted if referenced by Deletion Option other Biskits in the DB Cascade No Action Set null Inverse Property Biskit Property Type Value Meaning T The value of this property will reference a Biskit but that Biskit will not o One l know anything about us referencing them The value of this property will reference a Biskit in a child parent relationship We are the child and this property references the parent The parent will also have a Set or List property that contains its child Many To One Biskits using a One To Many property With this value of Biskit Property Type we must also specify the Inverse Property that is the name of the parent s property that contains the children ster to Slave When a Biskit is required which has a large number of properties
399. onal features or configuration options that are available To see what else could be configured see the Before Going Live section of the Initial Configuration chapter in the Calpendo documentation It would also be advisable to read through the Calpendo Users Guide chapters on the Bookings Calendar in order to get a full understanding on how the calendar works and the chapters on The Booking Approval Process and The Booking Request Page in the Calpendo documentation in order to understand how to approve bookings lf there are any questions please email Support exprodo com 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 198 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 1 resources that need booking resources that need booking Calpendo Configuration Guide Calpendo was designed from the very beginning to be flexible so that it could meet the requirements of many different types of facilities It s targeted at people who have shared TD but within that there are many different ways you might like a booking system to work The Calpendo Configuration Guide describes how to change your Calpendo so that works the way you want it to This does not normally need to be read by non administrators nor by anybody who only needs to do the day to day administration This guide should be read in conjunction with the Calpendo User Guide and Calpendo Administration Guide Configuration Questions Calpendo was designed from the very beginni
400. ondition Type of Old Value 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide tor Condition Type Change A Condition Type of Change is available in the same contexts as New Value and the property path displays the same as for both Old Value and New Value This Condition Type means that a restriction is placed upon the change of a property For example it can be restricted so that the condition matches when the selected property does not change does change increases or decreases The increase and decrease restrictions are only available for properties for which such a concept makes sense This is described further below Condition Type Meta Property A Condition Type of Meta Property is available in all contexts When this type is selected the property path displays the following l Meta property Eee pro erty dataType date user A Meta Property lets you place restrictions on e the type of the data that was Created Updated or Deleted e the date and time that the action took place e the user that caused the action This is called a Meta Property because it s not a property of whatever was created updated or deleted but rather it s a property of the action itself The Property Path As described above the properties shown in the property path depend upon the Condition Type selected However each property that is shown has it own way of being displayed regardless of how it came to be there For ex
401. one bate rane Jorna Joren J wouiniea woainer C Jomis Jewe ware cure soace isosc fox foo Fen 2014 1100 20 Fee z014 1a o0f0 ren 20 1210 aume maracana OO OY ER E EE ST E The My Projects Resource Usage search is run with the following default parameters Resource Usages where dateRange between start_date and end_date and project is one of my projects Because the project parameters is set specifically to one of my projects there is no Project button available but the other buttons can be used to change the parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 89 3 6 3 4 Resource Usage Search The Resource Usage Search page does a search through the resource usage without any restrictions apart from whatever Permissions have been configured By default the Resource Usage Search page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help File Report type List Report 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Session Recorder er Resource Usages where dateRange between 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Calendar e Marie a Found 2 resource usages My Resource Usage Lf esenres eer E ny Projects Resource Usage C oma eune mane cana space 1 0220 O Resource Usage Sear fst are mane cure Rao
402. onent must be provided Any properties not mentioned will be attempted to be set to null If this fails then an error will occur Eg When importing users and setting a new value for userldentity authenticationMethod then a value for userldentity loginName must also be set If a new value for userldentity authenticationMethod is set and anew value for userldentity loginName is not set then the userldentity loginName will be set to null A property that is used to identify the biskit to be updated can itself be updated For example when importing users users could be identified by their email property if it s unique and the import could also modify that email property To do this two email columns in the CSV file are required i e email e mail ti conaptic com timb conaptic com The first column would then be the key property to identify the user to be changed and the second column would be the new value of the email property Use the following options Key and Ignore typed before the property name to pre select the properties that will be key fields or fields to be ignored 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 178 Calpendo User Documentation Example File For Importing A User import user txt Notepac File Edit Format View Help user Identity loginName userIdentity authenticationmMethod asia tami lyname status roles email password Timb Local Tim 6ilder Blocked USER ben conaptic com timbi
403. ood idea to also set up Automatic Emails to help notify people when it s time for them to give their approval To do this make sure that there are a set of conditions on the Automatic Email so that it is triggered by a change that means the project is now ina state suitable for them to give their approval 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 210 Calpendo User Documentation 6 6 Controlling Bookings Calpendo offers three ways to control bookings This section describes how to choose between the three Time Templates P Booking Rules and Permissions It also describes Time Templates and Booking Rules The Automatic Booking Approval Process First some preferences that are set up globally that will affect the process Default booking status set up in Global Preferences gt Bookings gt Default Booking Status 331 ne a i i an aaa 1 Regular users the default value is Requested 2 Admin users the default value is Approved Also by using Global Preferences it is possible to specify that Time Tem plates and Booking Rules do not apply to Admin users The process 1 When auser creates a booking they get a booking pop up with the booking status set to Best Possible 2 The user may change the default booking status for that booking if they have permission to do so 3 Once the user presses the Create Booking button the Calpendo Client will check the OOK ag oars any Time Tem plate that exists for tha
404. ookmarks Config Disabled permissions shown in red Calpendo Config 7 Must be root to create global preferences Equipment Login Attempt 11 Must be root to create login attempts Permission User Exprodo User User l 1 Must be an admin to creat Project cy amthdeAnybody can cr Permission Detail Click on a Permission in the tree and the details for that Permission will appear on the right Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Refresh Open All Close All Display Edit Create Create copy Delete References Histo Button bar for actions Any toe relating to the selected Eanes Te default only admins may create data permission Main details of B Select a permission i issi Delete to see its details Data None ape applies to whole object sil nico 25 By default only admins may delete a data Priority Dump Database Exists Tabs to show Applies To Does Not Apply Fo targeted users 26 By default everybody can know about the existence of all data Read There are no conditions 23 By default everybody can read everything The conditions for this permission 2 Update Se ee hee TAT n a ante val ie i E ee all 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 287 Now that a Permission is selected the button bar is no longer greyed out Edit Create Create copy Delete References For a complete
405. operties branch can be selected in the Organisation Pane and dragged and dropped into a different Properties branch all the properties in the dragged branch will then transfer to the new branch 4 Inthe Information Pane using shift and ctrl a number of properties can be selected from the viewed list and dragged across to a Properties branch in the Organisation Pane In all the above cases dropping the properties on a Property Group name will place the properties in the Properties branch for that Property Group 5 House Buying Layout 2 4 Selected properties three in this case can be dragged across to the other pane and dropped in a Property Group or Property branch Properties 6j Unassigned Property Det S Property Info Properties Electrical Work_Warranty In Boundries Disputes drag Central_heating Notices Planning olean Guarantees drag Other_Waranties_Details Properties 0 B 5 1 EF Properties 10 3 Properties branch can be dragged to a different Property Group or Property Branch New _Home_Warranty Damp_Proofing Timber_treatment Glazin 2 Property can be 3 dragged to different Electrical_Work_Warra Property Group or Properties Branch Rooting Central_heating Underpinning 1 Property can be dragged to a new position Other_waranties in the branch list Other Waranties Detai 2010 2015 Exprodo Software
406. ord Hacking Protection This enables or disables protection against brute force password hacking attempts This should probably always be enabled The only potential problem with this is that the protection involves disabling logging in from the IP address being used by the hacker So if there is a hacker on your own network it s possible that this protection could stop some legitimate users logging in temporarily This is only ever temporary Brute Force Password Hacking Protection Enable brute force password hacking protection 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 348 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 14 System Usage Statistics Calpendo can keep statistics that track how much each user has been using it Statistics are kept by collating user activity into periods of time so that Calpendo can record how much activity there was in each block of time For each user that has been active in a given block of time a statistic is stored in the database The System Usage Statistics tab of the Global Preferences page lets you provide the following System Usage Statistics Enabled System Usage Statistics Minutes Between Flushes 5 gt ysytem Usage Statistics Minutes Per 45 Statistic J Setting Description Usage Statistics Enabled If this is set to true then usage statistics will be kept otherwise they will not Note that by setting this to false Statistics that are already in the database will not be affected Only new st
407. ormed the action that led to the Automatic Email being triggered If an administrator were to create a new User then the User button would insert details about the administrator and not the newly created User If somebody registers themselves with Calpendo then the User button would insert details about the new user since they instigated the event that generated the email The New Value And Old Value Buttons f a Biskit Type of Any data type has been selected for this Automatic Email then these buttons cannot be used When a specific Biskit Type is selected then these buttons generate a pop up with properties that belong to that Biskit Type This means that they allow the insertion of text from the object that was created updated or deleted In the case of an update triggering the email then the New Value button is linked to the properties on the object after the change has taken place and the Old Value button is linked to the properties on the object before the change took place For date properties extract just the date or just the time to give more control over the content of the subject The example above is a special case since the Automatic Email is triggered by a User changing then this means that the New Value and Old Value buttons show the properties of a User just like the User button When the action triggering the email is either Create or Delete then the text inserted by the New Value and Old
408. ort 7 10 Feb 2014 00 00 20 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Project Conditions Columns Reset Go Resource Usages where dateRange between 10 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 and user equals curie Marie Curie Found 2 resource usages Ui fResourceluser_ Project____ _ outcomelDateRange Created creator Moaiied Moaiter Oo ta curie wane Curie Space t Space ox 20 Feb 2014 11 00 20 Feb 2014 19 00 20 Feb 2014 13 10 curie marie curia Cs ere ene cereale oro nw sora efor ane e TI The following section goes through the options available after the search has completed enabling the search parameters to be changed saved or the data exported as well as change the information viewed by the search Not all options will be available for every resource usage search type but that will be outlined in the specific search types chapter For more information on any of the features shown read the Search chapter File Report ty Save As Saves the report for later use Export Export the information found in Save As the search to a file Export This button determines what type of report will be seen Single Item Report Displays a single record that matches the search Group Report nis ce Le List Report Lists each record found that matches the search one under the other Single Item Report Summary Report A
409. ose there is a computer room that people can book and there are 10 computers in there Calpendo could be configured to handle this by creating 10 separate resources However the alternative is to configure Calpendo with a single resource to represent the computer lab itself and then create a Double Booking Rule that allows up to 10 bookings for it at the same time Another example that shows that double bookings are not always as simple as you might always think suppose there is a MRI scanner with an adjoining room that can be used to treat patients Users are allowed to book the MRI scanner whenever they like for subjects that are healthy and therefore not expected to require the use of the adjoining treatment room However if there is a need to scan somebody that requires treatment facilities to be available because there s a risk they may require such help then the user can t book the MRI scanner when somebody already has a booking for the treatment room This is also a type of double booking because it relates to bookings that exist at the same time albeit across different resources This can be implemented in a couple of ways in Calpendo When booking for an MRI scanner for a patient that may require the treatment room Calpendo can e only allow the MRI scanner to be booked if there isn t already a booking for the treatment room and also do not allow the treatment room to be booked if there s an MRI booking for a patient that may require
410. ot role is not subjected to permissions checks regardless of whether it is the user Root or not only the roles matter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 168 Calpendo User Documentation 4 4 Bookmark Manager The Bookmark Manager allows bookmarks to be created edited for use in the Bookings Calendar The manager also keeps track of which bookmarks apply to which users and which bookmarks are system wide A bookmark holds a list of resources that a user would like to see on the calendar at the same time This is a quick way for the user to set up their calendar to view the required resources Auser may have many bookmarks to enable different views of the calendar A user may see their own bookmarks and all system wide bookmarks When a user creates a bookmark they can make them system wide for other users to use All users start with the default System Bookmarks gt Show All bookmark by default It is important that if you create any new resources you add them to that bookmark so all users can see them initially Calendar Page Bookmarks This is what a standard bookmark list would look like in the calender view The top two bookmarks are system wide the bottom two are the users specific bookmarks the final option opens up the Bookmark Manager for the user Y Bookmarks Show All gt S how All Labs only Scan rules Scanner Only Bookmark manager bot LU A user with the correct permissionN may save a
411. ou projects whose status is Requested By default the Project Requests page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help admin Bese Project Code Type Simus Owner Name 50 reest Fa Se pe pee e Project requests ri ee e how project User requests l r t i List of Users M List of Projects Refresh iorn j Erral FAQ Editor Global Preferences rr Menu Editor g Femissions Resource Editor Rule Editor Template Editor rs aai Types amp Groups g ra t a aa f A oi ee m However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 147 This is what the Project Requests page looks like when there are some projects awaiting approval Calendar lemplates Bookings Projects Search Adina Help admin Reset passwerd Settings Sign out ested a a T_ Approve Deny Delet I The checked button bar Refresh Save History The regular button bar Approving or Denying Projects As described in The Project Approval Process approving or denying new projects means changing their status and possibly changing custom progg es that have been added to a project If using the single step project approval process or needing to perform the last step of the multi step project approval process then use the top part of the Project Requests page to do just this Firs
412. ould prefer to use the property name In order to do this there is a special syntax if the property name is in such as durationInMinutes then Calpendo will convert the property name to the correct column name This also allows the user to specify biskit property in order to access properties of related Biskits 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 3 6 Calpendo User Documentation When creating formulae use all the standard number calculations as well as setting up logic to determine the correct answer For instance there are two main logical options if and case if expr1 expr2 expr3 lf expr1 is true then expr2 will be returned otherwise expr3 is returned You cannot use the if statement lf expr1 is true do option1 otherwise if expr2 is true do when expr then option1 option2 otherwise do option3 Case statements can be when expr2 then option2 nested one inside the other else option3 end An expression can include lt gt as well as AND or OR for example costPerHour gt 1000 OR costPerHour lt 500 AND costPerHour gt 275 When dealing with strings there are a number of functions that can be used here is a subset of the more useful ones Function Description S When dealing with dates there are also many functions some of the more useful are Function Description O datediff date1 date2 Returns the difference in whole days between two dates unix_timestamp date R
413. oup Delete pcb Many items can be edited in one go quite easily in the list view using the check boxes read the section on How To Edit Multiple Items At Once in the Data Explorer chapter To edit an individual item from this list click on it and it will appear below the list and the edit functions allowed will no longer be greyed out Columns Refresh Refresh Open All Close All E User Type E User Group Booking Type Project Group t Edit Resource Type Delete Save Edit Cancel Create Printable View Resource Group Project Type 2 6 Biology Projects E GE amp amp 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 268 Calpendo User Documentation The Item View Once a group or type has been opened up in the left hand pane select individual items to work on Once selected these items will appear in the right hand pane For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Edit Create Create copy Delete References History Edit Create coor Create copy Delete References History Paul amp Clare s group eu fesa Romson care ome mamy Booking Type User Group Types and Groups appear slightly differently Types are just a list of the properties that can be changed A group has that list but also a list of all the appropri
414. ources have different properties to be filled in when being booked See the section on Setting Up Different Booking Sub Types For Resources below e Do you want to attach documents to some Biskits To do this set up a property or set of properties for more than one document to hold file attachments See the section on Attaching Documents To Biskits amp below e Do the users need training before using a resource One way to do this is to set up a Training Biskit Type in the Bakery and use the Search Results Booking Rule to make sure a booking cannot be made without the appropriate training record See the section on Search Results Booking Rule for ideas on how this might work Setting Up Different Booking Sub Types For Resources In order for resources to have different information on their booking forms it is necessary to set up different Booking Biskit Types for those resources known as Booking Sub Types In order to do this first create a Biskit Type that inherits from Booking see Creating An Inheriting BiskitDef P and then add the properties that are required for that Biskit Type see Adding Properties s Once a Booking Sub Type has been defined in the Bakery the following will be enabled e The Resource Editor allows selection of which Booking Sub Type should be used for its bookings see Configuring Resources And Locations e The Booking Rule Editor allows selection of the Booking Sub Type that it a
415. own Microscope Flow Cytometry imb oe not happen Lower level locations can be selected without their upper level selected r Location 2 No location J Then select the types of resources required Londonderry panre farer to be viewed SST E fAtocateCatensar coum 2 C id fatow O18 Cranges fEnabie pre sefnedtime ss _ d location of resources that you want to show OK Cancel All these resources will appear in the Available Resources box Select the resources in the Available Resources box to be moved to the Selected Resources box This can be done one at a time or use the ctrl key to select multiple non adjacent resources or the shift key to select multiple adjacent resources i e use the mouse to select the first resource hold the ctrl key down while using the mouse to select other resources Once all required resources are selected click on the blue arrow to move them to the Selected Resources box To remove resources from the Selected Resources box go through a similar procedure Use the up and down arrows to change the order of the resources The resource at the top of the list will be the left most column in the calendar When happy with the list of Selected Resources click the OK button to implement the changes While you are selecting resources the Resource Detail box will show the details for the latest selected resource Note
416. p long lines make the table wider How to handle errors How to handle long lines Whether to hide those rows that are being ignored for import Hide ignored rows or to hide all rows without nomen an error Hide error free rows Press the Preview button to see the results of any changes to this setting Whether to hide those columns that are being ignored for import Hide ignored columns or to hide all Column Hiding columns without an error Hide error free columns Press the Preview button to see the results of any changes to this setting 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 187 Importing File Attachments If any of the properties to be imported include the Attachment BiskitDef then the user is supplied with an additional button to select the list of attachments to be imported This needs to be done before the Preview or Import buttons are pressed Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help import project txt Choose new file Biskit type Project Select attachments Insert New Data v O Import ia Normal Normal Normal attachments s om Ignore Ignore Ignore button Once the attachment pop up is present use the Browse or Choose File button to find all the attachments required for the import Once selected click OK and move on to Preview and Import the data import proj
417. pe 363 371 Calendar Exploring 37 Bit Sets 368 Canceling 56 Booking Rules 60 Changing More Than The Status 141 Advanced Rule API 258 Colours User Settings For 33 Advanced Rules 256 Controlling Bookings 210 Creating Bookings In The Past 2 74 Creating Repeat Bookings 53 Day Week Month View 41 Default Status 331 Default Status For Bookings Created By Admin 331 Applies To 226 Apply To Admin Preference For 345 Applying To Bookings 226 Booking Time To Include 254 Bookings To Include In Count 253 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Bookings 36 Default Status For Bookings Created By Users 331 Deleting 56 Enabling Changes To Old Bookings 2 4 Enabling Pre defined Time Slots 2 75 Example Creating An Inheriting Biskit Def 412 Filtering On The Calendar 40 Format 331 My Bookings 66 My Projects Bookings 6 7 Owner 331 Permissions 60 Properties 13 7 Reminder For A Particular Booking 52 Reminder Global Preferences For 331 Reminders User Settings For 32 Repeat Flushing Time Between 339 Requests Page 139 Resource 38 Resource Columns 331 Restrictions 5 7 Search 68 Search For Cancellations 65 Searching For 61 Status Default of 50 Status Filter For The Calendar 40 Sub Type 203 Template Selection 39 Time Display 331 Time Templates 5 7 Tooltips User Settings For 33 Using Searches 61 Bookings To Count Double Booking Rule Advanced Settings 238 Bookings To Ignore Double Booking Rule Advanced Settin
418. pendo at the facility check the Frequently Asked Questions section of Calpendo This can be found on the Help menu and is called FAQ The administrator will configure these FAQs so that they are appropriate for the facility as described in the Configuring Frequently Asked Questions chapter 3 12 Web Browser Compatability Calpendo supports the most popular web browsers Firefox Safari Google Chrome and Opera Internet Explorer is also supported from version 7 but is much slower than the other browsers Internet Explorer version 6 will mostly work but will be extremely slow and some behaviour will be incorrect The users experience with Calpendo will be much better if Internet Explorer versions 6 and 7 are avoided and preferably if Internet Explorer version 8 is avoided as well lf the user has no choice but to use Internet Explorer versions 6 or 7 then it will help if to install Google ChromeFrame This is a plug in for Internet Explorer that allows some web pages to use Google Chrome to render pages Name Ve rsion Comme nts Google Chrome All Supported Firefox 3 0 and Supported later Apple Safari l4 5 6 Supported Opera 9 10 Supported 11 6 Not supported Very slow and doesn t always behave properly 17 Supported but very slow Use another browser if possible MOETE RONG E Supported but slower than any of the other major browsers E Supported but slightly slower than other major browsers
419. pendo localhost gt identified by somepassword mysql gt exit You may choose a different name for the database and or user if you wish Later on you will configure Calpendo so it can locate the database and log in you will just put the connection information into a URL in file hibernate cfg xml Load The Sample Database You should have a file called calpendo x y z sql that you can load mysql u calpendo password somepassword calpendo lt calpendo x y z sql Install A Java JDK Follow the installation instructions for the JDK for your platform This needs to be at least JDK 7 Note that the JDK is required not just the JRE this is a requirement for Apache Tomcat the servlet server rather than Calpendo itself 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Installation Guide 439 Install A Java Serviet Server This should be Apache Tomcat or Jetty or some other server that supports the Servlet 2 5 specification Calpendo has only been tested with Tomcat 7 and so this is the preferred server A future Calpendo release is likely to use Jetty instead and also include a much easier installation and upgrade mechanism The rest of this section assumes you are using Tomcat version 7 You should read and follow the standard documentation for Tomcat to install it Once installed you will need to edit two files in Tomcat s conf directory server xml and tomcat users xml You should find samples of each of these with the Calpendo di
420. perties will be displayed as a simple table Property Def Show Full Detail Show In Property Group Preop Hernia E Tooti Pd Sort order do ive e E Min Pd If a property is selected from the heel ie properties branch the information from the Bakery about the property is displayed for information This information can NOT be edited here even if the layout is in edit mode To s edit the details of a property the user will need to go to the Bakery Attributes Biskit Property Type 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 420 Calpendo User Documentation Information Pane Edit Mode On entering edit mode what is viewed in the Information Pane will vary depending on what is selected in the Organisation Pane if a Property Group is selected then the header information for the Property Group will be shown in an editable form See the table in the previous section for a description of the information displayed Add New Add New Child Cut Copy Paste Delete O Show Cell CSS Editors Heading Property Table Type Simple Table v Property Table Notes There will also be an edit toolbar Property Group Description Toolbar Item Add New Adds a new Property Group at the same level as the currently selected Property Group Add New Child Adds a new Property Group as a child of the currently selected Property Group Cuts the currently selected Property Group removing it from its cu
421. ple and looking at the definition of the Session Biskit that is used to store information about who is using Calpendo A Session has the following properties Name Data Type Description user Biskit The user whose session this is started Date Time The date time when this session started e Date Time peste re wren Mis sasson wes ae OO date time when this session was last used IPAddress IPAddress String The IP address of the user s com The IP address of the user s computer sits session ID String An ID used to represent the session when the user s web browser sends requests to the server userAgent String The web browser s reported user agent information This tells you which web browser they are using Now the BiskitDef for a Session must contain information about each of the above six properties For each one it has to know the Data Type its name the label used to display it and so on However the Session BiskitDef must also store meta properties of Session itself such as its type Session its database table name and the text used to display the name Session in a number of contexts There are quite a few different types of property that a Biskit can store and these are described in the next section Property Definitions The meta properties of a Biskit are much simpler and here is what they look like in the editor Created Property oooO e 4 S S Creator Property Pd
422. ply To to be applicable for the exclusion to work There s also another caveat to this example if the Permissions do not stop non administrators from making a booking with the booker property set Admin then a non administrator could work around this Booking Rule by setting the booker to somebody else when they create the booking This practice can be stopped with Permissions but can also be stopped by making the condition in the Booking Rule checked the user that performed the change rather than the booker property of the booking This is shown in the next example 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 235 Example Prevent Cancellations With Less Than 24 Hours To Go Depending on the policies employed at the facility last minute cancellations may need to be prevented apart from those made by an administrator This will require a Booking Rule that targets changes to bookings that result in the booking status changing to Cancelled from something else that was made within 24 hours of the booking time and that the change was not made by an administrator This can be done with a Simple Booking Rule with Change Type of Update that has the following added to the Applies To section Section Tab Description Applies To Statuses Tick only Cancelled Bookings eae To perenne pem the resources the Booking Rule should apply to Applies To Conditions Old Value of dateRange start earlier than Now P
423. pplies to Any Rule that applies to bookings of type Booking will also apply to any bookings of the Booking Sub Type A Rule that applies to a Booking Sub Type will not apply to its parent i e Booking see Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies To e Booking searches allows selection of the Booking Sub Type to be searched for search for Booking and all Booking Sub Types will be found as well However in order to filter the returned bookings by a property unique to a Booking Sub Type then make the search look only for that Booking Sub Type A Permission that applies to Booking will also apply to any Booking Sub Type although the reverse does not apply See How Permissions Work for details on how permissions apply to sub types lf an administrator wishes to move to Booking Sub Types for resources with existing bookings then they need to talk to the Calpendo Support Team in order to help with the transition including moving across historical data 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 204 Calpendo User Documentation Attaching Documents To Biskits In order to attach documents to a Biskit there needs to be a property created on its Biskit Type that will hold that document see Adding Properties For File Attachments fa number of documents need to be attached to a Biskit then a number aL properties could be used or a single property of type Set see Creating A Set Of BiskitDef Once the property has been added edit the Bisk
424. property contains a value that is from an enumeration defined in the source code This is represented by a drop down list see Java Enum Property Definitions Must Spec a the Java Enum Definition The property contains a 64 bit signed integer Javascript does not directly support 64 bit values and so long properties may cause performance problems because Calpendo has to emulate the behaviour of a 64 bit integer in the browser None The property contains a set of items The See Set Property Definitions 370 A text property value The value may be see String Property Definitions using a drop down list Otherwise it will be a free text entry A property that contains a string constrained by a String Enumeration amp StringEnum_ Note that these properties are deprecated and may be removed in a future version of Calpendo Used when the actual type isn t known in UserDefined See String Enum Property Definitions Must specify the String Enumeration advance Normally used only for indirect None properties 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 359 The different property types have different requirements about what information must be stored For example an integer property needs to specify whether it is to have values constrained by being a Mapped Integer or a Bit Set and in both cases in needs to know which particular Mapped Int
425. r User Group or User Type or else contains a reference to something that contains a reference to a User User Group or User Type For example a System Event is a record of various things that happen Every time a user logs in a System Event is created System Event has a property called user that records who caused the event If you were to create an Automatic Email that was triggered by a System Event then direct the email to the user that caused that event by choosing a property path of user Custom properties can also be used which hold email addresses this allows Calpendo to send emails to users outside Calpendo by choosing such a property the Automatic Email would extract the email address Once the Biskit Type is selected that the Automatic Email is triggered by then clicking in the Property Path selector will show a drop down panel with all the possible paths that lead to a User User Group UserType or Email property 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 32 Calpendo User Documentation The Email Subject Tab In write mode the email Subject tab looks like this Calpendo new user request User New Value Old Value Date i Address Audit Log m URL In the case shown the email would have a subject of New Calpendo user request The buttons that appear in the tab enable dynamic text to be inserted that will be replaced when the email is generated For example suppose the email subject is require
426. r traffic flows eg on a firewall and then internally you may have another Apache HTTP server that has the mod_jk module installed In this situation with two Apache HTTP servers and one Tomcat server there is some extra configuration to do Without any extra configuration Tomcat will always be given the IP address of the firewall Apache HTTP server as the source of each request instead of that of the user s computer The problem with such a situation is that the login attempts that Calpendo will record will all show the firewall as the source of every attempt For defence against any attack it would be better to change this You can set up forwarding of HTTP requests from the firewall to the inner Apache HTTP server in two ways by configuring a reverse proxy with the ProxyPass directive or with mod_rewrite and the P directive If you use ProxyPass then you can make a configuration change on the firewall Apache HTTP server by adding the directive ProxyPreserveHoset On to the appropriate part of the firewall s Apache HTTP server configuration This situation is described here http tomcat apache org connectors doc generic howto proxy html You may be able to achieve the desired effect with SetEnv or SetEnvlf directives instead of the above but have not tested this 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Installation Guide 443 Once you have done this you can check whether this is working as expected in one of two ways First
427. r 8 9 0 SE E 12 30 Leonards Pegi 30 Wvilhveles ii F ESTs E BOEN 200s ol Ren LE Tat AEST Jg a ESA E Eo Er Pit Ei ERT EmN Mim atti hrs Eta ESET EST 1 ESTs E EE 230 Leonards EE aaie Beictl kkimand Setlings ainai 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 43 When the mouse hovers over a booking a tool tip will appear which shows some of the details for the booking More information can be found by clicking on the booking to get the booking pop up but the tool tip shows the most important information ID 6691 Resource Type Room Start 10 Apr 2013 10 30 Finish 10 Apr 2013 12 00 Project Code light bulb Project Name light bulb Repeat No repeat Booked By Thomas Edison Wahbah corm Owned By Thomas Edison blangiblah com Description 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 4 Calpendo User Documentation Resource Selection When dealing with a number of resources there will be times when a user will only need to see some of the available resources The Resource Selection pop up allows users to determine which resources will be shown Lice deca a x First of all select the location the resources Ce come from Selecting a top level location will Bacon SE a we automatically select all the lower level B Operator Salk locations associated with it the reverse does to be 1 f Device sh
428. r can specify that their browser will remember logins and passwords On public systems this may not be a good idea so you can disable this facility Browser Browser Allowed To Remember Passwords Browser can remember passwords Setting Description Browser Allowed To Calpendo is configured so that it allows the user s browser to Remember remember their login name and password if this facility is Passwords enabled by each user s browser Disable this facility at a global level by setting this to false Password Content This provides control of the content of passwords that people are allowed to use Password Content Minimum Password Length Require letters Require lower case letters Require upper case letters Require numbers Require non alphanumerics j No Setting Description Minimum Password This specifies how many characters must be in each password Length A user will not be able to set a password that is shorter than this setting Require lower case _ Specifies whether passwords must include lower case characters characters Require upper case Specifies whether passwords must include upper case characters characters Require numbers Specifies whether passwords must include numbers Require non Specifies whether passwords must include characters that are alphanumerics not numbers or letters 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 347 Brute Force Passw
429. r item can be made Software Dongles i Training The filters are Owner Creator Service Provider Location Requested Preparing Quote Awaiting approval i er The final filter is Status This filter Win progress allows you to use tick boxes to Complete choose which status s to filter on W Cancelled Additional conditions for the search may also be set up For more information on how to set up conditions read the information in the Search page pje e SS eel eel ee eee ee ne zm e amra i FA i ait i ER T iai Conditions pa There ane no conditions Add condltion EA OK Cancel Columns Creator Caner Service Status Project Created Modified Cancelled Finally change the columns displayed in the output 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 93 Reset Resets the search conditions to the defaults set up on starting the search Go Runs the search with the Current conditions Resat Gol Auton Autorun ff this button is ticked then searches will run aS soon as any conditions change If a number of the conditions of the search will be changed then it is more efficient if this is not ticked as each change will start a search and the appropriate transfer of data from the server 3 7 2 2 My Orders The My Orders search page does a search for orders that the user has created By default the My Orders page appears on the menu here Calendar T
430. r whether it is to start in Day Week or Month view 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 34 cal pendo User Documentation The Bookings Calendar Background Colour section allows specification of the colours used to display Time Templates in the background if requested on the Bookings Calendar Choose the colours depending on whether bookings would be automatically denied 2D automatically approved given a warning requested or when no Time Template applies The Start and Finish section allow the user to define which days of the week to be displayed as well as the hours on their calendar So for example the calender will only show from 8am to 6pm and from Monday to Friday if the building was always closed outside those hours The Resource Columns section Lets you select how to allocate columns for each resource P a Share When Possible means bookings for different resources will be put into the same column as long as they do not occur at the same time b Separate means bookings for different resources always appear in separate columns If there are no bookings for a particular resource then no column will be shown for that resource c Always Present means bookings for different resources always appear in separate columns and the column will display even if there happens to be no bookings This also allows the definition of whether the Bookings and Time Templates Calendars will have a heading at the top of each column for each reso
431. ra ccnccconey padnataveencaniedesdeidesssacsaaqurbeaeSoeecaiiea bebe maacsh commanlaldseense 88 3 60 34 Resource Usage SCAN CIN iciiiaccacctisieies vevtewtaecen N cuca ded oeraacadut ueanatiaia G 89 Dik OCV CES apoios ee a a E olen acme ies hou a tumres 90 3 V1 Avallable Service S priina i Aaaa Aa E i a 90 3 7 2 Searching For Orders a a Settee cance aaa E ue a a a aa aaea 91 12a rsm TMe order SSAC ES ia a AAEE 91 3 7 2 2 O CE 93 SL 22m MY PIOIECIS Orde oana aa A E E A 95 3 8 Toolbar Button Standard Definitions 0 eccc cece seen eee e eee eeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeneneeasesneeaenenees 96 3 9 SGONGIUIONS Ssscceri saxcasesstcectacsansestacasecer sscsascncascececsaccesacesecee ianee aseegrecetessaecassceccececisoueasascecse 98 310 SC arGhning FOr INtOnma WOM ssia a a a aa a 108 310 1 SOARCINS srep aa aieea sda aeaaea aaa erea aA aeia E 108 3101A Sinde tern Repor aasien Ne e e a 109 3AA ZLEC R pO e aa aa a a a eon Pree er 110 31013 Sumra Repo e an e a aa e EI 112 SANAA Group Repora aaa a a a a a a a AR 115 3 10 1 5 Editing Search NTEOrmAtON ccasiasssevechonedcinscaceuiaveedechaderoshabiiuntestuntacava aa 117 3 10 1 6 Saving And Reusing Se GNG Serora a a et tana nana 119 3 10 2 Report Manage annen a ee Oo 121 310 3 Histo serura a aaa aaa aa rie a EE E 126 310 A Data XO lORe Exess ccs a E E E E A 127 3 11 Frequently Asked Questions sinian aa a ERa 133 3 12 Web Browser Compatability annannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
432. rches will return large amounts of information it is more efficient if this is not ticked 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 162 Calpendo User Documentation 4 3 5 Creating Users To add a new user that has not been requested go to the User Search page There will be a list of the current users and underneath a menu bar with Create button enabled File 7 Report type List Report User Type Status Roles Conditions Columns Reset Go 4 Autorun Users where status equals Normal or Requested and roles includes any of No roles Root Admin User or Guest Found 5 users Foes J aentity Given name Otter name Famy name Email adaress User Type Status Expiry Datel Version Created Updated Fo user Admin e root TT noma oT fuser Admin Guest Jlocavagnin Joann __ e vomar _ Jo JJ e fanear oavncr forcon emacs Noma Jo _ ous tecarmantie Jean Prove Juangancom Jews rora Jo jise ficamen oregor s vere _Jangnancem feos rora Jo t Ec it Delete Approve Deny Block Force password reset Edit Create Create copy Delete References History For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter In order to understand more about the properties used for a user read the section on User Properties The login name to be used will be added under identity after choosing
433. rdless of when that change was made Data type Resource Serch tom Any Gatetines Jun 2012 11a Search bo Any daline J5 Ap 2015 11204 Up Gara iD IF Adimas Ga Found 9 changes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 127 3 10 4 Data Explorer The Data Explorer page allows examination of the data within Calpendo By default it appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Data type Please select Data Explorer Search i Refresh Delete Save Edit y Create Create copy History giai Renn Select a Biskit Type and a table appears that shows all Biskits of that type Note The Data Explorer page does not yet handle well the situation when there is lots of Biskits of the selected type It is highly recommended that the user does not attempt to use the Data Explorer to view Bookings for example since there may be many of them Apart from being able to choose the type of data to look at the Data Explorer page is identical to several other pages in Calpendo such as the list of users shown in Modifying Users Select User as the Biskit Type then a list of users will appear and the user will be able to examine or modify them permissions permitting s ice even nae Fara rame En aaaess User Type Staus foy Oat Veron Greaea O fopa roae Fe ovest root user Aamin iccarot from normal O e ps sepzmre rasafassep ana vasa O
434. re displayed as a short cut to changing the status For example users can be easily approved from a regular User Search page This means that the standard User Approval page can be replaced with one that only shows a subset of the new user requests This is useful when assigning user administration for a group of users to a particular person 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History 2 2 Changes In Version 7 0 1 7 0 45 To view changes to other releases go to our release notes at the web site at http www exprodo com category release notes 2 2 1 Changes For Regular Users New Functionality Resource Names Tool tip When the mouse is run over the a resource heading in a calendar a tool tip appears displaying the full resource name New Report Type Add support for search for single biskit Resource Order Add support for reordering resources in the resource selection pop up using up and down arrows User Settings e Add support for opting out of automatic emails This does not apply to booking reminders e Add support for a user to define their calendar start finish hour and day of week New Group Report Aggregation Add support for a group report aggregation of value at minimum and value at maximum For example if a user has a biskit that stores a bank account balance they can add a column to the report for the date and give it an aggregation of value at minimum of account balance This means it wil
435. re Ignore Ignore No problems No problems No problems No problems No problems 2 problems o o 2 problems Number of problems in Properties with import Result a column Click to get a list of problems for Found a total of 4 problems this column errors highlighted nort Result Detail inted there are Line Cotumn Message S si petig l 1 1 Foundatotaiof4 problems O OoOO O O Found a total of 4 problems ey will be dasa da in a Se ee z Coud not resolve value of project from Could not resolve value of project from imported values project projectCode inventions values project projectCode inventions blue in red warnings highlighted in blue 7m cai OK Show Log Initial pop up used to show log lf there are problems a pop up will appear use the Show Log button to show a complete list of the problems Records with an error will have their record number highlighted in red as will those property values which are causing an error If a record has only warnings it will highlighted in blue as will those property values which are just warnings Moving the cursor over a property with an error warning will result in a tool tip describing the error warning Also for each column you can see the number of problems If there are any problems in a column clicking on the number of problem text will produce a pop up which will show the problems for just that column Import Result Detail Level Line Cot
436. rea eae anything kiy Prokne Becerra Found amp bookings Booking Sayah However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the Booking Search page looks like once a search has been done Loker Den bes poet i topes Liik e Henle Pata af aes ea Aaja Bode gl ray Sao ct Fat Fari pec Lie Rapes 18 Apr tia Bete A T Ap ct Pa Riisa T Sam Posel Gaa LE Tan Hen Go lt Agay _ a a irae Dea 11 Ape a 1 Ar 20S ane eee a iO Sa GE Ory en Bray Be PT BOOeeTO iar raters of Seon Roce ed pits i Ree or Ape ard pel E The Booking search is run with the following default parameters Bookings where dateRange between start_date and end_date and status is Requested or Approved All the possible buttons are available to change parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 69 3 5 Projects Calpendo allows management of projects that can be associated with bookings This helps keep track of what the resources are being used for but can also be used as a means of controlling who can book which resources A project can have multiple users associated with it and each user may only book for those projects that they are associated with The information stored
437. reating AMaster Slave Biskit Relationship An example of creating a Master Slave Biskit relationship This type of relationship is needed if there are going to be a large number of pieces of data to be stored in effectively one table MySQL has a limit of about 1000 columns to a table so if more are needed Biskits that are completely linked together will need to be created Where if a record is created in one an equivalent record will be created in the other and they will be referenced through the same key The Master Slave that will be created will have only one property on the Master Name of type String once this has been created then all the properties needed can be added to each of the Biskits AMaster could have many Slave Biskits as required a property needs to be set up on the Master to point to each Slave Each Slave just needs one property to point to the Master The Primary Key Column Name in the Slave MUST be different to that in the Master If there are multiple Slaves then the Primary Key Column Name in each Slave MUST be different 1 Go to Admin gt Bakery 2 Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree 3 Select any Biskit 4 Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 408 Calpendo User Documentation 5 Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this case Patientinfo b Change Group to make it easy fo
438. red it s easy for radiographers to add holidays and for users to comprehend e They can see and edit their own leave information e Other users can see radiographer leave information 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 243 6 6 3 4 3 Booking Duration Rule The Booking Duration Rule allows limits to be set on how long bookings can be for certain resources Set a minimum or maximum time for bookings or specify exactly how long they may be Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule Rule Validator Reject or warn when exceeded Retry approved bookings Required Duration Select a property durationInMinutes projectResourceSettings costPerHour costPerSession minutesPerSession numberOfsessions repeat repeatEvery Property Description Reject or warn when Decide whether to reject the booking or just post a exceeded warning An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry Retry approved bookings sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Set the duration to be a minimum maximum or exactly a specific time period The time period can be a Fixed Required Duration Value that is specified or a Variable Value something that is read from a property booking Message to show The message to be displayed to the user if the booking is rejected or a warning is issued accessed through the
439. reference For 348 Status Booking Filter For The Calendar 40 String Enum Property 3 74 String Enumerations 375 String Property Type 372 String Type 373 Summary Report 112 Comples Content Types 113 System Events 191 System Usage Global Preferences For 348 T Template Project 206 Text Pattern Matching in Conditions 102 Time Booked Rule Limiting 251 Time Templates Abdicate 58 Apply To Admin Preference For 349 Bookings 57 Calendar 220 Choosing Between Time Templates Booking Rules And Permissions 212 Configuring 215 Editing 223 Editor 217 Far Term 60 How Time Templates Work 215 Near Term 60 Preferences For 349 Putting On The Calendar 222 Time Template Preferences 349 Toolbar Button Standard Definitions 96 Tooltips Booking Time To Include 254 Bookings To Include In Count 253 Training Checking For Before Booking 203 Types Booking Types 265 Project Types 265 Resource Types 265 User Types 265 Types and Groups Configuring 266 Description 265 Editor 266 _U URL Refering To Calpendo In Emails 338 Within Automatic Email 304 Usage Statistics Enabled Preference For 348 Time Between Flushes Preference For 348 Time Per Statistic Preference For 348 User Administration 150 Approving New Users 153 Approving Or Denying 154 Changing Group Membership 157 Changing More Than The Status 155 Creating An Account 28 Creating Users 162 Global Preferences For 350 Initial Configuration Of
440. rformed the actions use the History page for that Property Description Name Created This records when the booking was created This property is set automatically and cannot be changed Cancelled This records the last time the booking was modified in such a way that its status changed and its status became Cancelled ae This records when the booking was last modified Again this is set automatically whenever a booking is modified Finally there are some ancillary properties Property Description Name aan This is a free text description of whatever the booker wanted to record Pa ina text is displayed with the booking on the Bookings Calendar Duration In This is a property that is calculated from the booking s Date Range Minutes Warned property This cannot be set directly but it is useful for reporting This records whether or not the user was shown a warning by a Time Template when the booking was made or modified This records whether the booking was approved by a Time Template as opposed to being plein manually This_allows you to configure different Permissions and Booking Rules depending on how a booking came to be approved This stores information about who should be reminded about a booking and when It also records whether the reminder has been sent so that it can t be sent twice Reminder information 4 1 2 The Booking Approval Process The booking appro
441. ringsolutions calpendo domain rule RejectionlLevel import com springsolutions exprodo core server HibernateuUtil import com springsolutions timeRepeating domain Repeatutil import java text SimpleDateFormat import java util Calendar import java util Date import Java util List import org hibernate Session import org hibernate Query session HibernateUtil getSessionFactory openSession sqlFormatter new SimpleDateFormat yyyy MM dd HH mm ss Cry Calendar cal Calendar getInstance cal setTime booking getDateRange getStart cal add Calendar MINUTE 15 Date start cal getTime cal setTime booking getDateRange getFinish cal add Calendar MINUTE 15 Date finish cal getTime String hgql from Booking b where not b dateRange start gt sqlFormatter format finish or b dateRange finish lt sqlFormatter format start and b resource id booking getResource getPrimaryKey and b status CANCELLED and b status t DENIED 4 4 4 n 4 searchResult session createQuery hgql list 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 263 found RepeatUtil expandRepeatables searchResult start finish boolean doubleBooking false bufferiInfringed false bookingStart booking getDateRange getStart getTime bookingFinish booking getDateRange getFinish getTime for Biskic b found Booking clash
442. ritten that will grant the right to do something at one layer and then have another Permission at another layer that will explicitly deny the right to do something For example there may be an authorising action Permission that allows everybody to read everything and then a non authorising property Permission to deny the ability to read the booking price for some people 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 282 Calpendo User Documentation Targeting Users For each Permission choose which users it will affect However it s sometimes easier to say who a Permission shouldn t affect or to say that it s everybody meeting some criteria apart from those that meet some other criteria So Exprodo applications allows the specification of the users a Permission applies to as well as those it does not apply to The affected users will be everybody the Permission applies to that are not amongst those it does not apply to Within each of the applies to and does not apply to sections identify users by employing one or more of the following methods e Name individual users or user groups e Specify users by the roles they have e Specify a property on the object being controlled that will identify a user or user group This last item specifying a property that identifies a user or user group needs more explanation For example a Calpendo booking has an owner that is the user that owns the booking a booker that is the user that cre
443. rodo Software 128 Calpendo User Documentation How To Edit Multiple Items At Once You can edit many items in one go quite easily using the check boxes and the checked button bar as follows 1 Tick the check boxes next to each item to be changed or tick the box in the header row to tick all boxes Calendar Templates Bookings Proje Tick the check box in ee the top row to tick all p fre fee Nothing selected ne d Root Admin User or untick all users root Guest rok admin Admin User Guest admin Admin User Guest User Guest Tick the check box a a C2 ee C feae frenn Teer sues z S a r Led E hubbie hubble Thiz ts the regular This is the checked a button bar The check m mend mendel bar You can press the boxes do not affect it pal buttons to apply the action to You must select a row all checked items In the table rather thar Ee a check box for most of E Edit Delete the buttons here 3 Once one or more check boxes have been ticked the checked button bar will change so it is no longer greyed out Press the Edit button to edit all the ticked items 4 When you press the Edit button a pop up appears showing most of the properties 2 that are defined for the selected Biskit Type However some may be missing if they are too complex to edit in this pop up for example properties that contain lists of things If these properties are Grouped or have a Layout defined then the pop up
444. rodo applications check whether the user has e Exists permission on the object to check whether the user is allowed to know that the object exists e Read permission on each property which means that property checks are performed on every property on the object The value of any property on which the user does not have Read permission will be hidden from the user When displaying a list of objects Exists permission will be checked so that only those objects that the user is allowed to know exist will be seen This also means that when generating a report that counts the number of objects matching some criteria then the count will not include objects for which the user does not have Exists permission When sending an email each object property that is to be included in the text is checked for both Read permission and Email Readable permission Also for every property inserted into the email the object the property comes from is checked for Exists permission 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 284 Calpendo User Documentation Emails may be read by anybody and so when Exprodo applications check permissions for what can be included in an email it checks whether the special user nobody has the relevant permission as well as the user that performed the action that caused an email to be sent Therefore it is necessary to create a Permission that gives Email Readable permissions to_user nobody for any information that is required to go into
445. roject Required Booking Subtype Booking Require Reason for Cancellations Allocate Calendar Column Collect Actual Usage Allow Old Changes PROJECT NOT REQUI RED or PROJECT WITH RES OURCE_ENTRY collectUsage __ true true or false bookingBiskitDe Booking The Biskit Type to be f representedBi used for bookings of this skit ype resource created 19 May 2074 09 26 Updated 21 May 2014 10 12 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 180 Calpendo User Documentation Example File For Importing A Project __ import project txt Notepad File Edit Format View Help projectcode type name status owner userIdentity loginName name start finish sunspots Physics phantoms Approved curie sun spots 25 May 2013 25 Dec 2014 The Project record that will be created from this file Name value Comments projectCode SunSpots General j type name Physics Needs to match Project Resource Settings Ty Physics f Project name exactly a exe verce Status Approved __ Approved i Requested Denied FF as Terminated owner userld curie Login name entity loginN Funding Agency jame Projects have other information attached to them but they are stored in different Biskit Types These are used to store the Project Resource Settings Users and Project Groups properties In order to import this information first import the project information and then import each of the other three
446. rom Approved Requested or Denied If there is no Time Template available and the user is not denied by a Booking Rule or Permission the Default Booking Status set up in Global Preferences by the administrator will be used This choice can be overridden by using the drop down menu although this choice may be overridden in turn by Time Templates Booking Rules or Permissions If there is a Time Template available and it issues a Warning or the booking is deemed Acceptable then Best Possible becomes Requested For more information on how Time Templates restrict bookings read the section on Time Tem plates amp in the Booking Restrictions 2 chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide The table below will show for each type of possible Booking Status and Time Template combination for a standard user what final Booking Status will be applied to the booking These results may be altered by any Booking Rules and Permissions that affect bookings Initial Chosen Time Template Final Booking Status Booking Status Available No Time Template Default Booking Status a Best Possible Warning Template Requested Requested Permission denied roved The description field is a place for you to enter any text that describes your booking or is required as a comment Notice that the Create Booking button in the previous diagram is greyed out This is because every booking must have a resource and there is no resourc
447. roperties 1U Properties branch New _Horne_Warranty Damp_Proofing Wi Timber treatment Properties o assigned lazing eH Electrical Work _Wanrra Roofing Central_heating Underpinning Other_waranties Other_Waranties_Detai 5 2 Council Tax Environmental Arrangements Other Charges H Occupie at Fi I Search 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 417 This pane shows how the properties of a Biskit have been organised into Property Groups and child Property Groups as a tree structure The layout is defined at the top of the pane the layout will have a Properties and Unassigned Properties branch Property Groups are then created When a Property Group is created it will automatically have a Properties branch which will initially be empty Property Groups can be reordered by dragging and dropping the group elsewhere within its parent To move a Property Group from its current parent to another parent they can be dragged and dropped or by using cut and paste Cut the Property Group select the new parent paste the Property Group Then reorder as above The user in edit mode can move properties from one Properties branch to another by dragging and dropping All the properties in a Properties branch can be moved by dragging the branch to a different Properties branch Also properties can be dragged from a property list in the Information Pane and dropped into a Properties bran
448. roperty Type set to Create and Update the Biskit Def must be set to the parent Biskit Type and the Biskit Property Type must be set to To One Biskit This property will define the Category BiskitDef that the Note is associated with If used the Category is stored with the note and is used to determine which Waterfall the note will be displayed in Other properties may be added to the BiskitDef such as automated properties to hold the created and updated time the creator the updater and the version number as required There may be more than one Note BiskitDef if required A single Note BiskitDef can be used to hold notes created in multiple places in the layout or the user may define a different Note BiskitDef for each place notes are going to be added or a combination of both methodologies Once an approprite BiskitDef has been created the Notes tab will change from Property Table Notes Property Table Notes No suitable note biskit types exist Disabled Y to use the drop down to enable Notes Once enabled the user will see the following in the Notes tab Note Biskit Type This needs to be set to the Biskit Property Table Notes Type that will hold the note information TEE Owner Property This needs to be set to the property that points to the owning Biskit Type This is the Biskit Type that the notes can be attached to in the Layout aa Note Property This needs to be set to the property that Add Not
449. ross the menu to split the menu into sections Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Menu Editor Save Refresh My Menu Open all New Delete Duplicate Install Rename Calendar Type Separator Simple User Menu My Bookings Separator Up Down New item New subitem Cut Copy Paste Delete d Continue adding in pages custom pages sub menus and separators until the menu is created Once finished use the Install button on the Menu Toolbar to install the menu temporarily into the browser Then check the menu to make sure it is what is required Remember to use the Up Down buttons to change the order of items in the menu When finished use the Save button on the Menu Toolbar to save the menu The menu will still be in the menu drop down box but will no longer have a star next to it as it has been saved Look at the chapter on Changing a Users Settings to see how to apply this menu to a particular user Remember putting this menu as an option in Global Preferences will only change that menu for new users not existing users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 322 Calpendo User Documentation 6 14 User Authentication Methods THis section outlines how an Administrator can set up a number of different methods for user authentication allowing Calpendo to be used in a single sign on environment 6 14 1 Authentication Methods There are three main type
450. roval Process This section describes how to set up the project approval process that is required Please make sure to read The Project roval Process first which describes some of the options and how the approvals process works from the perspective of the person that does the day to day administration of Calpendo As described in The Project Approval Process there are two approaches to project approval the single step approval or the multi step approval This section will not cover the question of why to choose one method over the other but will instead focus on how to set up each method Final Approval When A Booking Can Use A Project A project can be associated with a booking when its status is set to Approved This means that changing a project s status to Approved is the final step of a multi step approval process and the only step in a single step approval process The approval itself that is changing the status is described in The Project Requests Page Single Step Approval Process As mentioned above if a single step approval process is being used then the project Status just needs to be set to approve or deny Nothing special in this case needs to be confiqured However it is possible that Calpendo has been pre configured with some properties 44g intended for use in a multi step approval process Therefore there m m be some properties on projects that are not required See Configuring Project Propertie
451. roved and booker equals current_user All the possible buttons are available to change parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 3 4 3 4 My Projects Bookings The My Projects Bookings page allows searches for bookings that use projects that have been created by the user By default the My Projects Bookings page appears on the menu here Creche Tempiies Aoki Prods Usage Seac File Report type List Ra Booking Cancedations C00 5 17 Ar Bociongs where dateRange be My Bookings Age E HE my projects kiy Proet Bogim Pine 7 Eats peig Epgking Sar gh However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Projects Bookings page looks like once a search has been done File Search for Booking Report type List Report 7 21 Feb 2014 00 00 4 21 Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Status Conditions Columns Reset Bookings where dateRange between 21 Feb 2014 and 21 Feb 2014 and status equals Requested or Approved and project is one of my projects Found 4 bookings LiffResource Booker owner Proet type Status Date Range Createa__ _ Cancetied Moaiiea All day Repeat O Dy Lab Marie Curie einstein Albert
452. rrent place in the tree and puts it in the edit buffer overwriting any current contents Copy Takes a copy of the currently selected Property Group and puts it in the edit buffer overwriting any current contents Paste Pastes the current buffer contents as a child of the currently selected Property Group When pasting a Property Group care needs to be taken if the Property Group has any properties associated with it Properties can only appear once in a layout and the editor will remove Deletes the selected Property Group Any properties associated with that Property Group will be moved to the Unassigned Properties Show Cell CSS This will display in each cell of the properties a little icon allowing the i user to start up a CSS editor for that cell For more on the CSS editor properties that clash with the pasted properties Delete branch read the section on CSS Editors 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide aa Moving Properties f a Properties branch is selected then a list of properties will be shown in the Information Pane There are four ways to move properties within a combination of the Organisation Pane and the Information Pane 1 An individual property can be selected in the Organisation Pane and dragged to a new position in the list 2 An individual property can be selected in the Organisation Pane and dragged and dropped into a different Properties branch 3 APr
453. rsor over the name of a column and a pop up will appear with Change in it Click on Change in order to change 1 The column header 2 The column content OK Cancel hits Column Content 2 Iv E Ignore null values C Scaled Column Heading Sum of Hits The column content can be changed to 1 Another property 2 A complex content type see Complex Content Type in the Summary Report amp section for more details on the types available Whether null values are ignored 4 Whether the result should be scaled see Complex Content Type e GE in the Summary Report section for more details on scaling Clicking on a cell will produce a List Report of the records associated with that cell below the table File Search for Resource Repot type Group Report Conditions Columns Reset Go l Autorun Found 4 groups of resources Proba C Project Not oe a SIT 1 planet earth zm NEM 5 Project Required GE Project Required As with the List Report clicking on an individual record will give an expanded view of that record below the list lf the user has the correct permissions they may edit the individual records or make changes to Multiple records All of this will be covered in the chapter on Editing Search Information 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 117 3 10 1 5 Editing Search Information Once the search information is in either a List Report v
454. rt When the format for the export is chosen press Export then choose whether to open the exported information directly into another application or whether to save the file If the file is saved it will be called report csv and found in the users Downloads folder Opening reportcsy You have chosen to open H report csy which is a Microsoft Excel tomma Separates Values File 422 bytes from https xps What should Firefox do with this file Open with Microsoft Excel default Save File E Do this automatically for files like this from now on Cancel 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 121 3 10 2 Report Manager The Report Manager page allows the management of reports within Calpendo By default it appears under the Search menu with a sub menu item labelled Reports However the menu may have been configured so that the Reports page is not visible by the administrator Once useful searches have been created they can be saved for future use as reports See Saving and Reusing Searches The reports page allows you to view manage and schedule your reports as well as creating new ones The page is split into two On the left is a list of the System Reports those that anyone can see and the users Personal Reports On the right is the area where to edit schedule and create reports when the user enters the Re ports page this area is initially empty Select a
455. rty of the User Group and not the User and it s also why there s a separate Apply button to save the group membership changes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 158 Calpendo User Documentation 4 3 4 User Search To search for users use the dedicated User Search page which by default appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help User Search ad File Report type List Report User Type Status Roles Booking Requests mns Reset Go w Users where status equals Normal or Requested and roles includes any of No rc Project Requests uest Found 40 users p User TON PMPA identity fGen fiinn ii m Email identity fGen Ginn m al User CONO canal i Local root be Le fe k a Sn e Admin Local clare Clare Mackay clare ca Oca ee heere ne User Localyhubble Bookmark Manager Email FAQ Editor te Preferences The administrator may have configured your Calpendo so that the menu is different The alternative wae get a list of users is by using the Data Explorer and choosing User as the Biskit Type It doesn t make any difference which method is chosen these pages behave almost identically apart from User Search being dedicated to users while Data Explorer can handle any Biskit Type By default Data Explorer appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Data type Pleas
456. rtyDef s Group string that defines the group that each property belongs to and the text that should be used to name that group If this is used when viewing a Biskit separate tabs each with the appropriate group name will be used to display the properties This property is used if no layout has been defined in the layout editor for this Biskit Type The Project Biskit will always use this property for its layout General Professer Project Resource Settings Users Sign Off z 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 361 Storage Indicates whether the property is static dynamic or indirect See Mechanism Property Storage Mechanisms for more information Formulaic Dynamic only Allows a formula to be entered to calculate the value of this property See the section on Formulae for more details on the formatting Column Name Only required for dynamic properties this is the name of the database column used to hold the property Unique Only required for dynamic properties this indicates whether the value stored in this property should be unique If it is then when Calpendo is asked to generate SQL code to update the database schema it will add the necessary commands to tell the database that the column contains unique values This will make it illegal for the same non null value to be present twice Automated This specifies whether the property is automatically assigned a value
457. s for information on changing the properties on a project Multi Step Approval Process A multi step approval process does not have specific support in Calpendo However the effect can be achieved by adding properties to Project to store the various approval stages For example suppose it is required to provide separate approvals for the science finance and ethics before final approval can be given In this case the recommended configuration is as follows 1 Create boolean Yes No properties on Project called scienceApproval finance Approval and ethicsApproval using the Bakery as described by Configuring Project Properties 2 Setup Permissions so that only the desired people can set scienceApproval finance Approval and ethicsApproval to true on any project 3 Setup Permissions so that only the desired people can modify the project status to Approved and only then when scienceApproval financeApproval and ethicsApproval are already set to True 4 Set up Permissions so that only the desired people can modify the project status to Denied but that this can be done regardless of scienceApproval financeApproval and ethicsApproval 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 209 lf the approvals need to be given in a particular order then configure this using the Permissions so that whoever gives the financial approval may only do so once the ethics approval has been given for example It would be a g
458. s a resource was being used fier Tepa Di P eet bag nei EE EE vee 5 MCD Tidi Retest Prntatie View So iiH Tht sa occ eee Bask SM wa nw Hoe es ET amp Wf 1330 Lee Colour indicates which resource the Usage iz for bt Filter by outcome Guni LEE Filter by outcome allows the resource usage s shown to be filtered by the outcome of the resource usage These outcomes will have been configured by the administrator By moving the cursor over a usage the resource usage information can be viewed i irragimg La radialia Mark ight pale Max Ptanck 1100 12 1 pI F ray Start 10 Apr 2013 10 30 Finish 10 Apr 2073 11 46 Project Code genetics Propet Name heritability Currently Active false Outcome OK Used By Charles Darvin Blah blah com Resource Usage Count i 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 83 The user may need to create a resource usage record after the fact due to problems at the time to do this select the time area for the resource usage and the resource usage create pop up will appear Fill in the Resource Booking Project and User information Once the Outcome is chosen the Create Usage button becomes active and can be pressed to create the resource usage information New Resource Usage Resource Telescope Select Booking Uranium 1 Jul 2013 08 30 08 31 User Newton Issac Newton Currently Active No
459. s and configure the email tab as described in Global Preferences Email chapter in the Calpendo documentation Users Any new users should be sent a link to the Calpendo Login page and told to use the Register New User button to make a user request If email is set up correctly the administrator should get an email telling them about each new user request To approve a user go to Admin gt User Request For each user to be approved 1 Click on the Login Name 2 Set Status to Normal 3 Set the Roles to be assigned to the user 4 Inthe Projects Tab at the bottom click on Please Select a Project to add and select the projects to be added to this user A user needs to be associated with a project before they can use it to make a booking 5 Press the Save button see the The User Approval Process and The User Requests Page chapters in the Calpendo documentation lf the users are going to be created by the administrator go to User gt Search press the Create button to create a new user Remember to allocate any projects to that user At least one user should be set up with the Admin role It is advisable to leave the initial Admin and Root users alone as this allows Exprodo Software access to your Calpendo in the event of any problems For more help read the Modifying Users chapter Next Steps Once the above configuration is done Calpendo will be ready for use Calpendo is now working but there are many additi
460. s and predefined slot information will not be filled in the create booking pop up Mon 08 05 Tue 08 06 Wed 08 07 Thu 08 08 Fri 08 09 Sat 08 10 Sun 08 11 senna ton Sn man admin 08 30 10 00 18 30 10 00 3 13 00 17 00 T tes 17 00 18 00 EZ 18 00 19 00 18 30 19 30 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 49 3 4 1 3 Creating Bookings To create a new booking in the Bookings Calendar navigate to the date that the booking needs to appear on Then either single click in the calendar at the time when the booking is to start or click and drag to select both the start and end times of the booking Both methods will cause the booking pop up to be displayed x This pop up is where the details of bookings are viewed and can be edited Depending on the New Booking Resource 3T 7 configuration of Calpendo some of the fields Type No type i displayed in this pop up may not be editable such Project Rad 1 Radiation v 447 448 i i eT are as the Status and Owner If the user is not When e ay ore allowed to make repeat bookings then there eau ie l won t be an entry for the repeating information eminger S j j ngu z E shown in the pop up Also additional fields may be Notice Period 30 minutes i Doo present if added by the administrator Send reminders to Booking booker Booking owner Project owner Project users
461. s of authentication 1 Local The current Calpendo does the authentication User names and encrypted passwords are stored in the Calpendo database 2 Internal These are built in methods that allow Calpendo to send your user name and password to another system for authentication Calpendo does not store your password in this case but does handle it during login The currently supported internal authentication methods include using an email server SMTP or IMAP any HTTP basic authentication system or another Calpendo 3 External The web server that users connect to is configured to provide authentication for example using a single sign on system or perhaps LDAP In this case Calpendo never sees users passwords and authentication is solely the responsibility of the web server All systems automatically have Local authentication initialised but the administrator may also set up a number of non local authentications and may switch off Local authentication The administrator cannot switch off the authentication system they are currently logged in with to ensure that they cannot be accidentally locked out Common Options For All Authentication Methods Name Data Description Type Type String The type of authentication method Name String The name assigned to this method Must be unique Login Allowed Boolean Whether users can login using this method New User Whether new users can register using this method If Registration
462. s present but the others may not be For example if the user hasn t selected a Property Path then the Relation Value and Accuracy do not show If the context does not specify a Biskit Type P then when a Condition is first created it will look like this of Mothing available No property path selected The above picture shows the default Condition Type of Value with a red border because Value cannot be used without a Biskit Type being available in the context The Property Path also has a red border and shows there are no properties available for the same reason Choosing a Biskit Type of anything other than Any data type changes the Property Path selector to show there are now properties that can be selected of Select a property Mo property path selected The Property Path selector still shows in red because a Property Path is required but hasn t been selected yet Clicking where it says Select a property would no is aba a drop down menu with a list of all the properties that exist on the Biskit Type selected in the current context 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 99 The Conditions Panel Everywhere that conditions are used they appear in a panel that looks something like this ina writeable context Conditions x of the following ap Show advanced of location equals Specified value Harvard Stans wath VWalu of hype namie ends with
463. s required a drop down menu is shown Any property that is not a date or date time it shows this Mull Specified value This gives a choice between a value that is null a special value meaning there is no value and Specified value If Specified value is chosen then a further item will appear so that the value can be chosen The item shown for the value entry will be appropriate to the type of the property indicated by the Property Path Conditions x All Of the following apply Show advanced amp walug of inProgressChangeOption quals Specified value Please select a In Progress Change Allowed m Please select a in Progress Change Allowed Do not allow any changes Allow some changes Alk amy changes Date Properties And Accuracy When dealing with dates there are some other options that are available Whenever a property is asked for which stores a date two condition lines will appear one for the start date and one for the finish date the relation can then be set see table earlier in the chapter for the full list available Conditions x Au of the following apply Fl snow advanced value of dateRange start earlier than now plus 414 days to the minute oo Value of dateRange finish later than fa now minus 14 days to ihe minute o Date relation to be set Then set how accurate the date checking needs to be There are four options against whi
464. s to reflect the fact that permissions for Booking will now also apply to subtypes of Booking 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Version History 15 Import The Import page can now handle importing non ASCII characters properly such as accented characters like a and etc Whenever anything fails to import for some reason there is now an option of allowing all the items without errors to be imported previously it was only an all or nothing Also the import supports uploading multiple files at once when importing something that includes file attachments API Changes Starting with this release the API Application Programmer Interface for connecting other programs to Calpendo will be documented New in this release is support for making complex search queries on the database and getting back only the columns you need There are also some breaking changes to the API so if you were already using it please contact us Old Style Searches Support for old style searches has been removed This should not affect any existing customer because it appears nobody is using the old style searches any more If you manage your own Calpendo server then please make sure you keep the database backup you take before the upgrade to 6 3 for a while just in case we find you need an old search New Booking Rule Validation Tests When saving a Booking Rule there are some new validation tests that are done that look for some misconfigurat
465. se restrictions come in three types Time Templates booking Booking Rules and Permissions f a booking does not pass any one of these three restrictions it will be rejected 3 4 2 Booking Restrictions 3 4 2 1 Time Templates Time Templates are a means_of specifying periods of time during which different groups of people may book each resource The Time Templates Calendar looks very much like the Bookings Calendar The main difference is that colour no longer pertains to the resource Instead a Time Template specifies who can book and that Time Template spans various periods of time Each Time Template is given a colour and so the colour is an indication of who can book Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Admin Help Templates admin Change Password Settings Sign out RED KE weer 19 E DA Today Refresh Day Week May 2014 gt Mon 05 05 Tue 05 06 Wed 05 07 Thu 05 08 Fri 05 09 Sat 05 10 Sun 05 11 ay E i i MT WF ss 229301 2 3 4 Bie 7 8 9 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 Ee EOE EE E 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Dry Lab Dry Lab Dry Lab Dry Lab Dry Lab Dry Lab Dry Lab Physics Time aaa ia Physics Time Ia Biology Time l Physics Time fa Free for All l Free for All fa Physics Auto Approve la Free for All la Free for All Leave lon Pool Choose resources Out of Hours l Out of Hours Ea Out of Hours a Out of Hours a Out of Hours
466. sending this email This is because when users register they select their own user type An administrator can check or change the user type if required e Associate all users with their projects This should be done after you ve created the projects and after most of the users have registered It needs to be done before users start making their own bookings This is because users can choose a project they are associated with when making a booking Some or all resources can be configured to not require a project with their bookings There may be some apprehension about the process of switching to using Calpendo however those that have converted so far have been pleasantly surprised about how painless it was Also the above is only a suggestion and other methods may well work For example if there are multiple resources to migrate it may make sense to migrate them one at a time 6 5 Project Configuration One of the most important aspects of configuring Calpendo is to make sure that projects are set up the way you want This means making sure that the projects store the information required for the facility and that projects are approved using a suitable mechanism See Also e Types And Groups amp to understand what types and groups are and what the difference between them is e Configuring Types amp Groups amp to understand how to go about setting them up for projects as well as for users and resources 2010 2015 Expro
467. ser Guide 109 Autorun if selected will automatically run new search set ups as they change so changing Columns Conditions Report Type and even what is being searched for will get the search to be re run as each setting is changed If searches are being done on large amounts of data or the user needs to make multiple changes between search runs it is more efficient if Autorun is not selected If at any time having made changes and Autorun is selected but a new search has not run then press the Go button 3 10 1 1 Single Item Report Shows the result of the search as a single record qd File Search for User Report type Single Item Report Timb Tim Bilder E Go Users where id equals 32 Edit Create Create copy Delete References History Type in here to get matching report list Drop down to choose single item to be reported on LocalT imb Either use the drop down to get a full list of possible options to be scrolled through or type in the input box to get a shortened list of possible matching objects lf the user has the correct permissions they may edit the individual records or make changes to multiple records All of this will be covered in the chapter on Editing Search Information 2010 2015 Exprodo Software no Calpendo User Documentation 3 10 1 2 List Report Shows the result of the search as a list of records File Search for Resource Report type List Repor
468. ser Type User Session Timeout In Minutes 100000 Minimum Login Name Length a Request Filtering By User Type New User Default Roles Nothing selected Setting Description New User Request Requires User Type User Session Timeout In Minutes Minimum Login Name Length Request Filtering By User Type Ca User Default Roles lf this is set to true then whenever a new user registers with Calpendo they must specify their user type See Configuring Types And Groups 2 for more information about types This indicates how long a user s session will remain valid without any activity Once this time has passed without them using Calpendo then they will have to log in again This should not be zero or negative If a user is timed out any request they make at the point of the time out will be automatically resubmitted when they log back in This specifies how many characters must be in each user name A user will not be able to register with a login name that is shorter than this setting lf this is set to true then the user requests page will only show user requests from users with the same user type as the currently logged in user Otherwise all user requests will be shown When a new user is created specify the roles they can have by default See User Roles for more information 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 6 17 6 17 1 Calpendo Configuration Guide 351 Bakery Calpendo is built on Exprodo
469. sfully received Please wait for an email confirming acceptance before attempting to log in This means that the registration request has been received but the user cannot log in yet They will receive an email to tell them when they can log in using the login name and password selected Note that the administrator will not know any passwords nor have any way to find out what they are However the administrator is able to reset a password if required When a user first logs in to Calpendo they will see the Bookings Calendar 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 30 Calpendo User Documentation Single Sign On Calpendo Account some customer environments use a single sign on To access Calpendo using a single sign system a user would need to get authenticated by the single sign on system To log in click on the button for your sign in system or the Register new user button to register using a specific authentication method The names on the button s will have been chosen by the administrator when single sign on authentication is set up so may be different Username Password Sign in using one of the following Local Imap Smtp Alternatively sign in using External If you do not already have an account Register new user lf registering a new user choose the system to be registered by If using a non local method the user will need to be authenticated by that system before filling in the new registration form
470. ss of requested Rule execution order 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 257 When your Booking Rule is run the following local variables will be set in the BeanShell environment Name Class Description biskitDAO com springsolutions biskit persi Interface to the Calpendo database stence HibernateBiskitDAO biskitDefs com springsolutions biskit core Provides access to all the Biskit def BiskitDefStore definitions booking com springsolutions calpendo d The booking being created or the new omain Booking version of the booking being updated Identical to newBooking newBooking com springsolutions calpendo d The booking being created or the new omain Booking version of the booking being updated Identical to booking oldBooking com springsolutions calpendo d The original version of the booking for an omain Booking update and null otherwise realUser com springsolutions calpendo d The user making the change omain CalpendoUser user com springsolutions calpendo d The effective user making the change omain CalpendoUser This can be different from the real user when running with The Booking Rule Validator isUpdate Boolean True if the user is making an update and false if a booking is being created result com springsolutions calpendo d The result that must be filled in by the omain rule RulesResult Booking Rule rule com springsolutions calpendo d The Booking R
471. st in case they will have a need So its decided to stop this behaviour by disallowing bookings more than 6 weeks away This result can be achieved with Perm issions amp although that wouldn t allow a nice error message to the user they would just receive the standard Permission Denied message This can also be done with a Time Tem plate SF as well as a Booking Rule and it s probably better to do it with a Time Template so that the user would get feedback before they try to make such a booking However this example may be helpful To do it create a Simple Booking Rule with Change Type of Create and Update and add this as the Condition Section Tab Description Applies Condition New Value of dateRange start later than now plus 42 days to To S the minute This adds 6 weeks to the current time the time when the user tries to make a booking and then tests whether the booking starts date Range start after that time when both times are rounded to the nearest minute If the booking starts after the 6 week time then the condition is true and so the Booking Rule applies Please note that if repeats are allowed the Global Preference gt Bookings gt Number of Days of Bookings to check for repeat bookings must be larger than the number of days you are checking for by 1 2 weeks to stop repeat bookings going after that time depending on what type of repeat is being used A better option would be Section Tab Descripti
472. sted new Biskit Types have been created such as Doctor and Nurse and both a Doctor and a Nurse are associated with bookings ee then create a menu item that takes the user to a page where they can create the Doctors and Nurses Biskit Tree Provides a way to display a 1 The Biskit Type to be displayed Viewer number of HTML pages with a 2 The property with the information Page navigation panel for users to to be viewed choose which page to view Bookmark A Calendar page with the The bookmark to be used Page specified bookmark set up Customised A search page customised to your 1 The Biskit Type to be searched for 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 316 Calpendo User Documentation Page Description Additional Information Search specific requirements 2 The report type to be used Page 3 A descriptor to define additional search buttons available on the search page See below for a definition of the descriptors allowed 4 Any Conditions to be used in the search Data Explorer Page A customised Data Explorer page 1 The Biskit Type to be displayed 2 The ID of the particular record to be displayed 0 or empty means display all 3 Whether a user viewing the custom page may change the Biskit Type being displayed The URL to be displayed For example url http www exprodo com Frame Page Opens any URL as a frame inside Calpendo This will d
473. stribution The important parts of these are tomcat users This needs to contain a lt user gt line so that somebody can connect to Tomcat s web management pages The user name and password can be anything and will only ever be used by a human You may want more than one entry here depending on who will do the administration server xml The sample provided defines a lt connector gt entry on port 8080 that allows users to connect directly to Tomcat A standard Tomcat server xml would contain this entry although I ve added the necessary config so that it supports compression If all access is to be made through Apache then this connector on port 8080 could potentially be turned off Leave it on for now so you can test the installation before we bring Apache into the equation I ve also added a lt Connector gt on port 8009 with protocol AJP 1 3 This is the means by which Apache talks to Tomcat Once done check that you can connect to Tomcat and access its management pages Go to the web page http servername 8080 where servername is the name of the server you installed Tomcat on There should be a link on there to the management pages so you can ask Tomcat to start Calpendo after Calpendo is installed 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 440 Calpendo User Documentation Install Calpendo Calpendo is delivered as a directory in war file format However there s a file inside the directory WEB INF classes hibernate
474. sts all the BiskitDefs that have a property that points to an Exprodo User BiskitDef Expanding a BiskitDef will list the properties that are available For instance Report has an owner property and Report Schedule has a users property As an example to find all those users that have created Reports set Exprodo User as the BiskitDef to be searched for and Report owner owner is a pointer to an Exprodo User as the property defined in the Property Path returned will be a list of Exprodo Users that currently have Reports in the Report Manager If the Relation Statement and Value are set to greater than 1 times then only those users with two or more reports will be returned See Also e Example Automatic Emails amp e The examples in Permissions amp 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 108 Calpendo User Documentation 3 10 3 10 1 Searching For Information There are various ways to search for information in Calpendo and several ways to display the information found This section describes the generic search options that apply to any type of data See Also e Searching For Bookings for how to search for information about bookings e Searching For Projects for how to search for information about projects e Search For Usage for how to search for information about resource usage Search The Search page allows searches for any type of data within Calpendo By default it appears under the Search menu with a
475. sub menu item also labelled Search However the menu may have been configured so that the Search page is not visible or in a different place When you enter the Search page the following will be seen Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help d File Search for Please select Choose which Biskit Type to search for Clicking on Please Select will provide a drop down menu with the complete list of types available to search Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help 4 File Search for Please select Please select Attachment Audit Log Authentication Method Automatic Email Automatic Email Child Multi Condition Automatic Email Condition Once a Biskit Type is selected additional options will appear Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help d Fief Search for Resource Report type Group Report Conditions Columns Go Autorun There are four report types List Summary single Item and Group The user can also add conditions to the search not Single Item change the columns that are going to be viewed in the returned search not Summary or Single Item or reset the search conditions to the default not Single Item KI his icon will toggle whether the File and Report Type options are available The Go button will run the current search set up 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo U
476. t Row Label Alignment yf So a a lt Zi a j w o D a E i ill_Sites_ Landfill Sites Landfill_Sites_250 Lanafill_Sites_500 F Historical Landfill Sites Historical_Landfill_Sites_250 Historical_Landfill_Sites_500 Waste Transfer Sites Waste_Transfer_Sites_250 waste Transfer_Sites_500 H il Waste Treatment and Disposa Waste_Treatment_and_Disposal_250 Waste_Treatment_and_Disposal_500 Pollution Sites Pollution_Sites_250 Pollution _Sites_500 Radioactive Substance Sites Radioactive_Substance_Sites 250 Radioactive _Substance_Sites_500 Hazardous Substances Storage Hazardous_Substances_Storage_250 Hazardous_Substances_Storage_500 Dangerous Substance Storage Dangerous_Substance_Storage_250 Dangerous_Substance_Storage_500 d Add in new Major Accident Hazard Major_Accident_Haz empty cell after Major_Accident_Hazard_500 the current cell Discharge To Water Discharge_to_water_250 F Discharge_to_water_500 Contaminated Land Contaminated_Land_250 Contaminated_Land_500 Contraventions Contraventions_250 Contraventions_500 Information in a Multi Column Table will be displayed with the property label and the property value If multiple columns are being displayed only the labels of the properties required for the number of rows being used will be displayed Multi Column Description Table Show Custom Row Allows the user to
477. t may belong to many groups See also Project Type The list of resources that a project may use including information that may be added such as the price or booking duration for each resource The list of services that a project E may use including information that may be added such as the price The current status of a project This can be Requested Approved Denied Unbookable or Terminated A project that would normally have a status of Unbookable and AS used to set default values for newly created projects A way of grouping similar projects to or A project has only one type See also Project Group An individual piece of data attached to a Biskit A property will have a name a type and a label as well as other meta properties defining how it is organised When adding a property to a report or placing a condition ona property amp you can choose a property 2010 2015 Exprodo Software References Relation Repeat Requested Booking Requested Project Requested User Resource Resource Group Resource Type Resource Usage Resource Usage Calendar Resource Usage Recorder Settings Service Order Service Provider Services Single Item Report Summary Report system Event system Usage Statistics Task Template Time Template 2010 2015 Exprodo Software condition ofa property This is Known as property path For example if you
478. t tick the check box next to each project whose status requires changing Approve Deny Terminated Delete Note that as soon as there are any projects checked then the checked button bar changes so that it is no longer greyed out Now press any of these buttons to Approve Deny Terminate or Delete the ticked projects Alternatively tick the check box in the table s header and every check box will be ticked or unticked as appropriate as a short cut to ticking all projects 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 148 Calpendo User Documentation Changing More Than A Project s Status The Project Requests page can be used for more than just changing a project s status First click anywhere in the project s row apart from the check box Calendar Templates Bookings Projects L Project Code Type status owner ia __ Requestea i l __ Fenes t Approve Dens Terminated Delete Refresh Save History 3 a pews E Ter Fad r leonardo My Selecting a single project to edit or view its details The project s details will appear at the bottom of the page already in edit mode and you can change the values as required The projects may have been configured with different properties from those shown in this picture so may look different Project codeltype Status owner name _ Start Finis a Ss t Approve Deny Terminated Delete Refresh Save Histor
479. t Active B Outcome OK Comment Create Usage lf the user has the permissions they can edit a resource usage s information Click on the resource usage to be edited and choose edit from the pop up menu Edit Resource Usage 10 Resource particle acceleraior Booking iD B87 13 17 0 Project ight bulb ght bwt When Apr 2013 11 00 1230 History Created 12 Apr 2013 11 23 by admin user Planck Max Planck Currently Adie Not Acive Session It 10 Unigue IO 10 IDs Rezpurct usage Doun 7 Project Usage Count 1 Crut ore OK x omment Update Usage Deleie Usage Once the required edits are completed press Update Usage to make the changes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software a4 Calpendo User Documentation 3 6 3 3 6 3 1 Searching For Resource Usage Calpendo has multiple ways of finding out information about resource usage P Using the Resource Usage Searches All the usage search pages work in a similar way This chapter explains the basic mechanisms for all the resource usage searches To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a search then go to the Search chapter When entered any of the resource usage search pages you will automatically start a search of the appropriate type with a date range of today This is what a search will look like when it is completed File Report type List Rep
480. t E Conditions Columns Reset Go E Autorun Found amp resources _ Name __ Location Type Project Required Collect Actual Usage Eiftelescope Harvard Scanner Project Required Jiwe O OOO OO C od ne po ee p ele particle accelerator T care Poet guna vor E leave amp notices i Hot Require E subject oon farara _ Notces Project Requred fiue T_ Edit Delete Specify which columns are viewed by clicking on the Columns button and get a drop down list of tick box s for all available properties those who have their boxes ticked will be shown File Search for Resource Report type List Report Conditions Columns Reset Go V Autorun Found amp resources al Name rere __Jocston ype _fEroject Reed be Collect Actual Usag ae Oa reer PET ES ce eae fat minao EE EAEN e FIFI E ibrary a ue oo o ooo o y o DEAE mw E EEE E EEE ee a E Ei subject Room rarvara Notices Pro t Edit Delete 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 111 lf an individual record is clicked an expanded view of that record will appear below the list File Search for Resource Report ty Columns Reset Go F Autonun Found amp resources pem eae farea Project Requre EEE E fwet tab ject R true oooO O O Elem a e e S Delete Create a E ae Usage Recorder Options Access pro
481. t first looks to see which ones apply to the booking and the change being made There are different types of Booking Rules but they all share the same way of identifying which bookings they apply fo and this is described in To the next section Choosing Which Bookings A Rule Applies Each Booking Rule has to decide whether the booking should be rejected or whether it is acceptable If acceptable then it must also decide whether to issue the user a warning When a warning or rejection is issued the Booking Rule responds with two extra things e a message that should be given to the user preferably customised so it is specific to the problem it has encountered e for bookings whose status is Approved the Booking Rule can indicate whether it might be acceptable if the booking s status were Requested instead This allows the 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 224 Calpendo User Documentation user the opportunity to downgrade their booking to a request although the option should only be given if the Booking Rule would generate a different response to a booking request f Calpendo finds a Booking Rule that rejects the change then no further Booking Rules are run However if a Booking Rule is found to generate a warning then further Booking Rules are run just in case there is a Booking Rule that would reject the booking Also Calpendo will only show one message to the user so the order in which the Booking Rules run can affe
482. t has a particular value and when a number of bits have been set the value of the integer is the total of each of the individual bits values added up Bit fo 1 2 3 4 5 lef la 9 ho 41 12 f3 f4 45 e 4 4 8 Therefore if bits 1 5 and 7 are set the value is 162 2 32 128 Bit Sets allow the user to combine up to 32 options in any combination required In Calpendo we have one default bit set and that is for User Roles There can be as many Bit Sets as needed in the database Once the Bit Set is created as a Mapped Integer to use it create an integer property on a BiskitDef and set its Integer Type to be Bit Set and chose the Mapped Integer that has been created integer Type Type jetst Set Mapped Int on Default Value 6 17 3 4 1 2 User Roles There is a special Mapped Integer definition called Role This is used by the Roles bit set property of a User Since it is used as a Bit Set it may only have values of 0 to 31 Value zero is special in this Mapped Integer Any user whose roles property has bit O set is a Root user and Permissions do not apply to such a user So using the Bit Set bit table a user that has both Admin and User roles would have a value of 6 the 1 and 2 bits set A Guest user would have the value 8 just the 3 bit set The user may add additional values to this Mapped Integer and may rename any of them including Root 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configurat
483. t say nothing about whether other users can read it e Deny everyone other than the user Admin from being able to read the Cost Per Session but say nothing about whether Admin can read it When a Permission says nothing about whether a user is granted or denied permission then you rely on other Permissions to specify what you want This is the way that multiple Permissions are superimpose to get the result required To show how this works we ll go through each of the options above in turn 1 Create a Permission that applies when a Project Resource Setting is Read and set the Data Property to Cost Per Session 2 On the Applies To tab untick Include Everybody and under Individual Users select one or more users In this example a user called Admin has been added 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 293 3 Save the Permission as it is and with the default values of Authorisation being Grant Permission it means that the targeted users in this case the user Admin will be granted permission when trying to view the Cost Per Session This Permission says nothing about whether other users can read Cost Per Session If you now wanted to change the Permission so that it says nothing about whether Admin can read Cost Per Session but that it denied permission for all other users follow the following steps 4 Press the Edit button unless you didn t actually save it and so it s still shown in an edi
484. t the booking s start days a Monday and use the Applies To tab to specify the users that the Permission applies os When a user tries to make a booking that is denied by a Permission then they would see an error message that says Permission Denied There is no way to provide your own error message to be shown when using Permissions Consequently this is the least user friendly way of controlling bookings and so should be used sparingly From reading the examples above it may appear that there s not a huge difference between the three methods However they differ in the information that they can each use and in the results they can effect Time Templates Information In And Out Time Templates easily allows a choice of times when bookings should be requests automatically approved given a warning or automatically denied They also allow decisions based on who makes the booking the project it s for and the resource it s for No other information can be used by Time Templates Booking Rules Information In And Out Booking Rules can be configured to use any information There are different types of Booking Rules that make it relatively easy to apply some controls for example to prevent double bookings or limit how much time somebody can book in a week However a Booking Rule can be made to do almost anything by creating an Advanced Booking Rule although this requires a programmer to write some Java code Permissions Informat
485. t time period and resource a Ifthe mca automatically approved the booking status is set to Approved and the property Approved by Template is set to True b If not Automatically Denied it will keep the booking status chosen in the pop up when the booking was Created The full list of possible outcomes is in the table below if there is no outcome mentioned that combination of chosen booking status and Default Booking Status are not possible Template Initial Chosen Final Booking Status Final Booking Status Response Booking Status Default Booking Default Booking Status Requested Status Approved No Template Best Possible Requested Approved OT Requested Requested Requested Approved Approved Requested Requested Requested Requested Approved Approved by Template 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 211 Template Initial Chosen Final Booking Status Final Booking Status Response Booking Status Default Booking Default Booking Status Requested Status Approved Acceptable Best Possible Requested Requested ee Requested Requested Requested Approved Approved by Template oT Approved by Template Requested Approved by Template Approved by Template Approved Approved by Template Denied lf the booking is not automatically denied it is then passed to the server and depending on the current booking status and Approved by Template property more checks are done a
486. ta and specifies Select by column then the Max column value is the maximum value of the selected column that should be included in the download 432 Calpendo User Documentation 6 20 Creating A Read Only Copy f Calpendo is installed on your own servers it may be necessary to create a backup instance that runs against a copy of the database Normally such a copy would want to be configured to be read only so that people can connect to it to access information but cannot change anything There are three ways to place your Calpendo into a read only mode 1 Setup the access rights for the database user so that it does not have insert Permission to the exprodo events table A system event is created at boot time and if the insert fails this is used as a trigger to assume a read only mode 2 Set the read only mode amp setting in the Global Preferences General tab 3 Change the read only mode by directly modifying the database Here is an example of the SQL you would use if you are using MySQL to store the Calpendo database update config properties set boolval T where name readOnlyMode To manually modify the database to disable read only mode that is trigged by setting the global preferences run this SQL update config properties set boolval F where name readOnlyMode Requirements For A Read Only Database If you create a database and configure Calpendo s database user so that it has no insert or up
487. table form 5 On the AppliesTo tab tick Include Everybody 6 On the Doesn t Apply To tab untick Exclude Nobody and add Admin to the list of individual users 7 Inthe main Permission details change Authorisation to Deny Permission What we ve now done is to target everybody apart from Admin We ve made the Permission negative so that the targeted users will be denied permission to read Cost Per Session 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 204 Calpendo User Documentation Example 5 Approval Of A Booking Requires An Admin In this example we are going to create a Permission that allows anybody with the Admin Role to change a booking s status to Approved We will also add a condition to make sure we re matching the situation where an administrator modifies the status themselves rather than where the status is modified indirectly as a result of moving the booking to a period in which a Time Template has approved the booking 1 Create a Permission that applies when a booking is Updated give it a name and make it Grant Permission Booking approval requires an A Please select a Biskit Def Grant Permission T roe fi 2 Add a condition Old value Status was not Approved Old value of status not equal to Specified value Approved 3 Add a condition New value Status is Approved New value of status equals Specified value Approved 4 Add a condition New va
488. tables like this is not something that all users would be comfortable doing 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 352 Calpendo User Documentation Calpendo helps with this by creating table columns automatically but it will not remove unused columns and it will not change the Biskit Type contained in a column This provides some protection against accidental destruction of data while changing the Biskit definitions but also means that getting the configuration right does have some difficulties This is particularly true if there needs to be a change of the type of data stored by a property which has to be handled by creating a new column for it However there is an alternative that does not involve creating a new table column when adding a new property Calpendo supports what are called Indirect properties which are stored in a separate table in such a way that new properties do not require changing the table structure In all there are three property storage mechanisms Static Dynamic and Indirect This table compares them Comparison Static Properties Dynamic Properties Indirect Properties Created using the Created using the Bakery Bakery One row added to the Each propenyind piskit s indirect column in the Biskit s l main table properties table for each indirect property Description Built in to Calpendo Each property in a column in the Biskit s main table Structure
489. tart minute OfDay greater than ignore or equal to 1080 Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange start dayOfWeek equals ignore Specified Value 1 Sunday Bookings to Conditions Value of dateRange start dayOfWeek equals ignore Specified Value 7 Saturday Message to show Bookings to count Bookings to ignore v Use i Statuses Bookers Owners Projects Resources Conditions of the following apply Show advanced of dateRange finish_minuteOfDay less than or equal to of dateRange start minuteOfDay greater than or equal to Go 7 of dateRange start dayOfWeek equals Specified value of dateRange start_dayOfWeek equals Specified value Please note the change to Any of the following apply Do something similar in Does Not Apply To This will make sure that when creating the booking it is ignored in the count Section Tab Description Does Not Apply Conditions New value of dateRange finish minuteOfDay less To than or equal to 540 Does Not Apply Conditions New value of dateRange start minuteOfDay greater To than or equal to 1080 Does Not Apply Conditions New value of dateRange start dayOfWeek equals To Specified Value 1 Sunday Does Not Apply Conditions New value of dateRange start dayOfWeek equals To Specified Value 7 Saturday 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 249 6 6 3 4 7 Predefined Slots Bookin
490. tatus indicates whether they can log in It can take the following values Status Description Requested his is the status given to a user when they first register A user whose status is Requested cannot log in Normal This is the normal status for a user who can log in Password A user whose status is Password must be reset at next login can log in must be but they will be forced to change their password as soon as they do so If reset at an administrator needs to reset a user s password then it s useful also to next login set their status to this value at the same time Blocked A user whose status is Blocked cannot log in Typically use this status for a user that needs to be stopped from logging in for some reason Denied A user whose status is Denied cannot log in Typically use this status when not approving a new user request although there is also have the option of deleting the user A user whose status is Expired cannot log in Either their expiry date has passed or the administrator has decided they no longer need to use the system Lurker A user whose status is Lurker cannot login but will receive automatic and booking reminder e mails The reason that both Blocked and Denied statuses exist is so that an Automatic Email 297 can be sent to the affected user with a message that is suitable for the situation Expired Expiry Date This allows the administrator to set an expiry date for the
491. te delete and update ZA BiskitDefs and their properties The Bakery also allows editing of Mapped Strings Mapped Integers 2 and Units A booking status that indicates that Calpendo should create an approved booking if possible and a requested booking otherwise A Biskit is an object stored in the database that pe a custom type It will have whatever properties a specified by its BiskitDef Defines the properties ssaociicd with a particular type of Biskit and how those properties should be stored in the database Each Biskit has a type Biskits with the same t e have the same property definitions See BiskitDef A Bit Set is a type of integer property that results ina drop down that can take multiple values The user who has made a particular booking A reservation of a resource at a particular time Bookings may also be repeatable The process by which a booking becomes approved A page which provides a graphical view of bookings by day week or month A restriction relating to which bookings can be made The different types of booking regulations E g Simple Double Advanced Total Time Number of Bookings etc 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Booking Rule Validator Booking Status Booking Type Bookmark Condition Data Explorer Data Type Default Booking Status Does Not Apply To Event FAQ Glossary 447 A tab in the Booking Rule Editor t
492. tection J Allow any IP Address Usage Session ID Template Usage id lf the user has the correct permissions you may edit the individual records or make changes to multiple records All of this will be covered in the chapter on Editing Search Information P 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 2 calpendo User Documentation 3 10 1 3 Summary Report Shows the report as a table where the user can define the properties that are used for the rows and the columns of the table and how the content of each cell will be calculated When the Summary Report view appears the user will be asked to select the properties that will be used for the rows and for the columns Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help File Search for Resource Report type Summary Report Conditions Reset Row Salect a property Column Select a property Content Count _ Scaled Go Once the properties have been selected then select how the content is to be displayed Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Usage Search Help File Search for Resource Report type Summary Repot F Conditions Reset Row locaton name Column proyectRequired Content Count E Scaled G Count Count Distinct Sum Minimum i Biaxin Awerage Standard Deviation The default content display is count this will display the content as a simple count of how many records match the row
493. ted in each of the three tabs in order to be finally accepted If it is accepted by only one or two of these tabs then it will be rejected 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 229 Does Not Apply To Finally as well as allowing the specification of bookings the Booking Rule does apply to it also allows the same sort of specification for those it does not apply to Sometimes it may be easier to say which bookings a Booking Rule shouldn t apply to and sometimes it s easier to target the bookings required by specifying some things in the Applies To section and some other things in the Does Not Apply To section Does Not Apply To works in exactly the same way as Applies To For example a Booking Rule may be needed that is to be applied to most people but a small number of people should be exempt perhaps because they are administrators or heads of group Implement this by creating a user group with all the people such a Booking Rule should apply to However user groups tend to work best when a small number of users belong to them otherwise maintaining the groups with the right membership can become onerous It s therefore easier to maintain a user group of the people that should be exempt and adding them to the Does Not Apply To section If users are classified by assigning them all a user type then create a Booking Rule which targets a particular user type in the Applies To section but then removes some users
494. th a password that is too short and an illegal email address but only the short password has been found the illegal email address has been found for the second record but not the third So after fixing the password for the third record and the email address for the second record if an attempt was made to import the file again with no other changes another error would occur this time an invalid email for the third record In order to fix these types of errors go back to the original import document and fix them there before loading it back into the Import page Remember once the file to be imported has been updated save it before reloading the file into Calpendo Import 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide to 4 8 System Events The System Events page provides a convenient way to search for and display Calpendo s record of events such as people logging in or emails being sent It is recommended that only those who administer Calpendo should have this added to their menu To access the Systems Events page it is found on the Admin menu However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different The Systems Events page is very similar to the Search page The events returned can be filtered by time type source and category Unlike other Search pages there is no auto run option When the page opens up it looks like the following Go to start Source F z os Caos G
495. than 6 weeks into the future Note that this can be done both with a Simple Booking Rule and also better still with Time Templates However this serves as an example of how to use advanced Booking Rules import com springsolutions calpendo domain import com springsolutions calpendo domain rule import java util Calendar Throw away daylight savings effect This is technically incorrect but is what people expect when crossing DST boundaries ie use the time shown on the wall Clock not the number of minutes between now and then then cal Celender getinstance then calesetrTime booking geubarekanoqe Gelotart tenen Calsseb Calendar DSI OFESET then Time then cal lt gerlime getline now cal Calendar getinstance now Cal seu Calendear 2ol OFFSET 0 now time now cal getTime getTime days then time now time 1000 0 60 60 24 if days gt 42 int idays int days int ihours int days idays 24 Inmet imins ane days adays 24 60 ahours 60 result setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel REJECT result setMessage You cannot book more than 6 weeks in advance your request was idays days hours hours and amines minutes in advance Please discuss any special requirements with a moderator A list of moderators can be found under 4 4 1 4 the search menu 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 26
496. that shows when 1500 147 30 the booking was created or last modified and a History Created 19 Feb 2014 09 58 user will probably not have permission to change Modified 19 Feb 2014 10 06 those values Once changes have been Reminder amp Send reminder email completed use the Update Booking to vee wey oo T implement the changes Use the History from the iiaa _ Da pop up described above to get a full history of eee changes to this booking Repeat m on S M T W T F are never deleted they are only cancelled unless they are repeatable bookings see below This Repeat every Wednesday There is also a Cancel Booking button Bookings means that the status on a booking is changed to Status Requested Y Cancelled Cancelled bookings are not normally C displayed on the Bookings Calendar so a m Cancelled booking would disappear from the calendar However you may choose to display Update Booking Cancel Booking Cancel Changes Cancelled bookings Calpendo may be configured so that cancelling a booking for a particular resource requires a reason It is possible to uncanee a booking EB oat aig Cancelled bookings and then changing its status to Requested or Approved but suitable Permissions would be needed to be able to do that Use the Cancel Changes button to remove any edits and to exit the pop up If a repeatable booking is being edited any occurrence of this booking in the past will not be affected as they are now separ
497. the Edit the Count Destinet Choose the data Add and delete column aE aggregation required RAI A columns properly be Maximum for numerical and date VIEWE Average properties Sindang Geviation The first column allows the user to add or delete columns from the report the green to add one column green tick to add multiple columns tick all columns required to be added then click OK red to delete the current column see the Group Report amp chapter for more information on how they work The second column allows the user to change the properties that will be viewed in a column The third column allows the user to change the label at the top of the column in the report The fourth column allows the user to decide whether absolute values or data aggregation is required See Summary Report amp chapter Complex Content Types section for more information If aggregation of the data has been chosen then decide whether to ignore null empty or 0 values 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 124 Calpendo User Documentation Scheduling Reports If box marked Run report on a schedule is ticked options allowing for the setting up of the scheduling of the report appear Conditions Columns EEM Attach Ta T ta _ Choose whether to attach the report as a file to y the email or whether the body of the email is the Sanj As Attachment taise report data Emal Supert Eman supje Choose the
498. the By An Admin Admin role This is Approved by default Bookings Create Specify the default status for bookings created by users that do not By Regular Users have the Admin role This is Requested by default 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 332 Calpendo User Documentation Bookings Calendar Background Time Template Colours When showing Time Templates on the background of the bookings calendar different colours are used to indicate the implications of the Time Templates present This is where the colours used can be setup For each user their User Settings specifies the default colours for Time Template colours The global preference for Time Template colours is similar but allows an administrator to specify the Time Template colour user settings for newly registered users The global setting is used only for setting up new users and nothing else Bookings Calendar Background Template Colours Colour when bookings would be automatically denied Colour when booking warnings would be given Colour when booking requests can be made Colour when bookings would be automatically approved Colour when no templates apply Reset colours Setting Description Colour when bookings would be automatically This is a light red by default a Colour when booking warnings would be given This is a light yellow by default Colour when booking requests can be made This is a light yellow by default Colour when bookings would be
499. the appropriate authentication method Also in order to understand more about setting up projects and groups for a user read the section on The User Requests Page e and Modifying Users Cancel Save Apply ewm O o o Other name Family name Login Name to be added here 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 163 4 3 6 Modifying Users To see change or delete users go to a list of users Either use the dedicated User Search page or use Data Explorer as explained in the User Search chapter to get the list Once the list of users has been returned they can be modified Depending on_which page was used to get the list of users either go to the Data Explorer r or Search pages for more details on editing and saving Described below is how to specifically change a user s project associations and user groups Changing A User s Password Once the list of users is displayed click on the user whose password needs to be changed DRN e A oer neon nae Fay nema aaaess Fe fuser Acmn Guest Roof ocavect for fs _ Tr oser Aamin Guest LocaVaamn _ eT a a FT Cpe O iome Jewin fe froe menena com spe ____ ae ejem o ee fonga zangoen cor j blah blah com Physics Eewo J SS Gesa S ooo lupates a Requested Project Code s entity Projects Groups Local leonardo Click on the Edit button once in edit mode any of the users details may be changed
500. the values from the drop down as the default value of null cannot be left as the current value A drop down for a property that is Required but for which Null Allowed is false would be built without a value representing null and so the user would not be forced to choose Instead the first value in the drop down would be automatically selected unless a choice is made by the user For string properties an empty string is a non null value and so will satisfy Required In order to make sure the user can not do this set a minimum length for strings where you want to make sure they enter something Large Numbers Of Properties And Tab Layout If you are adding a large number of properties to a Biskit and wish them to be displayed in particular groups under specific tab names then use the Group meta property All properties with the same Group meta property will be displayed under the same tab which will be labelled with the value of the Group meta property unless a layout has been defined for this Biskit in the Layout Editor The Project Biskit will always use Group for its layout General se Professer Project Resource Settings Professer Sign Offl false sers Accounts Sign Ofi false Sign Off 2 I Accounts Liason Project Groups 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 363 6 17 3 1 Biskit Property Definitions A property of type Biskit must specify the following information Reference Deletion Opti
501. their column headings switched on also changeable in a users Settings or globally in Global Preferences gt Bookings Columns displaying multiple resources will have their headings in a neutral light blue rather than the resources colour With the display of Time Templates read the section dealing with Time Templates to understand how they are displayed in shared resource columns For predefined slots if there is one column or shared columns then the pop up cannot have the slots time information automatically filled in as there is no way of knowing whether the resource with the predefined slots is to be used Mon 08 05 Tue 08 06 Wed 08 07 Thu 08 08 Fri 08 09 Sat 08 10 Sun 08 11 Cr i En a i ol TE admin 08 30 10 00 09 00 08 30 10 00 08 30 09 30 10 00 11 00 3 10 30 11 30 10 30 11 30 a admin 11 00 13 00 12 00 12 00 13 00 13 00 la Marie Ci 13 00 15 30 14 00 14 00 15 00 ia admin 14 30 16 30 lE Marie C 5 00 14 30 16 30 14 30 15 30 TE admin 1 T 16 00 17 00 16 00 18 00 17 00 17 00 18 00 18 00 18 00 19 00 19 00 18 30 19 30 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 48 Calpendo User Documentation 3 Separate with this option all resources are shown in separate columns columns are only present if the resource has a booking on that day This shows Time Templates well but as with Shared when possible those resources that do not have columns will not show Time Template
502. these Permissions are changeable and may be added removed or modified for any user by a user with Admin privileges e Time Templates may not apply to users with the Admin role depending on the global preferences setting Templates gt Templates ly To Admin e Booking Rules may not apply to users with the Admin role depending on the global preferences setting Booking Rules gt Booking Rules Apply To Admin e When creating a booking the default status assigned is specified by the global preferences setting Bookings gt Admin Default Booking Status whereas for regular users it is decided by Bookings gt User Default Booking Status e They can create bookings against any project whereas regular users can only book against projects whose status is Approved and projects for which they appear in the project s users selection e When the Calpendo licence has fewer than 30 days remaining users with the Admin role will receive a warning each time they log in Regular users only receive a warning in the 7 days prior to expiration Note that 30 days grace period is allowed so that there is always time after expiration before the licence must be renewed e When a user with the Admin role logs in for the very first time they are assigned the menu that has been configured for Admin users in Global Preferences gt Menus gt Default Admin Menu A user that has neither the Root nor the Admin role will be assigned the menu specified
503. tive manner if possible then those headers are marked in red A pop up will inform the user how many column headings have not been recognised Import then updates those columns from Normal to Ignore so the user can proceed with the import without those columns Failed to recognise 2 columns all have been set to ignore These errors can be fixed in the Import page Just click on any red header and you will get a drop down box with a complete lists of this Biskit Types properties Select the correct one and the error will be removed Once done the column will be moved from Ignore to automatically import user txt Choose new file Biskit type User Insert New Data uf Preview Import We 2 8 useridentity authenticationMethod name 3 C givenName 4 D familyName 5 E status 6 F roles ee O Ok oi Ok C Ignore E created email expiryDate familyName givenName otherName 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 189 Data Errors Data errors are found either during the preview of the data of if a preview is not done during 1 A booker_useridentity_loginName 2 B owner_useridentity_loginName 3 C status 4 D dateRange_start 5 E dateRange finish 6 F resource_name 2 7 G project_projectCode Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal 4 problems Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Igno
504. tivity in the audit log Bookings have always directly stored the date and time when they were created and last changed This has now been extended to other data types including Projects and can be added to custom types too Authentication There s now support for single sign on and other authentication methods This means that users don t need to have separate passwords for Calpendo and other systems This includes an updated login page and new user registration page B Is also easier to disable user self registration for those sites that prefer to do this Changes in Functionality New Banned Keywords Added create and update to list of banned keywords for property names Permissions some changes have been made to make permissions a little easier to understand There used to be a permission property called positive that was a boolean property with values true or false This has now been renamed to authorisation and the options are Grant permission and Deny permission It should now be clearer whether a permission that matches will actively allow an action by granting permission or stop an action by denying permission Also support for what we called definitive permissions had been dropped They were a source of confusion Also they were not even necessary because every definitive permission could always be represented as two non definitive permissions The Permissions page shows the permissions differently now This i
505. to other web sites lt a gt if you want to You could even use some other HTML editor and copy the HTML in here if you want Oe itt Sy ewia te wae DOr OnE cule ancy cust seal nE SRO r LON ea Era E like this lt hr gt ie you want EO tac luce hese cliam CGule secon Giseeamem selina T O Signs or the ampersand amp amp you need to use special codes 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 327 and this is the way that it looks Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help FAG admin Reset password Settings Sign out General This is the first paragraph Empty lines make no difference it all appears in the same paragraph and line breaks can be anywhere without changing how it actually looks Butityou inset an HTML line break using the right tag then you get a new line You can also Use a new paragraph tag like this This will start a new line and leave space as well For bullet points you need an unordered list uh with list iteris di like this e first item e second item third iter For numbered sections use an ordered list coh with list iteris 1 firstitem 2 second item a third tern Ifyou want a section thats indented a bit than there are various ways to do thatin HTML One option is to create a div with styling that gives ita margin This is some indented text Ifyou make itvery long you should see that the line will wrap around the way you d
506. to provide their own Whenever a user is warned the booking records that fact The only difference between Acceptable and Warning is that Warning records the fact that the user was warned on the booking Acceptable and Automatic Approval bookings may also provide a message to the user if you want Automatic Indicates that the booking is not permitted No booking will be created and Denial an error message should be provided so that it can be shown to the user This is what the Time Template Editor looks like once opened up In the left hand pane is a list of all the Time Templates created so far In the right hand pane will be the currently selected Time Template The following example is a Time Template that is not in edit mode Redresh Open All Close All Edit Create Create copy te References Hiton Menu Bar Biology Time name Bisiogy Time l DELI Physics Time Prohibited Time Template WOU are currently working on Fig for all Everybody Name Biology Everybody Group Name Physics Avid Apne Far tenn Approve for all Any b b e z Ay b a Aa i aft Building access warning for alll r 3 ai ber is Tp OOo ay ii Booking Ancaptab ty Acceptability atomai dania for this group Message The Templates you have created Message to appear when an attempted booking matches this template target group
507. ton and enter edit mode Cancel Create Create Copy Delete Open repor For a complete description of the standard toolbar buttons read the Toolbar Button Standard Definition chapter Opens the Search page in a state ready to run your report Click Go to run the report This will be greyed out in edit mode Opens the Search page and runs the report This will be greyed out in edit mode Editing Reports Once a report is in edit mode the basic properties can be changed in the top section all have drop down menus for the options available other than the report name which can be overwritten Use the tabs to add or change the conditions see the Setting Search Conditions chapter for more information about conditions and how to edit them 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 123 Use the tabs to change the columns that are viewed what is viewed in them and how they are labelled O logintiame Login name No aggregation Decide whether amp roles Mo apgnegatien Scaled to scale the o i values i uil ECTE h nam he aggregation Once data tamttiame Count Distinct Values of F Count Destinct l ignore null values aggregation chosen O decide whether to i O emai Emal address Na aggregation ignore null values uceType Ma aggregation No aggregation exprDate Exper Date Mo aggregation i sy m ere Change
508. ts for bookings Ticking the check box enables the Time Slots tab where time slots can be set up for each of the resources for each day of the week Self is always a link back to the resource in question This is particularly useful for Permissions 448 ON D Reason for will Cancellations Allocate Calendar Column Enable pre defined time slots Self where a resource needs to be hidden from some people Use a condition 2 like value of self equals 3T where 3T is selected from a drop down of resources Previously a condition like value of name equals 3T would have been required where the text 3T needed to be typed in The Permission would have failed if the resource 3T were ever renamed This is not seen in the Resource Editor but will be available when creating conditions The Resource Editor shows a list of locations and resources Select a location or resource and press the Edit button to modify it or press the Create button to create a new one For more information on how the Resource Editor works read the chapter on Configuring Types and Groups as the Resource Editor works in the same fashion After creating a new resource go to the Bookmark Manager and make sure to add the resource to the System Bookmarks gt Show All bookmark so that all users will have the resource in the default bookmark 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration
509. uirements e Tomcat Some time during 2015 or 2016 we expect to drop the requirement for the use of Tomcat We expect to replace Tomcat with Jetty which we will bundle with our software e Java Java 6 and Java 7 are both no longer receiving public updates from Oracle Further when we add support for HT TP 2 which will coincide with dropping the requirement for Tomcat HT TP 2 will only work with Java 8 and so we may require the use of Java 8 at that time 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Installation Guide 437 Requirements You should have received a file archive that contains the following files calpendo x y zZ sgl Calpendo INSTALL apache ssl www calpendo com INSTALL apache www calpendo com INSTALL apache with mod jk ssl www calpendo com INSTALL apache with mod jk mod jk conf INSTALL apache with mod jk singleTomcatInstance ssl www calpendo com INSTALL apache with m a jk singleTomcatInstance workers properties INSTALL apache with mod jk singleTomcatInstance www calpendo com INSTALL apache with mod jk workers properties INSTALL apache with mod_jk www calpendo com INSTALL hibernate cfg xml INSTALL README txt INSTALL tomcat6 conf server xml INSTALL tomcat6 conf tomcat users xml The Calpendo directory contains the program itself and calpendo x y z sql contains a blank MySQL database The other files are examples for configuring Apache Tomcat 7 and Apache web server described further below Installation Overvi
510. ule or SQL Search will depend on whict on which additional matching features are available It is recommended that users only use the options listed above 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 103 All the remaining property types don t support any notion of an ordering that could be used to specify a less than relation etc So for these the relations available are All the above relations are used when the Condition Type is Value Updated Value or Meta Property For a Condition Type of Change the re ations are different In this case a comparison between new and an old value are being done The numeric options available are semantically identical to their original values but to make it clear what is meant by less than in this situation the wording changes to this changed decreased decreased or remained the same Increased or remained the same increased All the remaining property types including those that used the set of Mapped Integers like user roles above do not support any notion of comparing the new and the old value except for indicating whether there was a change 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 104 Calpendo User Documentation The Value A value is not required when the Condition Type is Change That s because the Change relation compares the new and the old values of the property and so does not require a user specified value to compare against When a value i
511. ule allows the administrator to check for particular information on a different Biskit Type before allowing the booking to go ahead One possible use of this Booking Rule is to check whether a booker has been trained on a particular resource If the administrator has created a Biskit Type to hold training information such as date resource trainee name then the Booking Rule can check whether a potential booker is trained The Soa ve searches for a Biskit Type the administrator can then specify how many properties in the booking and the Biskit Type must match and the names of those properties and how many record matches are required As with other Booking Rules additional conditions can be set up l e training the Booking Rule could match the trainee name with the bookers name the resource name with the training resource name and have a condition to check whether the training was done within the last year Double Bookings Applies To Does Not Apply To Rule i a E I eae oot ee a a Retry approved bookings Booking S O Search property Select a property Relation Booking property Select a property Property Description Reject or warn when Decide whether to reject the booking or just post a warning exceeded An indication to be sent to the user of whether to retry sending the booking as a Request only applicable when the booking received is Approved Search For The Biskit Type to compare a
512. ule itself Sometimes you omain rule AdvancedRule may want to insert the Booking Rule name into the error message shown to a user 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 258 Calpendo User Documentation API The RulesResult class as represented by local variable result is the way to pass information back to Calpendo It has the following API public interface RulesResult Sets the message that should be sent to the user public void setMessage String msg Sets an output string to be displayed when calling via The Rule Validator public void setOutput String output Specify whether to reject warn or accept the booking public void setRejectionLevel RejectionLevel level Specify whether to retry the booking as a request This is ignored if the booking status was not Approved public void setTryBookingRegquest boolean tryRequest RejectionLevel is an enum as follows package com springsolutions calpendo domain rule public enum RejectionLevel ACCEPT Accept booking WARN Warn REJECT Reject private String m label private RejectionLevel String label m label label Override public String toString return m label 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 259 Example Reject Bookings More Than 6 Weeks Into The Future Here is an example of an Advanced Booking Rule that will reject bookings made more
513. ull and we re displaying in a Write read write context Tooltip String Text to display as a tool tip describing this type of Biskit Nobody Root Admins Indicates who can see that this Biskit Type exists Users or Everybody Indicates whether this BiskitDef is defined statically in the Storage Static or Mechanism Dynamic_ source code for Calpendo or dynamically in the Bakery Shareable Posle Shareable with sub types if you want dynamic sub types to Table be able to share this BiskitDefs database table Allows Allows Deletion if you want Biskits of this type to be Deletion deletable even while something references them While Referenced Visibility Boolean The name of the database table for storing instances of this BiskitDef The table name for a static BiskitDef cannot be modified since it is defined in the source code for Calpendo Also not all static Biskit Types will have a table associated with them for example if they are abstract or if they are only ever used as components of another BiskitDef Table Name String 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 356 Calpendo User Documentation ID Column The name of the column which provides the primary key into Name String the table In a Master Slave combination these must be different in the Master and each Slave Biskit Format Set the Name property meta property of a Biskit to specify the name of the property that should be used to repr
514. umn Message m 1 hi ie Found a total of 4 problems Could not resolve value of project from imported values project projectCode inventions Could not resolve value of resource from imported values resource name dry lab Could not resolve value of project from imported values project projectCode helper Could not resolve value of resource from imported values resource name dry lab Error message Number of property columri with error The problem log will list theproblems showing the line and column the problem occurs on as well as the problem message Clicking on the an errors column will scroll the file to the error and it will be coloured blue to stand out In order to fix these types of problems go back to the original import document and fix them there before loading it back into the Import page Remember once the file to be imported has been updated save it before reloading the file into Calpendo Import 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 190 Calpendo User Documentation Violation Errors Violation errors are found during the import of the data into the database These are errors that occur when the Calpendo is trying to create or update the database During this process all the Time Templates Booking Rules and Permissions are checked 1 A useridentity_loginName 2 B userid
515. un 2014 18 29 14 of oo Galileo Watson Francis Local Watson Francis Watson blah blah com Requested Biology User Watson sun 2014 14 88 Jun 2014 14 33 5 sun 2014 14 38 Jun 2014 14 33 Edison Thomas Local Edison Thomas Alva Edison blah blah com Requested Physics User Edison 1 5 Jun 2014 14 33 5 Jun 2014 14 33 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 154 Calpendo User Documentation Approving Or Denying Users As described in The User Approval Process approving or denying new users means changing their status The top part of the User Requests page provides a quick way to do just this Tick the check box next to each user whose status to be changed r E t of i Approve Deny Block Force password reset Delete Note that as soon as there are any users checked then the checked button bar changes so that it is no longer greyed out Now press any of these buttons to Approve Deny Block or Delete the ticked users Press Force password reset to allow the users to log in but force them to change their password Alternatively tick the check box in the table s header and every check box will be ticked or unticked as appropriate as a short cut to ticking all users 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 155 Changing More Than A User s Status The User Requests page can be used for more than just changing a user s status First click anywhere i
516. up file Calpendo limits how often a database backup may be taken by setting Minimum time between database backups on the General tab of the Global Preferences 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 431 Use Custom Per Table Settings if the Use Custom per table settings option is chosen then Calpendo will get a list of all the tables in the database and allow the way each table is backed up to be customised Table Name bookmark_properties ne For each table there are the following options Option Description Use global settings lf ticked then the other options for this table will be ignored Include structure Allows the global setting of Include structure for this table to be overridden Add drop if exists Allows the global setting of Add drop if exists for this table Include data Used to override the global setting of Include data for this table to be overridden Select by column Min Column Value Max Column Value 2010 2015 Exprodo Software lf partial data is to be downloaded then the user can nominate a column of the table and specify minimum and or maximum values of that column that should be included in the download lf the user wants to download partial data and specifies Select by column then the Min column value is the minimum value of the selected column that should be included in the download lf the user wants to download partial da
517. upport for warnings on import as well as errors e Provide link in each column to show the problems from that column e Provide link to re display import problems even after it has been dismissed e Improve ability for server to send errors to user during import e Boolean properties now accept custom text for true false e g yes no e Booking import checks that the biskit type matches what the resource wants e Make import treat empty email address as meaning null email address e Set column to not be ignored when column path manually set e Click in an Import error pop up now auto scrolls preview to that item e Import now gives an error if you have too many columns for the same path e Give better error message when you try to import a binary file instead of CSV e Add support for import to hide some rows columns from import preview table e Import now shows spreadsheet style column names as well as column numbers e Imported files now accept column prefixes of KEY and IGNORE e The import now reports the number of lines imported e Improved error message appears when a user logs out and back in and then tries to import a file they had uploaded before they logged out 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 22 calpendo User Documentation Optimisation search would sometimes do more work than necessary Bakery e Prevent a user from setting parent of a BiskitDef to itself e ResourceType and ProjectT ype may now have custom properties
518. ur when bookings would be automatically approved Use system default Colour when no templates apply Use system default i and Finish mT Menu Day starting hour Use system default Day finish hour Use system default First day of week Use system default Number of days per week Use system default Resource Columns Resource Column Display Use system default Show header for resource columns Use system default hi Resource Usage Calendar Background Colour Background colour in the future Use system default The top section deals with some general viewing options When the mouse hovers over a booking a tool tip appears that gives information about the bookings content These tool tips can be disabled or the period of time the mouse must be Stationary before the tool tip shows can be set by changing the Booking tooltip delay Set this to zero to disable the booking tool tips otherwise set this to a number of milliseconds Choose the amount of space allocated to each hour of the day in the calendar by changing the Number of vertical pixels per 30 minutes The default is 30 If a larger number is selected then the calendar will take up more vertical space Or it can be shrunk by reducing the number Note that this does not change the font size used to display on the calendar Choose whether to use the system default view for the calender when Calpendo first starts o
519. urce Usages where dateRange between 20 Feb 2014 Resource Usage Calendar e Marie cu Found 2 resource usages My Resource Usage Resource user Project my Projects Resource Usage O Dry Lab _ curie marie Curie Space 1 Space Space 1 Space o Resource Usage Search Elas ensnare cne fian gasaen curie Marie Curie Rad 1 Radiation om Edit Delete y coerce TUTUT UVU m Sur cu Create copy However the administrator may have configured Calpendo so that the menu is different This is what the My Resource Usage page looks like once a search has been done File Report type List Report 10 Feb 2014 00 00 _ 20Feb 2014 23 59 Resource Project Conditions Columns Reset Go Resource Usages where dateRange between 10 Feb 2014 and 20 Feb 2014 and user equals curie Marie Curie Found 2 resource usages aera SSSR T Ts a E fonia Jane nine cite soac21 sen Jox po Fe2 2014 1100 20 Fen 2013 1 o0 zo reo zora 1e rolere marecwal T CR R r ere CA EEE EE e The My Resource Usage search is run with the following default parameters Resource Usages where dateRange between start_date and end_date and user equals current_user All the possible buttons are available to change parameters of the search To learn more about the advanced features available with searches and how to select and edit data returned from a searc
520. urce displayed on the calendar Finally set the colour to appear on the Resource Usage Calendar for the future when creating resource usage reports would be denied 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide 3 3 2 Date amp Time This tab allows selection of the format to use for displaying the day and date at the top of each day in the Bookings Calendar and also the date and time format used everywhere else Also specify whether US date format is preferred Booking Reminders calendar Day Column Date Calendar View Format Date amp Time Date Format 8 Jan 2010 oa Time Format 13 45 T Email Prefer US Date Format false T Menu 3 3 3 Email This tab allows the user to choose whether to opt out of automatic emails not reminders Date amp Time Opt Out Of Automati saat eaters No automatic emails B i Emails kuai No automatic emails Allow automatic emails Menu 3 3 4 Menu This tab allows the user to choose how the menu operates Either configure it so that each sub menu opens up just by placing the mouse over a menu or that the user must click on a menu for its sub menu to open Also Calpendo can show different menus to different user roles If the user has sufficient permission to change their menu then a drop down that lets you select which menu you should see will be shown Date amp Time automatically Open Menu Menu 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 36 Calpendo
521. ursor to be just above the column 3 For a table move the cursor to be just outside the top left hand corner of the table 4 For a cell check the Show Cell CSS Editors box in the Property Group Toolbar When selecting a CSS Rule Editor the area to be affected will have a green border Add New Add New Child Cut Copy Paste Delete show Cell CSS Editors Cell CS5 rs Does the property benefit from any Heading of the following guarantees or g Property Table Type Simple Table f Table CSS F Area C55 Editor Coy alter will affect Tse Column C55 Editor New Home Warranty New _Home_Warranty css Damp Proofing Ics Treatment E Fic CSS eam cece yooo Editor Es rss EH Electrical Work css ead CelCSS Lol eae list E Central Heating css Underpinning Iss Other Waranties cs If yes give details EH Other _Waranties Details In the example above the first column has had the text colour set to Blue the font family set to Times New Roman and the font size set to small 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 429 When the CSS Rule Editor is opened up CSS Rule Editor a Positioning Border Misc Class and Other CSS Values Options color Colour Blue direction No value letter spacing No Value Set to Blue a standard text align No Value C55 colour test input by line height No Value the user text transform No Value
522. utton 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide The administrator may have added a number of other pieces of information that need to be completed for a project to be created If there are problems filling out the project creation form please talk to the Calpendo administrator The process of approving projects can vary a great deal between different Calpendo installations The administrator should be able to tell the user about the process that s in place at the facility However in all cases a project becomes available for booking once its status is changed to Approved see The Project Approval Process for information on the options for approving projects As soon as a project request has been created it will appear on the My Projects page Here is an example of creating a project click on Create Project General Project Code Project Resource Settings Please select a Project Type a Project Service Settings Users Project Groups admin admin Z Name Choose project name a creation starts with the General E e Submit project request Click on Choose Resource to get a pop up which will allow the choice of resources to e be used for this project View the section EEEE fon Resource Selection to see how to select resources using this pop up General Users Project Groups General ae secre Click on Project Service Settings to get a Project Service
523. val process is very similar to the The User Approval Process and is a matter of changing a booking s status from Requested to Approved if the booking is to be allowed or else to Denied The only major differences are that e Bookings may be created pre approved so that no one needs to manually approve any bookings or perhaps only some bookings e There is no List of Booking page because the number of bookings would be too large e Delete a booking request if required provided Permissions have been suitably configured however doing so would mean the removal of the booking attempt from reports that might be created require To approve bookings go to the The Booking Requests Page which shows all the booking requests and provides easy ways of approving them It also offers a way to edit the bookings if required 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 139 4 1 3 The Booking Requests Page The Booking Requests page shows bookings whose status is Requested By default the Booking Requests page appears on the menu here Calendar Templates Bookings Projects Search Admin Help Booking requests C Ecoren pate range E jan Seto Project requests 26 Aug 2010 21 00 23 50 14 Jul 2009 22 20 User requests List of Users List of Projects Email F FA Editor Global Preferences Menu Editor Permissions Resource Editor Rule Editor Template Editor Types amp Groups fieo
524. w been modified to a choice of text to be used to represent true and false so boolean drop downs can be customised Template Project There s one special template project that is used to initialise default values for all properties when creating new projects If restrictions on project values are setg for example requiring particular properties to be set then those restrictions are no longer applied to the special template project Custom User Properties The New User Registration page used to ignore some types of properties This has now been extended so it supports all the types that might be required Better Booking Rule Error Messages When saving a Booking Rule with an error in one of the conditions you are now told which tab the condition is in So it differentiates between applies to does not apply toe bookings to count etc New Ordering Of Booking Rules Previously a Booking Rule had an Order property which determined which order the Booking Rules would run in now the Booking Rules run in the order they are in the Rule Editor Rules can be dragged and dropped in the Rule Editor to change their order Automatic Emails The Automatic Emails page shows the automatic emails differently now This is to reflect the fact that automatic emails for Booking will now also apply to subtypes of Booking Status Change Buttons On Search Page When searching for users projects or bookings there are now extra buttons that a
525. w project will initially be copied from the Template Project but then its status will be changed to Requested and its name will be changed to whatever is specified here for Default Project Name lf this is set to true then the project requests page will only show project requests from users with the same user type as the currently logged in user Otherwise all project requests will be shown 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 344 Calpendo User Documentation 6 16 11 Resource Usage The Resource Usage tab of the Global Preferences page allows set up of the items below Miscellaneous These are some miscellaneous set up for the Resource Usage Calendar Miscellaneous Usage Outcome When All Went Well Resource usage calendar future background colour Reset default colour Setting Description Usage Outcome The potential resource usage outcomes can be customised When All Went Well but one of them will be used when the user says that everything went well with their session This setting chooses which outcome is the one recorded when they say it went well Resource usage Users cannot enter resource usage in the future because it calendar future doesn t make sense This setting allows chooses the colour that background colour _ will be displayed in the background of the Resource Usage Calendar for future dates 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Configuration Guide 345 Format For Actual Usage On The Cale
526. want a Permission 8 to prevent creating reports that are scheduled to run d daily you would need a W on the the report schedule s repeat type This is found in the property path reportSchedule repeat repeatT ype Biskit properties may have various types such as integer and string One such type is Biskit which means that a Biskit may reference another Biskit The References for a Biskit is the list of all such referencing Biskits 2 Provides a means of comparing the value of a property to another value e g equals less than etc something that occurs at regular time intervals A booking that has been created but not yet approved 2 A project that has been created but not yet approved A user that has been created but not yet approved A room person instrument or anything else that that must be booked before it can be used A way of grouping similar resources together A resource a may belong to many groups See also Resource Type A way of grouping similar resources together A resource has only one type See also Resource Group The amount of time a resource is actually used as opposed to the time it is booked for apne which provides a graphical view of resource usage by day week or month A page that allows you to indicate when a resource is actually used Also known as an Electronic Log see User Settings 2 A request for a Service an Order will have a status and a
527. wed Project infos Required a 2 Visible in Biskit Detail Visible in Biskit List Vibe In Collection Editor columns none oo Storage Mechanism Dynamic propect mitg Wise default Null Value Label Read Write Lise default Sitilaty Everybody z S368 8HHHEH HHHHHAE ele e g Ey 9 garage Klechanisan 1 54 Sharestie with sub types Ajicws Deletion While Reteranced HOG aL HAHI HHE g F a z i 6 Press the Save button 7 lf there are no errors the database will need to be updated a Press Update DB Schema to implement changes in the DB and then run the script to apply the changes b Press Validate Biskits button to check the database Biskits c Press Reload Database Configuration to load the new database into Calpendo d Refresh the browser 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 398 Calpendo User Documentation 6 17 5 1 7 Creating ASet Of BiskitDef Attachments An example of creating a Set of BiskitDef for this example we will create a Set of Attachments to store a number of documents Go to Admin gt Bakery Press the Open All button to open the Biskit Tree select any Biskit Press the Create button to create a new Biskit and enter edit mode First we need to create the BiskitDef to hold the attachments Update the meta properties of the Biskit a Change Type to be the new BiskitDef name in this case ProjectAttachment b Change Group to help find all the n
528. wer 317 Creating a New Menu 319 Custom Search Descriptors 317 Custom Search Pages 317 More Calpendo Configuration Booking Sub Types 203 File Attachments 203 Training Records 203 My Bookings 66 My Projects 76 My Projects Bookings 67 My Projects Orders 95 My Projects Resource Usage 88 N Near Term Time Template 60 Network Metrics Enabled Preference For 342 Global Preferences For 342 Minutes Between Sending Preference For 342 Network Calls Between Sending Preference For 342 P Page Banner Global Preferences For 329 Password Allowing Browser To Remember 346 Change 31 Requirements Preference Setting For 346 Permission Denied Choosing Between Time Templates Rules And Permissions 213 Permission Denied Message 213 Permissions Actions 283 Applies To 288 Breaking An Activity Into Its Parts 279 Choosing Between Time Templates Booking Rules And Permissions 212 Choosing Between Time Templates Rules And Permissions 213 Conditions 281 287 Details 286 Does Not Apply To 289 a58 Calpendo User Documentation Permissions Examples 289 How Permissions Work 2 78 Layering 2 79 Overvew 278 Permission Denied Message 213 Permissions Editor 285 Positive and Negative 281 Precedence Of 280 Targeting Users 282 Tree 286 Preferences Global 328 Project Association 78 Projects 69 Administration 143 Approval Process 145 Approval Multi step Process 146 Approval Single step Process 145
529. within a project can be customised for the facility as described in Project Configuration The screen shots that are shown in this section are likely to be different from those that the user in your facility would see depending on how the projects have been set up 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 70 cal oendo User Documentation 3 5 1 Creating Projects To create a new project P go to the menu option Projects gt Create Project The content viewed when creating a new project will vary depending on how the systems Project Code This is an identifier that will be assigned by an administrator 8 has completed Owner The owner of a project is normally the person that created the project request The user may be able to select a different owner but the administrator may also reassign the ownership of a project Phone Number Phone number to be associated with the project Principle Principle Investigator The main The main investigator of the project ts of the project Account Number Account number for the funding what will be used For example this may record how much administrator has configured Calpendo By default each project contains the following Property Property s_ Description These should be unique but projects may not have a project code assigned to them until the project approval Type The facility may or may not classify projects by type D if types are configure
530. word Details 295 Only Allow Specified Users To See The Price Being Charged For A Resource 292 Existing Booking System Converting From 205 Explorer Data 127 Exprodo 3051 F FAQ 325 Configuring FAQ Answers 326 Viewing 133 Far Term Time Template 60 File Attachment Attaching Documrents to Biskits Creating A Set Of Bisket Def 398 Example Adding Properties For 390 Formulae Known Problems 377 Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Editor 325 Viewing 133 G General Global Preferences For Getting Started 10 Global Preferences 328 Appearance 329 Booking Calendar Background Template Colours 332 Booking Calendar Date Format 334 Booking Calendar Start and Finish Time 335 Booking Calendar Tooltip When Template Has No Message 333 Booking Reminders 331 Booking Resource Columns Booking Rules 345 Booking Status Default Admin Booking Status Default User Bookings 331 Bookings Miscellaneous Settings Check Reserved Words 339 Copy All Outgoing Emails 338 CSS 329 Database Dumps Minimum Time Between Date And Time Format 33 7 Default Booking Status 3371 Default Initial Page 340 Email 338 Email Authentication 338 Email Connection Security 204 339 331 331 331 335 339 338 2010 2015 Exprodo Software 456 Calpendo User Documentation Global Preferences 328 Email Signature 338 Email SMTP Serer 338 Email Apparent Sender 338 Email Limiting Who Emails Can Be Sent To 338 Email Reply To 33
531. xplorer amp chapter Edit Croate Creme copy Dele le References History ee a l a ACCESS allow any IF Address Usage Session ID Template Usage id Once in edit mode the changes can be made ee Project Required Project Raguirad Require Reason for Cancellations Reason for Cancellations 5 Actual Usage E Mow any hates E M Usage Session ID Template Insert Value Usage id 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo User Guide ono 3 10 1 6 Saving And Reusing Searches Once a search has been created that is useful the user may wish to save it for later use This can be done using the drop down button from the File option on the toolbar and meat Save As This will save the search as a report accessible from the Search gt Reports page mae J the File option the user can also load saved searches to run them edit the properties of any saved searches and export search information to a file called report csv File Search for Resource Load P Resource gt My Report o H _ Proves fs planet earthh Harar When a search has been created use the File gt Save As to save the search Give it a Name decide whether the search is accessible to all users System Wide and whether anyone can edit the search Publicly Modifiable Then save the search File Search for Resource File Search for Resource
532. y General Project Code Project Resource Settings Project Service Settings Status Requested Users cal Project Groups Owner curie Marie Curie Name silicon chips Description w O e Principal Investigator Ethics Approval Number 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Calpendo Administration Guide 149 The project property values can be changed as required including changing the status using the status drop down ad j x r j J i i y 1 7 f m i i ri Fi if ji r ares i i 7 d f i J i K f Requested Requested Approved nbookable erminated When finished press the Save button p Fi j t Ti hat If Li Finial a Fi i a I Y J 1 1 d i 3 i Fi L1 L 1H f Y fe l d if 7 i ji Y 1 4 4 a i f FE a f a al F 4 7 hi p a i a A pop up will appear briefly in the bottom right corner to indicate the project was saved Please notice that although the project s status has now changed it still appears in the table of project requests However the status shown in the table has changed A project will remain in the Project Requests page until the Refresh button is pressed or the user logs out and logs back in again or refreshes the browser J pect be Tyi Stamma Cheating ii i F iniah j Fi 1 a I emake k 1 IPT OO pe i orf Y TI J Y a 4 1 4 i i p r z T y y Refresh
533. y History Button History Page Holidays Comparing Holiday Rule Time Templates And Double Booking Rule Holiday Handling 242 Displaying Warning With Double Booking Rule 241 350 115 265 265 97 126 Holiday Rule 244 f Bi Import 1 7 Attachments 18 7 Data Errors 189 Example Bookings File 182 Example Files 1 7 Example Project File 180 Example Resource File 1 9 Example Time Template File 181 Example User File 178 File Attachments 187 Handling Errors 187 Header Errors 188 Import Editor 184 Options 186 The Import Page 184 Violation Errors 190 Initial Configuration Before Going Live 201 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Initial Configuration Email Preferences 201 New User Requests 201 Resources 201 Integer Type Property 366 J Java Advanced Booking Rules 256 Enum Definition 369 Enumerations 369 Java Enum Property 369 _L Layout Editor CSS Rule Editors 428 Edit Mode 420 Information Pane 418 Moving Properties 421 Notes 425 Organisation Pane 417 Prevew 416 Property Group Header Information 418 Property Table Types 422 Licence Global Preferences For 340 List Report 110 Location Configuring 2 0 Location Editor 2 0 Login Name Minimum Length 350 Mapped Integers 366 Mapped Strings 373 Menu Default Admin Menu 341 Default Root Menu 341 Default User Menu 341 Global Preferences For 341 Menu Editor 311 2010 2015 Exprodo Software Index 457 Menu Editor 311 Biskit Tree Vie
534. ywhere else Label This is the text used to display the property name This is used whenever a Biskit s detail is displayed with each property s label show before its value Tooltip This is a tool tip that should be displayed whenever the mouse hovers over this property when it is being displayed or edited in a Biskit sort Order Used to change the order in which properties are displayed This cannot be modified directly Instead property sort order is modified by drag and drop in the Bakery Live Lie Used internally Min The minimum value the property can take This is only used for numeric and string values For numeric properties the minimum should be a number representing the minimum value the property should have For string properties the minimum should be the minimum length of the string lf a minimum is set the string is automatically required Similar to Min this specifies the maximum value the property can take and is T E used for numeric and string values Attributes These are defined in a These are defined in a separate table below table below Rows The number of rows used to display the value Particularly useful for multi line string values Columns The number of columns used to display the value Particularly useful for multi line string values Group This can be any text required In some contexts Biskits are displayed with their properties in separate groups In that case it s the Prope

PDF - Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents